The Investment FAQ (part 1 of 20)

The Investment FAQ (part 1 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:41 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part1
Version: $Id: part01,v 1.62 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

This is the table of contents for the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ, and is the first part of a 20-part posting.
Please visit The Investment FAQ web site for the latest version:


The Investment FAQ is a collection of articles about investments and
personal finance, including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, options,
discount brokers, information sources, life insurance, etc. Although
the FAQ is more of a reference than a tutorial, if you pick your
articles carefully, the FAQ can serve as a comprehensive, unbiased
introduction to investing.


Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Availability of the FAQ

Web:

Anonymous ftp:
site: rtfm.mit.edu
path: /pub/usenet-by-group/news.answers/investment-faq/general/*
Email:
address:
required msg body:
send usenet-by-group/news.answers/investment-faq/general/*
News:
posted monthly to misc.invest.misc, misc.invest.stocks,
misc.invest.mutual-funds, misc.invest.technical, misc.invest.options,
and the moderated groups misc.answers & news.answers.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Advice - Beginning Investors part 2
Advice - Buying a Car at a Reasonable Price part 2
Advice - Errors in Investing part 2
Advice - Using a Full-Service Broker part 2
Advice - Mutual-Fund Expenses part 2
Advice - One-Line Wisdom part 2
Advice - Paying for Investment Advice part 2
Advice - Researching a Company part 2
Advice - Target Stock Prices part 2
Analysis - Amortization Tables part 2
Analysis - Annual Reports part 2
Analysis - Beta and Alpha part 2
Analysis - Book-to-Bill Ratio part 2
Analysis - Book Value part 2
Analysis - Computing Compound Return part 2
Analysis - Future and Present Value of Money part 2
Analysis - Goodwill part 2
Analysis - Internal Rate of Return (IRR) part 3
Analysis - Paying Debts Early versus Making Investments part 3
Analysis - Price-Earnings (P/E) Ratio part 3
Analysis - Percentage Rates part 3
Analysis - Risks of Investments part 3
Analysis - Return on Equity versus Return on Capital part 3
Analysis - Rule of 72 part 3
Analysis - Same-Store Sales part 3
Bonds - Basics part 3
Bonds - Amortizing Premium part 3
Bonds - Duration Measure part 3
Bonds - Moody Bond Ratings part 3
Bonds - Municipal Bond Terminology part 4
Bonds - Relationship of Price and Interest Rate part 4
Bonds - Tranches part 4
Bonds - Treasury Debt Instruments part 4
Bonds - Treasury Direct part 4
Bonds - U.S. Savings Bonds part 4
Bonds - U.S. Savings Bonds for Education part 4
Bonds - Value of U.S. Treasury Bills part 4
Bonds - Zero-Coupon part 4
CDs - Basics part 4
CDs - Market Index Linked part 4
Derivatives - Basics part 4
Derivatives - Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model part 5
Derivatives - Futures part 5
Derivatives - Futures and Fair Value part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Basics part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Covered Calls part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Covered Puts part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Ordering part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Splits part 5
Derivatives - Stock Option Symbols part 5
Derivatives - LEAPs part 5
Education Savings Plans - Section 529 Plans part 5
Education Savings Plans - Coverdell part 5
Exchanges - The American Stock Exchange part 5
Exchanges - The Chicago Board Options Exchange part 5
Exchanges - Circuit Breakers, Curbs, and Other Trading part 6
Exchanges - Contact Information part 6
Exchanges - Instinet part 6
Exchanges - Market Makers and Specialists part 6
Exchanges - The NASDAQ part 6
Exchanges - The New York Stock Exchange part 6
Exchanges - Members and Seats on AMEX part 6
Exchanges - Ticker Tape Terminology part 6
Financial Planning - Basics part 6
Financial Planning - Choosing a Financial Planner part 6
Financial Planning - Compensation and Conflicts of Interest part 6
Financial Planning - Estate Planning Checkup part 6
Information Sources - Books part 7
Information Sources - Conference Calls part 7
Information Sources - Free to All Who Ask part 7
Information Sources - Investment Associations part 7
Information Sources - Value Line part 7
Information Sources - Wall $treet Week part 7
Insurance - Annuities part 8
Insurance - Life part 8
Insurance - Viatical Settlements part 8
Insurance - Variable Universal Life (VUL) part 8
Mutual Funds - Basics part 8
Mutual Funds - Average Annual Return part 8
Mutual Funds - Buying from Brokers versus Fund Companies part 8
Mutual Funds - Distributions and Tax Implications part 9
Mutual Funds - Fees and Expenses part 9
Mutual Funds - Index Funds and Beating the Market part 9
Mutual Funds - Money-Market Funds part 9
Mutual Funds - Reading a Prospectus part 9
Mutual Funds - Redemptions part 9
Mutual Funds - Types of Funds part 9
Mutual Funds - Versus Stocks part 9
Real Estate - 12 Steps to Buying a Home part 9
Real Estate - Investment Trusts (REITs) part 9
Real Estate - Renting versus Buying a Home part 10
Regulation - Accredited Investor part 10
Regulation - Full Disclosure part 10
Regulation - Money-Supply Measures M1, M2, and M3 part 10
Regulation - Federal Reserve and Interest Rates part 10
Regulation - Margin Requirements part 10
Regulation - Securities and Exchange Commission (U.S.) part 10
Regulation - SEC Rule 144 part 10
Regulation - SEC Registered Advisory Service part 10
Regulation - SEC/NASDAQ Settlement part 10
Regulation - Series of Examinations/Registrations part 10
Regulation - SIPC, or How to Survive a Bankrupt Broker part 10
Retirement Plans - 401(k) part 11
Retirement Plans - 401(k) for Self-Employed People part 11
Retirement Plans - 403(b) part 11
Retirement Plans - 457(b) part 11
Retirement Plans - Co-mingling funds in IRA accounts part 11
Retirement Plans - Keogh part 11
Retirement Plans - Roth IRA part 11
Retirement Plans - SEP IRA part 11
Retirement Plans - Traditional IRA part 12
Software - Archive of Free Investment-Related Programs part 12
Software - Portfolio Tracking and Technical Analysis part 12
Stocks - Basics part 12
Stocks - American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) part 12
Stocks - Cyclicals part 12
Stocks - Dividends part 12
Stocks - Dramatic Price Changes part 12
Stocks - Holding Company Depositary Recepits (HOLDRs) part 12
Stocks - Income and Royalty Trusts part 12
Stocks - Types of Indexes part 12
Stocks - The Dow Jones Industrial Average part 13
Stocks - Other Indexes part 13
Stocks - Market Volatility Index (VIX) part 13
Stocks - Investor Rights Movement part 13
Stocks - Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) part 13
Stocks - Mergers part 13
Stocks - Market Capitalization part 13
Stocks - Outstanding Shares and Float part 13
Stocks - Preferred Shares part 13
Stocks - Price Basis part 13
Stocks - Price Tables in Newspapers part 13
Stocks - Price Data part 13
Stocks - Replacing Lost Certificates part 13
Stocks - Repurchasing by Companies part 14
Stocks - Researching the Value of Old Certificates part 14
Stocks - Reverse Mergers part 14
Stocks - Shareholder Rights Plan part 14
Stocks - Splits part 14
Stocks - Tracking Stock part 14
Stocks - Exchange-Traded Funds and Unit Investment Trusts part 14
Stocks - Warrants part 14
Strategy - Dogs of the Dow part 14
Strategy - Dollar Cost and Value Averaging part 14
Strategy - Hedging part 14
Strategy - Buying on Margin part 14
Strategy - Writing Put Options To Acquire Stock part 14
Strategy - Socially Responsible Investing part 14
Strategy - When to Buy/Sell Stocks part 14
Strategy - Survey of Stock Investment Strategies part 15
Strategy - Value and Growth part 15
Tax Code - Backup Withholding part 15
Tax Code - Capital Gains Cost Basis part 15
Tax Code - Capital Gains Computation part 15
Tax Code - Capital Gains Tax Rates part 15
Tax Code - Cashless Option Exercise part 15
Tax Code - Deductions for Investors part 15
Tax Code - Estate and Gift Tax part 15
Tax Code - Gifts of Stock part 15
Tax Code - Non-Resident Aliens and US Holdings part 16
Tax Code - Reporting Option Trades part 16
Tax Code - Short Sales Treatment part 16
Tax Code - Tax Swaps part 16
Tax Code - Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) part 16
Tax Code - Wash Sale Rule part 16
Technical Analysis - Basics part 16
Technical Analysis - Bollinger Bands part 16
Technical Analysis - Black-Scholes Model part 16
Technical Analysis - Commodity Channel Index part 16
Technical Analysis - Charting Services part 16
Technical Analysis - Data Sources part 16
Technical Analysis - Elliott Wave Theory part 16
Technical Analysis - Information Sources part 17
Technical Analysis - MACD part 17
Technical Analysis - McClellan Oscillator and Summation Index part 17
Technical Analysis - On Balance Volume part 17
Technical Analysis - Relative Strength Indicator part 17
Technical Analysis - Stochastics part 17
Trading - Basics part 17
Trading - After Hours part 17
Trading - Bid, Offer, and Spread part 17
Trading - Brokerage Account Types part 17
Trading - Discount Brokers part 17
Trading - Direct Investing and DRIPs part 18
Trading - Electronically and via the Internet part 18
Trading - Free Ride Rules part 18
Trading - By Insiders part 18
Trading - Introducing Broker part 18
Trading - Jargon and Terminology part 18
Trading - NASD Public Disclosure Hotline part 18
Trading - Buy and Sell Stock Without a Broker part 18
Trading - Non-Resident Aliens and US Exchanges part 18
Trading - Off Exchange part 18
Trading - Opening Prices part 18
Trading - Order Routing and Payment for Order Flow part 19
Trading - Day, GTC, Limit, and Stop-Loss Orders part 19
Trading - Pink Sheet Stocks part 19
Trading - Price Improvement part 19
Trading - Process Date part 19
Trading - Round Lots of Shares part 19
Trading - Security Identification Systems part 19
Trading - Shorting Stocks part 19
Trading - Shorting Against the Box part 19
Trading - Size of the Market part 19
Trading - Tick, Up Tick, and Down Tick part 19
Trading - Transferring an Account part 19
Trading - Can You Trust The Tape? part 20
Trading - Selling Worthless Shares part 20
Trivia - Bull and Bear Lore part 20
Trivia - Presidential Portraits on U.S. Notes part 20
Trivia - Getting Rich Quickly part 20
Trivia - One-Letter Ticker Symbols on NYSE part 20
Trivia - Stock Prices in Sixteenths part 20
Warning - Wade Cook part 20
Warning - Charles Givens part 20
Warning - Dave Rhodes and Other Chain Letters part 20
Warning - Ken Roberts part 20
Warning - Selling Unregistered Securities part 20

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compiler's Acknowledgements:
My sincere thanks to the many contributors for their efforts.

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 2 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:42 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part2
Version: $Id: part02,v 1.62 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 2 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Beginning Investors

Last-Revised: 1 Aug 1998
Contributed-By: Steven Pearson, E. Green, Chris Lott ( contact me )

Investing is just one aspect of personal finance. People often seem to
have the itch to try their hand at investing before they get the rest of
their act together. This is a big mistake. For this reason, it's a
good idea for "new investors" to hit the library and read maybe three
different overall guides to personal finance - three for different
perspectives, and because common themes will emerge (repetition implies
authority?). Personal finance issues include making a budget, sticking
to a budget, saving money towards major purchases or retirement,
managing debt appropriately, insuring your property, etc. Appropriate
books that focus on personal finance include the following (the links
point to Amazon.com):

* Andrew Tobias
The Only Investment Guide You'll Ever Need
* Eric Tyson
Personal Finance for Dummies (4th edn.)
* Janet Bamford et al.
The Consumer Reports Money Book: How to Get It, Save It, and Spend
It Wisely (3rd edn) (out of print; used copies available)

Another great resource for learning about investing, insurance, stocks,
etc. is the Wall Street Journal's Section C front page. Beginners
should make a special effort to get the Friday edition of the WSJ
because a column named "Getting Going" usually appears on that day and
discusses issues in, well, getting going on investments. If you don't
want to spend the dollar or so for the WSJ, try your local library.

What I am specifically NOT talking about is most anything that appears
on a list of investing/stock market books that are posted in
misc.invest.* from time to time. This includes books like Market Logic,
One Up on Wall Street, Beating the Dow, Winning on Wall Street, The
Intelligent Investor, etc. These are not general enough. They are
investment books, not personal finance books.

Many "beginning investors" have no business investing in stocks. The
books recommended above give good overall money management, budgeting,
purchasing, insurance, taxes, estate issues, and investing backgrounds
from which to build a personal framework. Only after that should one
explore particular investments. If someone needs to unload some cash in
the meantime, they should put it in a money market fund, or yes, even a
bank account, until they complete their basic training.

While I sympathize with those who view this education as a daunting
task, I don't see any better answer. People who know next to nothing
and always depend on "professional advisors" to hand-hold them through
all transactions are simply sheep asking to be fleeced (they may not
actually be fleeced, but most of them will at least get their tails
bobbed). In the long run, an individual is the only person ultimately
responsible for his or her own financial situation.

Beginners may want to look further in The Investment FAQ for the
articles that discuss the basics of mutual funds , basics of stocks ,
and basics of bonds . For more in-depth material, browse the Investment
FAQ bookshelf with its recommended books about personal finance and
investments.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Buying a Car at a Reasonable Price

Last-Revised: 1 Aug 2001
Contributed-By: Kyle Busch (kbusch at velocity.net)

Before making a purchase, especially a large one, most buyers ponder an
equation that goes something like: What is it going to cost me, and will
that equal what I am going to get?

Consider that equation when buying your next vehicle. Naturally, you
want to get the most vehicle for the money you spend. Here are several
tips that will help you to get more for your money.

First, and foremost, consider eliminating some of the steep depreciation
cost incurred during the first three years of vehicle ownership by
purchasing a 2- to 3- year-old used vehicle.

The price can be further reduced by paying cash. However, if you need
to finance your next vehicle purchase, consider doing the following to
keep its cost closer to the "as if you were paying cash" figure.
* Take the time to carefully identify your current and your future
transportation needs, and choose an appropriate
vehicle.Transportation represents different things to different
people. For some drivers, it represents status in society. Other
drivers place greater emphasis on reliably just getting from point
A to points B and C. The more closely that you match your driving
needs with the vehicle you buy, the more driving pleasure you will
experience and the more likely you will want to hold on to the
vehicle.

If you can't fully identify your transportation needs or the
vehicle that can best satisfy them, consult the April issue of
Consumer Reports at a public library. The publication groups
vehicles into categories, provides frequency-of-repair information
for many vehicles, and gives vehicle price information. It is a
good idea to identify 2 or 3 vehicles in a particular category that
meet your transportation needs.This enables some latitude when
shopping for the vehicle. =


* Identify how much you can afford to spend per month on
transportation. A rule of thumb suggests that the cost to rent an
apartment per month should not be greater than 25 percent of your
monthly net pay.The cost of an auto loan should not exceed 10 to 12
percent of your monthly net pay. In some instances, leasing a
vehicle could be a better option than taking out a loan.


* The vehicle down payment should be the largest possible, and the
amount of money borrowed the lowest possible. In addition,
borrowing money for the shortest period of time (i.e., a 24-month
loan rather than a 48-month loan) will reduce the overall cost of
the loan.


* Identify the various loan sources such as banks, savings and loans,
credit unions, and national lenders (i.e., go online to ask
jeeves.com and specify "automobile financing sources"). In regard
to national financing vs. local financing, it can be useful to
determine what the cost of a loan would be from the national
sources, but accept a loan from a local source if the loan cost is
comparable or nearly comparable between the two. Compare the APR
(annual percentage rate) that each of the sources will charge for
the loan. The cost of a loan is negotiable. Therefore, be certain
to inform each source what the others have to offer. In addition
to the loan's APR, remember to also compare the other costs
associated with a loan, such as loan insurance and loan processing
costs.


* Be certain to read and understand any fine print contained in the
loan contract. Insist that the loan contract gives you the option
of making payments early and that the payments will be applied on
the loan principle with no penalty or extra cost if you payoff the
loan early.


* Do not settle for a vehicle that does not entirely meet your
transportation needs because of low dealer or manufacturer
incentive financing.Sometimes dealers or manufactures offer
extremely low APR financing on vehicles that the dealer is having a
hard time selling. That's why it helps to have initially
identified the correct vehicle before encountering the sales
pitches and other influences of buying a vehicle. Kyle Busch is
the author of Drive the Best for the Price: How to Buy a Used
Automobile, Sport-Utility Vehicle, or Minivan and Save Money . To find
out more about the author and this book visit:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Errors in Investing

Last-Revised: 2 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), Thomas Price (tprice at
engr.msstate.edu)

The Wall Street Journal of June 18, 1991 had an article on pages C1/C10
on Investment Errors and how to avoid them. As summarized from that
article, the errors are:
* Not following an investment objective when you build a portfolio.
* Buying too many mutual funds.
* Not researching a one-product stock before you buy.
* Believing that you can pick market highs and lows (time the
market).
* Taking profits early.
* Not cutting your losses.
* Buying the hottest {stock, mutual fund} from last year.

Here's a recent quote that underscores the last item. When asked
"What's the biggest mistake individual investors make?" on Wall $treet
Week, John Bogle, founder and senior chairman of Vanguard mutual funds,
said "Extrapolating the trend" or buying the hot stock.

On a final note, get this quote on market timing:

In the 1980s if you were out of the market on the ten best
trading days of the decade you missed one-third of the total
return.




--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Using a Full-Service Broker

Last-Revised: 23 Mar 1998
Contributed-By: Bill Rini (bill at moneypages.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

There are several reasons to choose a full-service broker over a
discount or web broker. People use a full-service broker because they
may not want to do their own research, because they are only interested
in long-term investing, because they like to hear the broker's
investment ideas, etc. But another important reason is that not
everybody likes to trade. I may want retirement planning services from
my broker. I may want to buy 3 or 4 mutual funds and have my broker
worry about them. If my broker is a financial planner, perhaps I want
tax or estate advice on certain investment options. Maybe I'm saving
for my newborn child's education but I have no idea or desire to work
out a plan to make sure the money is there when she or he needs it.

A huge reason to stick with a full-service broker is access to initial
public offerings (IPOs). These are generally reserved for the very best
clients, where best is defined as "someone who generates lots of
revenue," so someone who trades just a few times a year doesn't have a
chance. But if you can afford to trade frequently at the full-service
commission rates, you may be favored with access to some great IPOs.

And the real big one for a lot of people is quite simply time . Full
service brokerage clients also tend to be higher net worth individuals
as well. If I'm a doctor or lawyer, I can probably make more money by
focusing on my business than spending it researching stocks. For many
people today, time is a more valuable commodity than money. In fact, it
doesn't even have to do with how wealthy you are. Americans, in
general, work some pretty insane hours. Spending time researching
stocks or staying up on the market is quality time not spent with
family, friends, or doing things that they enjoy. On the other hand
some people enjoy the market and for those people there are discount
brokers.

The one thing that sort of scares me about the difference between full
service and discount brokers is that a pretty good chunk of discount
brokerage firm clients are not that educated about investing. They look
at a $20 commission (discount broker) and a $50 commission (full service
broker) and they decide they can't afford to invest with a full service
broker. Instead they plow their life savings into some wonder stock
they heard about from a friend (hey, it's only a $20 commission, why
not?) and lose a few hundred or thousand bucks when the investment goes
south. Not that a broker is going to pick winners 100% of the time but
at least the broker can guide or mentor a beginning investor until they
learn enough to know what to look for and what not to look for in a
stock. I look at the $30 difference in what the two types of brokerage
firms charge as the rebate for education and doing my own research. If
you're not going to educate yourself or do your own research, you don't
deserve the rebate.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Mutual-Fund Expenses

Last-Revised: 16 Feb 2003
Contributed-By: Austin Lemoine

This article discusses stealth erosion of wealth, more specifically how
mutual-fund expenses erode wealth accumulation.

Mutual fund expense ratios, and similar investment-related fees, can
seriously erode wealth accumulation over time. Those fees and expenses
are stealthy, and they go largely unnoticed by investors while steadily
diminishing the value of their investments in both up and down markets.

What you pay for investing in a mutual fund, exclusive of any sales
charges, is indicated by the "expense ratio" of the fund. The expense
ratio is the percentage of mutual fund assets paid for operating
expenses, management fees, administrative fees, and all other
asset-based costs incurred by the fund, except brokerage costs. Those
expenses are reflected in the fund's net asset value (NAV), and they are
not really visible to the fund investor. The reported net return equals
the fund's gross return minus its costs. (And expense ratios do not
account for every cost mutual fund investors bear: additional costs
include any sales charges, brokerage commissions paid by the fund and
other significant kinds of indirect trading costs.)

Mutual fund expense ratios range from less than 0.20 percent for
low-cost index funds to well over 2 percent for actively managed funds.
The average is 1.40 percent for the more than 14,000 stock and bond
mutual funds currently available, according to Morningstar. In dollar
terms, that's $14 a year in fees for each $1,000 of investment value; or
a net value of $986. That might not seem like a big deal, but over time
fees compound to erode investment value.

Let's say the gross return in real terms (after inflation) of a broadly
diversified stock mutual fund will be 7 percent a year, excluding
expenses. (The 7 percent figure is consistent with returns for the U.S.
stock market from 1802 through 2001, as reported in Jeremy Siegel's
book, Stocks for the Long Run, 3rd edition.) Say the fund has an expense
ratio of 1.25 percent. And say you invest $1,000 in the fund at the
start of every year. (The figure of $1,000 is arbitrary, and investment
values below can be extrapolated to any annual contribution amount.)

Compounding at 7 percent, your gross investment value would be $6,153
after 5 years; $14,783 after 10 years; $43,865 after 20 years; $101,073
after 30 years; and $213,609 after 40 years. But with a 1.25 percent
expense ratio, your investment compounds at 7.0 minus 1.25 or 5.75
percent, not 7 percent. So your investment would actually be worth
$5,931 after 5 years; $13,776 after 10 years; $37,871 after 20 years;
$80,015 after 30 years; and $153,727 after 40 years. Fund expenses
account for the difference in value over time, with greater expenses
(and/or lower returns) having a greater negative impact on net
investment value.

That 1.25 percent expense ratio consumes $222 (or 3.6 percent) of the
$6,153 gross value over 5 years; 6.8 percent of gross value over 10
years; 13.6 percent over 20 years; and 20.8 percent over 30 years. Over
40 years, the $59,882 of fund expenses devour 28.0 percent of the
$213,609 gross value. In other words, only 72.0 percent of gross
investment value is left after 40 years, a withering erosion of wealth.

By contrast, let's say there's a broad-based index fund with 7 percent
real return but a 0.25 percent expense ratio. Putting $1,000 at the
start of each year into that fund, the 0.25 percent expense ratio would
consume just 2.9 percent of gross investment value after 20 years. Over
40 years, index fund expenses would total $13,759, a modest 6.4 percent
of gross value; so that the fund would earn 93.6 percent of gross value.
With expenses included, investment value is 30 percent higher after 40
years with the lower cost fund. (Even lower expense ratios can be found
among lowest-cost index funds and broad-based exchange-traded funds.
And funds with higher expenses do not outperform comparable funds with
lower expenses.)

Over the next ten to twenty years, expense ratios and similar fees could
be a huge millstone on wealth accumulation and wealth preservation. To
see why, let's review what's happened since March 2000.

Like a massive hurricane, the stock market has inflicted damage on
almost every portfolio in its path. From the peak of March 2000 to the
lows of early October 2002, it's estimated that falling stock prices
wiped out over $7 trillion in market value. While the market has moved
off its lows, we hope the worst is over.

How long will the market take to "heal itself?" It could take a long
time. A growing consensus holds that stocks just won't deliver the
returns we grew accustomed to from 1984 to 1999. If history is a guide,
real stock returns could average 2 to 4 percent a year over the 10 to 20
years following March 2000.

If lower expectations for stock returns materialize, mutual fund fees
and expenses will have an even greater adverse impact on wealth
accumulation, and especially on wealth preservation and income security
at retirement.

Let's say you'll want $40,000 income from your 401(k) assets without
drawing down principal. If real investment return is 4 percent you'll
need $40,000 divided by 0.04 or $1 million principal. But if you're
paying 1 percent in fees your real return is 3 percent, so you'll need
$40,000 divided by 0.03 or $1.333 million principal; and if 2 percent,
$2 million. The arithmetic is brutal!

It's clear that mutual fund costs and similar fees can be detrimental to
investment values over time. Fund sales charges exacerbate the problem.
Consider investing in lower-cost funds wherever possible.

For more insights from Austin Lemoine, please visit the web site for
Austin Lemoine Capital Management:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - One-Line Wisdom

Last-Revised: 22 Aug 1993
Contributed-By: Maurice Suhre

This is a collection of one-line pieces of investment wisdom, with brief
explanations. Use and apply at your own risk or discretion. They are
not in any particular order.

Hang up on cold calls.
While it is theoretically possible that someone is going to offer
you the opportunity of a lifetime, it is more likely that it is
some sort of scam. Even if it is legitimate, the caller cannot
know your financial position, goals, risk tolerance, or any other
parameters which should be considered when selecting investments.
If you can't bear the thought of hanging up, ask for material to be
sent by mail.
Don't invest in anything you don't understand.
There were horror stories of people who had lost fortunes by being
short puts during the 87 crash. I imagine that they had no idea of
the risks they were taking. Also, all the complaints about penny
stocks, whether fraudulent or not, are partially a result of not
understanding the risks and mechanisms.
If it sounds too good to be true, it probably is [too good to be true].
Also stated as ``There ain't no such thing as a free lunch
(TANSTAAFL).'' Remember, every investment opportunity competes with
every other investment opportunity. If one seems wildly better
than the others, there are probably hidden risks or you don't
understand something.
If your only tool is a hammer, every problem looks like a nail.
Someone (possibly a financial planner) with a very limited
selection of products will naturally try to jam you into those
which s/he sells. These may be less suitable than other products
not carried.
Don't rush into an investment.
If someone tells you that the opportunity is closing, filling up
fast, or in any other way suggests a time pressure, be very leery.
Very low priced stocks require special treatment.
Risks are substantial, bid/asked spreads are large, prices are
volatile, and commissions are relatively high. You need a broker
who knows how to purchase these stocks and dicker for a good price.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Paying for Investment Advice

Last-Revised: 25 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

I'm no expert, but there's a simple rule that you should use to evaluate
all advice that is offered to you, especially advice for which someone
who doesn't know you is asking significant sums of money. Ask yourself
why the person is selling or giving it to you. If it sounds like a sure
ticket to riches, then why is the person wasting their time on YOU when
they could be out there making piles of dough?

Of course I'm offering advice here in this article, so let's turn the
tables on me right now. What's in it for me? Well, if you're reading
this article from my web site, look up at the top of the page. If you
have images turned on, you'll see a banner ad. I get a tiny payment
each time a person loads one of my pages with an ad. So my motivation
is to provide informative articles in order to lure visitors to the
site. Of course if you're reading this from the plain-text version of
the FAQ, you won't see any ads, but please do stop by the site sometime!
;-)

So if someone promises you advice that will yield 10-20% monthly
returns, perhaps at a price of some $3,000, you should immediately get
suspicious. If this were really true - i.e., if you pay for the advice
you'll immediately start getting these returns - you would be making
over 300% annually (compounded). Hey, that would sure be great, I
wouldn't have a day job anymore. And if it were true, wouldn't you
think that the person trying to sell it to you would forget all about
selling and just watch his or her money triple every year? But they're
not doing that, which should give you a pretty good idea about where the
money's being made, namely from you .

I'm not trying to say that you should never pay for advice, just that
you should not overpay for advice. Some advice, especially the sort
that comes from $15 books on personal finance and investments can easily
be worth ten times that sum. Advice from your CPA or tax advisor will
probably cost you a 3 or even 4-digit figure, but since it's specialized
to your case and comes from a professional, that's probably money well
spent.

It seems appropriate to close this article with a quote that I learned
from Robert Heinlein books, but it's probably older than that:

TANSTAAFL - there ain't no such thing as a free lunch.




--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Researching a Company

Last-Revised: 3 Jun 1997
Contributed-By: George Regnery (regnery at yahoo.com)

This article gives a basic idea of some steps that you might take to
research a company. Many sites on the web will help you in your quest
for information, and this article gives a few of them. You might look
for the following.
1. What multiple of earnings is the company trading at versus other
companies in the industry? The site does
this comparison reasonably well, and they base it on forward
earnings instead of historical earnings, which is also good.
2. Is the stock near a high or low, and how has it done recently.
This is usually considered technical analysis. More sophisticated
(or at least more complicated) studies can also be performed.
There are several sites that will give you historical graphs; one
is Yahoo.
3. When compared with other companies in the industry, how much times
the book value or times sales is the company trading? For this
information, the site is a good place to
start.
4. Does the company have good products, good management, good future
prospects? Are they being sued? Do they have patents? What's the
competition like? Do they have long term contracts established? Is
their brand name recognized? Depending on the industry, some or all
of these questions may be relevant. There isn't a simple web site
for this information, of course. The Hoover's profiles have some
limited information to at least let you get a feel for the basics
of the company. And the SEC has lots of information in their Edgar
databank.
5. Management. Does the company have competent people running it? The
backgrounds of the directors can be found in proxy statements
(14As) in the Edgar database. Note that proxies are written by the
companies, though. Another thing I would suggest looking at is the
compensation structure of the CEO and other top management. Don't
worry so much about the raw figure of how they are paid -- instead,
look to see how that compensation is structured. If the management
gets a big base but bonuses are a small portion, look carefully at
the company. For some industries, like electric utilities, this is
OK, because the management isn't going to make a huge difference
(utilities are highly regulated, and thus the management is
prevented from making a lot of decisions). However, in a high tech
industry, or many other industries, watch your step if the mgmt.
gets a big base and the bonus is insignificant. This means that
they won't be any better off financially if the company makes a lot
of profits vs. no profits (unless, of course, they own a lot of
stock). This information is all in the proxies at the SEC. Also
check to see if the company has a shareholder rights plan, because
if they do, the management likely doesn't give a damn about
shareholder rights, but rather cares about their own jobs. (These
plans are commonly used to defend against unfriendly takeovers and
therefore provide a safety blanket for management.) These
suggestions should get you started. Also check the article elsewhere in
this FAQ on free information sources for more resources away from the
web.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Advice - Target Stock Prices

Last-Revised: 25 Jun 2000
Contributed-By: Uncle Arnie (blash404 at aol.com)

A target price for a stock is a figure published by a securities
industry person, usually an analyst. The idea is that the target price
is a prediction, a guess about where the stock is headed. Target prices
usually are associated with a date by which the stock is expected to hit
the target. With that explanation out of the way..

Why do people suddenly think that the term du jour "target price" has
any meaning?? Consider the sources of these numbers. They're ALWAYS
issued by someone who has a vested interest in the issue: It could be an
analyst whose firm was the underwriter, it could be an analyst whose
firm is brown-nosing the company, it could be a firm with a large
position in the stock, it could be an individual trying to talk the
stock up so he can get out even, or it could be the "pump" segment of a
pump-and-dump operation. There is also a chance that the analyst has no
agenda and honestly thinks the stock price is really going places. But
in all too many cases it's nothing more than wishful guesswork (unless
they have a crystal ball that works), so the advice here: ignore target
prices, especially ones for internet companies.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Amortization Tables

Last-Revised: 16 Feb 2003
Contributed-By: Hugh Chou

This article presents the formula for computing monthly payments on
loans. A listing of thed full series of payments (principal and
interest) that show how a loan is paid off is known as a loan
amortization table. This article will explain how these tables are
generated for the U.S. system in which interest is compounded monthly.

First you must define some variables to make it easier to set up:

P = principal, the initial amount of the loan
I = the annual interest rate (from 1 to 100 percent)
L = length, the length (in years) of the loan, or at least the length
over which the loan is amortized.

The following assumes a typical conventional loan where the interest is
compounded monthly. First I will define two more variables to make the
calculations easier:

J = monthly interest in decimal form = I / (12 x 100)
N = number of months over which loan is amortized = L x 12


Okay now for the big monthly payment (M) formula, it is:
J
M = P x ------------------------

1 - ( 1 + J ) ^ -N
where 1 is the number one (it does not appear too clearly on some
browsers).

So to calculate it, you would first calculate 1 + J then take that to
the -N (minus N) power, subtract that from the number 1. Now take the
inverse of that (if you have a 1/X button on your calculator push that).
Then multiply the result times J and then times P. Sorry for the long
way of explaining it, but I just wanted to be clear for everybody.

The one-liner for a program would be (adjust for your favorite
language):
M = P * ( J / (1 - (1 + J) ** -N))
So now you should be able to calculate the monthly payment, M. To
calculate the amortization table you need to do some iteration (i.e. a
simple loop). I will tell you the simple steps :

1. Calculate H = P x J, this is your current monthly interest
2. Calculate C = M - H, this is your monthly payment minus your
monthly interest, so it is the amount of principal you pay for that
month
3. Calculate Q = P - C, this is the new balance of your principal of
your loan.
4. Set P equal to Q and go back to Step 1: You thusly loop around
until the value Q (and hence P) goes to zero. Programmers will see
how this makes a trivial little loop to code, but I have found that many
people now surfing on the Internet are NOT programmers and still want to
calculate their mortgages!

Note that just about every PC or Mac has a spreadsheet of some sort on
it, and they are very good tools for doing mortgage analysis. Most of
them have a built-in PMT type function that will calculate your monthly
payment given a loan balance, interest rate, and the number of terms.
Check the help text for your spreadsheet.

Please visit Hugh Chou's web site for a calculator that will generate
amortization tables according to the forumlas discussed here. He also
offers many other calculators:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Annual Reports

Last-Revised: 31 Oct 1995
Contributed-By: Jerry Bailey, Chris Lott ( contact me )

The June 1994 Issue of "Better Investing" magazine, page 26 has a
three-page article about reading and understanding company annual
reports. I will paraphrase:

1. Start with the notes and read from back to front since the front is
management fluff.
2. Look for litigation that could obliterate equity, a pension plan in
sad shape, or accounting changes that inflated earnings.
3. Use it to evaluate management. I only read the boring things of
the companies I am holding for long term growth. If I am planning
a quick in and out, such as buying depressed stocks like BBA, CML,
CLE, etc.), I don't waste my time.
4. Look for notes to offer relevant details; not "selected" and
"certain" assets. Revenue and operating profits of operating
divisions, geographical divisions, etc.
5. How the company keeps its books, especially as compared to other
companies in its industry.
6. Inventory. Did it go down because of a different accounting
method?
7. What assets does the company own and what assets are leased?

If you do much of this, I really recommend just reading the article.

The following list of resources may also help.
* John A. Tracy has written an an easy-to-read and informative book
named How to Read a Financial Report (4th edn., Wiley, 1993). This
book should give you a good start. You won't become a graduate
student in finance by reading it, but it will certainly help you
grasp the nuts and bolts of annual reports.
* IBM offers a web site with much information about understanding
financial reports:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Beta and Alpha

Last-Revised: 22 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: Ajay Shah ( www.igidr.ac.in/~ajayshah ), R. Shukla
(rkshukla at som.syr.edu), Bob Pierce (rbp at investor.pgh.pa.us)

Beta is the sensitivity of a stock's returns to the returns on some
market index (e.g., S&P 500). Beta values can be roughly characterized
as follows:

* b less than 0
Negative beta is possible but not likely. People thought gold
stocks should have negative betas but that hasn't been true.
* b equal to 0
Cash under your mattress, assuming no inflation
* beta between 0 and 1
Low-volatility investments (e.g., utility stocks)
* b equal to 1
Matching the index (e.g., for the S&P 500, an index fund)
* b greater than 1
Anything more volatile than the index (e.g., small cap. funds)
* b much greater than 1 (tending toward infinity)
Impossible, because the stock would be expected to go to zero on
any market decline. 2-3 is probably as high as you will get.

More interesting is the idea that securities MAY have different betas in
up and down markets. Forbes used to (and may still) rate mutual funds
for bull and bear market performance.

Alpha is a measure of residual risk (sometimes called "selecting risk")
of an investment relative to some market index. For all the gory
details on Alpha, please see a book on technical analysis.

Here is an example showing the inner details of the beta calculation
process:

Suppose we collected end-of-the-month prices and any dividends for a
stock and the S&P 500 index for 61 months (0..60). We need n + 1 price
observations to calculate n holding period returns, so since we would
like to index the returns as 1..60, the prices are indexed 0..60. Also,
professional beta services use monthly data over a five year period.

Now, calculate monthly holding period returns using the prices and
dividends. For example, the return for month 2 will be calculated as:
r_2 = ( p_2 - p_1 + d_2 ) / p_1
Here r denotes return, p denotes price, and d denotes dividend. The
following table of monthly data may help in visualizing the process.
(Monthly data is preferred in the profession because investors' horizons
are said to be monthly.)

Nr. Date Price Div.(*) Return
0 12/31/86 45.20 0.00 --
1 01/31/87 47.00 0.00 0.0398
2 02/28/87 46.75 0.30 0.0011
.. ... ... ... ...
59 11/30/91 46.75 0.30 0.0011
60 12/31/91 48.00 0.00 0.0267
(*) Dividend refers to the dividend paid during the period. They are
assumed to be paid on the date. For example, the dividend of 0.30 could
have been paid between 02/01/87 and 02/28/87, but is assumed to be paid
on 02/28/87.

So now we'll have a series of 60 returns on the stock and the index
(1...61). Plot the returns on a graph and fit the best-fit line
(visually or using some least squares process):

| * /
stock | * * */ *
returns| * * / *
| * / *
| * /* * *
| / * *
| / *
|
|
+------------------------- index returns

The slope of the line is Beta. Merrill Lynch, Wells Fargo, and others
use a very similar process (they differ in which index they use and in
some econometric nuances).

Now what does Beta mean? A lot of disservice has been done to Beta in
the popular press because of trying to simplify the concept. A beta of
1.5 does not mean that is the market goes up by 10 points, the stock
will go up by 15 points. It doesn't even mean that if the market has a
return (over some period, say a month) of 2%, the stock will have a
return of 3%. To understand Beta, look at the equation of the line we
just fitted:

stock return = alpha + beta * index return

Technically speaking, alpha is the intercept in the estimation model.
It is expected to be equal to risk-free rate times (1 - beta). But it
is best ignored by most people. In another (very similar equation) the
intercept, which is also called alpha, is a measure of superior
performance.

Therefore, by computing the derivative, we can write:
Change in stock return = beta * change in index return

So, truly and technically speaking, if the market return is 2% above its
mean, the stock return would be 3% above its mean, if the stock beta is
1.5.

One shot at interpreting beta is the following. On a day the (S&P-type)
market index goes up by 1%, a stock with beta of 1.5 will go up by 1.5%
+ epsilon. Thus it won't go up by exactly 1.5%, but by something
different.

The good thing is that the epsilon values for different stocks are
guaranteed to be uncorrelated with each other. Hence in a diversified
portfolio, you can expect all the epsilons (of different stocks) to
cancel out. Thus if you hold a diversified portfolio, the beta of a
stock characterizes that stock's response to fluctuations in the market
portfolio.

So in a diversified portfolio, the beta of stock X is a good summary of
its risk properties with respect to the "systematic risk", which is
fluctuations in the market index. A stock with high beta responds
strongly to variations in the market, and a stock with low beta is
relatively insensitive to variations in the market.

E.g. if you had a portfolio of beta 1.2, and decided to add a stock
with beta 1.5, then you know that you are slightly increasing the
riskiness (and average return) of your portfolio. This conclusion is
reached by merely comparing two numbers (1.2 and 1.5). That parsimony
of computation is the major contribution of the notion of "beta".
Conversely if you got cold feet about the variability of your beta = 1.2
portfolio, you could augment it with a few companies with beta less than
1.

If you had wished to figure such conclusions without the notion of beta,
you would have had to deal with large covariance matrices and nontrivial
computations.

Finally, a reference. See Malkiel, A Random Walk Down Wall Street , for
more information on beta as an estimate of risk.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Book-to-Bill Ratio

Last-Revised: 19 Aug 1993
Contributed-By: Timothy May

The book-to-bill ration is the ratio of business "booked" (orders taken)
to business "billed" (products shipped and bills sent).

A book-to-bill of 1.0 implies incoming business = outgoing product.
Often in downturns, the b-t-b drops to 0.9, sometimes even lower. A
b-t-b of 1.1 or higher is very encouraging.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Book Value

Last-Revised: 23 Mar 1998
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com)

In simplest terms, Book Value is Assets less Liabilities.

The problem is Assets includes, as stated, existing land & buildings,
inventory, cash in the bank, etc. held by the company.

The problem in assuming you can sell off these assets and receive their
listed value is that such values are accounting numbers, but otherwise
pretty unrealistic.

Consider a company owning a 40 year old building in downtown Chicago.
That building might have been depreciated fully and is carried on the
books for $0, while having a resale value of millions. The book value
grossly understates the sell-off value of the company.

On the other hand, consider a fast-changing industry with 4-year-old
computer equipment which has a few more years to go before being fully
depreciated, but that equipment couldn't be sold for even 10 cents on
the dollar. Here the book value overstates the sell-off value.

So consider book value to be assets less liabilities, which are just
numbers, not real items. If you want to know how much a company should
be sold off for, hire a good investment banker, which is often done on
take-over bids.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Computing Compound Return

Last-Revised: 12 Dec 2004
Contributed-By: Paul Randolph (paulr22 at juno dot com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

This article discusses how to compute the effective annual percentage
rate earned by a single investment after a number of years have passed.
A related concept called "average annual return" is frequently seen when
reading about mutual funds but is computed very differently; it is
discussed briefly at the end of this article. Another related concept
called "internal rate of return" is used to calculate the percentage
rate earned by an investment made as a series of purchases, such as
monthly investments in a mutual fund; also see the article on that topic
elsewhere in this FAQ.

To calculate the compound return on an investment, just figure out the
factor by which the original investment multiplied. For example, if
$1,000 became $3,200 in 10 years, then the multiplying factor is
3,200/1,000 or 3.2. Now take the 10th root of 3.2 (the multiplying
factor) and you get a compound return of 1.1233498, which means
approximately 12.3% per year. To see that this works, note that
1.233498 raised to the 10th power equals 3.2.

Here is another way of saying the same thing. This calculation assumes
that all gains are reinvested, so the following formula applies:

TR = (1 + AR) ** YR

where TR is total return (present value/initial value), AR is the
compound annualized return, and YR is years. The symbol '**' is used to
denote exponentiation (e.g., 2 ** 3 = 8).

To calculate annualized return, the following formula applies:

AR = (TR ** (1/YR)) - 1

Thus a total return of 950% in 20 years would be equivalent to an
annualized return of 11.914454%. Note that the 950% includes your
initial investment of 100% (by definition) plus a gain of 850%.

For those of you using spreadsheets such as Excel, you would use the
following formula to compute AR for the example discussed above (the
common computer symbol used to denote exponentiation is the caret or hat
on top of the 6).

= TR ^ (1 / YR) - 1

where TR = 9.5 and YR = 20. If you want to be creative and have AR
recalculated every time you open your file, you can substitute something
like the following for YR:

( (*cell* - TODAY() ) / 365)

Of course you will have to replace '*cell*' by the appropriate address
of the cell that contains the date on which you bought the security.

Don't confuse a compound return with something called an average annual
return, which is a simple arithmetic mean (also see the FAQ article on
this topic). That method simply adds the annual rates and divides by
the number of years. For example, 5% one year and 10% the next year,
average is 7.5% over those two years.

Let's compare the two methods with a contrived example. You invest
$100. After one year, you have $200, which means in that first year,
the investment returned 100%. At the end of the second year, you have
$100, which means in that second year, the investment lost 50%. (In
short, you're back where you started.) Do the calculations for the
compound return and you'll get 0%. Calculate the average annual return
and you get 25%. So this contrived example yields a big difference.
However, common scenarios yield less striking differences, and the
average annual return is a useful approximation.

Here's the one thing to remember from this article. When you read an
investment company's statements about their "average return", you should
check carefully just exactly what they calculated.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Future and Present Value of Money

Last-Revised: 28 Jan 1994
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This note explains briefly two concepts concerning the
time-value-of-money, namely future and present value. Careful
application of these concepts will help you evaluate investment
opportunities such as real estate, life insurance, and many others.



Future Value
Future value is simply the sum to which a dollar amount invested today
will grow given some appreciation rate.

To compute the future value of a sum invested today, the formula for
interest that is compounded monthly is:
fv = principal * [ (1 + rrate/12) ** (12 * termy) ]
where

fv = future value
principal = dollar value you have now
termy = term, in years
rrate = annual rate of return in decimal (i.e., use .05 for
5%)

Note that the symbol '**' is used to denote exponentiation (2 ** 3 = 8).

For interest that is compounded annually, use the formula:
fv = principal * [ (1 + rrate) ** (termy) ]


Example:

I invest 1,000 today at 10% for 10 years compounded monthly.
The future value of this amount is 2707.04.



Note that the formula for future value is the formula from Case 1 of
present value (below), but solved for the future-sum rather than the
present value.



Present Value
Present value is the value in today's dollars assigned to an amount of
money in the future, based on some estimate rate-of-return over the
long-term. In this analysis, rate-of-return is calculated based on
monthly compounding.

Two cases of present value are discussed next. Case 1 involves a single
sum that stays invested over time. Case 2 involves a cash stream that
is paid regularly over time (e.g., rent payments), and requires that you
also calculate the effects of inflation.




Case 1a: Present value of money invested over time.
This tells you what a future sum is worth today, given some rate of
return over the time between now and the future. Another way to
read this is that you must invest the present value today at the
rate-of-return to have some future sum in some years from now (but
this only considers the raw dollars, not the purchasing power).

To compute the present value of an invested sum, the formula for
interest that is compounded monthly is:
future-sum
pv = ------------------------------
(1 + rrate/12) ** (12 * termy)
where

* future-sum = dollar value you want to have in termy
years
* termy = term, in years
* rrate = annual rate of return that you can expect,
in decimal



Example:

I need to have 10,000 in 5 years. The present value of
10,000 assuming an 8% monthly compounded rate-of-return
is 6712.10. I.e., 6712 will grow to 10k in 5 years at
8%.




Case 1b: Effects of inflation
This formulation can also be used to estimate the effects of
inflation; i.e., compute the real purchasing power of present and
future sums. Simply use an estimated rate of inflation instead of
a rate of return for the rrate variable in the equation.

Example:

In 30 years I will receive 1,000,000 (a megabuck). What
is that amount of money worth today (what is the buying
power), assuming a rate of inflation of 4.5%? The answer
is 259,895.65




Case 2: Present value of a cash stream.
This tells you the cost in today's dollars of money that you pay
over time. Usually the payments that you make increase over the
term. Basically, the money you pay in 10 years is worth less than
that which you pay tomorrow, and this equation lets you compute
just how much less.

In this analysis, inflation is compounded yearly. A reasonable
estimate for long-term inflation is 4.5%, but inflation has
historically varied tremendously by country and time period.

To compute the present value of a cash stream, the formula is:
month=12 * termy paymt * (1 + irate) ** int ((month - 1)/
12)
pv = SUM
---------------------------------------------
month=1 (1 + rrate/12) ** (month - 1)
where

* pv = present value
* SUM (a.k.a. sigma) means to sum the terms on the
right-hand side over the range of the variable
'month'; i.e., compute the expression for month=1,
then for month=2, and so on then add them all up
* month = month number
* int() = the integral part of the number; i.e., round
to the closest whole number; this is used to compute
the year number from the month number
* termy = term, in years
* paymt = monthly payment, in dollars
* irate = rate of inflation (increase in
payment/year), in decimal
* rrate = rate of return on money that you can expect,
in decimal



Example:

You pay $500/month in rent over 10 years and estimate
that inflation is 4.5% over the period (your payment
increases with inflation.) Present value is 49,530.57




Stefan Heizmann offers a calculator for NPV on the web.


Two small C programs for computing future and present value on a PC are
also available, which may be convenient if you have a large amount of
data. See the article Software - Archive of Investment-Related Programs
in this FAQ for more information.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Analysis - Goodwill

Last-Revised: 18 Jul 1993
Contributed-By: John Keefe

Goodwill is an asset that is created when one company acquires another.
It represents the difference between the price the acquiror pays and the
"fair market value" of the acquired company's assets. For example, if
JerryCo bought Ford Motor for $15 billion, and the accountants
determined that Ford's assets (plant and equipment) were worth $13
billion, $2 billion of the purchase price would be allocated to goodwill
on the balance sheet. In theory the goodwill is the value of the
acquired company over and above the hard assets, and it is usually
thought to represent the value of the acquired company's "franchise,"
that is, the loyalty of its customers, the expertise of its employees;
namely, the intangible factors that make people do business with the
company.

What is the effect on book value? Well, book value usually tries to
measure the liquidation value of a company -- what you could sell it for
in a hurry. The accountants look only at the fair market value of the
hard assets, thus goodwill is usually deducted from total assets when
book value is calculated.

For most companies in most industries, book value is next to
meaningless, because assets like plant and equipment are on the books at
their old historical costs, rather than current values. But since it's
an easy number to calculate, and easy to understand, lots of investors
(both professional and amateur) use it in deciding when to buy and sell
stocks.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 6 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:42 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part6
Version: $Id: part06,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 6 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Circuit Breakers, Curbs, and Other Trading
Restrictions

Last-Revised: 2 Aug 2002
Contributed-By: Chedley A. Aouriri, Darin Okuyama, Chris Lott ( contact
me ), Charles Eglinton

A variety of mechanisms are in place on the U.S. exchanges to restrict
program trading (i.e., to cut off the big boy's computer connections)
whenever the market moves up or down by more than a large number of
points in a trading day. Most are triggered by moves down, although
some are triggered by moves up as well.

The idea is that these curbs on trading, also known as collars, will
limit the daily damage by restricting activities that might lead towards
greater volatility and large price moves, and encouraging trading
activities that tend to stabilize prices. Although these trading
restrictions are commonly known as circuit breakers, that term actually
refers to just one specific restriction.

These changes were enacted in 1989 because program trading was blamed
for the fast crash of 1987. Note that the NYSE defines a Program Trade
as a basket of 15 or more stocks from the Standard & Poor's 500 Index,
or a basket of stocks from the Standard & Poor's 500 Index valued at $1
million or more.

Trading restrictions affect trading on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) where S&P 500 futures
contracts are traded. When these restrictions are triggered, you may
hear the phrase "curbs in" if you listen to CNBC.

Here's a table that summarizes the trading restrictions in place on the
NYSE and CME as of this writing. The range is always checked in
reference to the previous close. E.g., a move of up 200 and down 180
points would still be an up of 20 with respect to the previous close, so
the first restriction listed below would not be triggered. Any curb
still in effect at the close of trading is removed after the close;
i.e., every trading day starts without curbs.

Note that the "sidecar" rules were eliminated on Tuesday, February 16,
1999.

Restriction Triggered by
NYSE collar (Rule 80A) DJIA moves 2%
CME restriction 1 S&P500 futures contract moves 2.5%
CME restriction 2 S&P500 futures contract moves 5%
CME restriction 3 S&P500 futures contract moves 10%
NYSE circuit breaker nr. 1 DJIA moves 10%
NYSE circuit breaker nr. 2 DJIA moves 20%
NYSE Circuit breaker nr. 3 DJIA moves 30%


Now some details about each.

NYSE Collar (Rule 80A): Index arbitrage tick test
Rule 80A provides that index arbitrage orders can only be executed
on plus or minus ticks depending on which way the DJIA is. In the
parlance of the NYSE, the orders must be "stabilizing." This rule
only effects S&P 500 stocks, and is also known as the "uptick
downtick rule" because it restricts sells to upticks and buys to
downticks. In other words, when the market is down (last tick was
down), sell orders can't be executed at lower prices. In an up
market (last tick was up), buy orders can't be executed for higher
prices. This collar is removed when the DJIA retraces its gain or
loss to within approximately 1% of the previous close. As of 3Q02,
the collar is imposed at 180 points and removed when the DJIA
retraces its position to within 90 points of the previous day's
close.


CME Restrictions
Trading in the S&P500 futures contract is halted just for a few
minutes if the prices moves 2.5%, 5%, or 10% from the previous
close. Because restrictions on the NYSE effectively shut down
trading in this futures contract, there is little need for
additional restrictions on the CME.


NYSE Circuit Breakers
These restrictions are also known as "Rule 80B." The first version
of this rule, adopted in 1988, set triggers at 250 DJIA points and
400 DJIA points. These restrictions are updated quarterly to
reflect the heights to which the Dow Jones Industrial Average has
climbed.

* 10% decline (950 points for 3Q02)
The first circuit breaker is triggered if the DJIA declines by
approximately 10%. The restrictions that are put into place
-- if any -- depend on the time of day when the circuit
breaker is triggered. If the trigger occurs before 2pm
Eastern time, trading is halted for 1 hour. If the trigger
occurs between 2 and 2:30pm Eastern, trading is halted for 30
minutes. If the trigger occurs after 2:30pm Eastern time, no
restrictions are put into place. (This restriction was first
used during the afternoon of 27 Oct 97.) Note that there is no
similar restriction to the downside; nothing is done if the
Dow rallies 10%.


* 20% decline (1900 DJIA points for 3Q02)
The second circuit breaker is triggered if the DJIA declines
by approximately 20%. The restrictions that are put into
place again depend on the time of day when the circuit breaker
is triggered. If the trigger occurs before 1pm Eastern time,
trading is halted for 2 hours. If the trigger occurs between
1 and 2pm Eastern, trading is halted for 1 hour. If the
trigger occurs after 2pm Eastern time, the NYSE ends trading
for the day. Again there is no similar restriction to the
downside; nothing is done if the Dow rallies 20%.


* 30% decline (2850 DJIA points for 3Q02)
The third circuit breaker is triggered if the DJIA declines by
approximately 30%. The restriction is very simple: the NYSE
closes early that day. And like the other cases, again no
restrictions are imposed if the Dow rallies 30%.


The circuit breakers cut off the automated program trading initiated by
the big brokerage houses. The big boys have their computers directly
connected to the trading floor on the stock exchanges, and hence can
program their computers to place direct huge buy/sell orders that are
executed in a blink. This automated connection allows them to short-cut
the individual investors who must go thru the brokers and the
specialists on the stock exchange.

Statistical evidence suggests that about 2/3 of the Mar-Apr 1994 down
slide was caused by the program traders trying to lock in their profits
before all hell broke loose. The volume of their trades and their very
action may have accelerated the slide. The new game in town is how to
outfox the circuit breakers and buy or sell quickly before the 50-point
move triggers the halting of the automated trading and shuts off the
computer.

Here are sources with more information:
* HL Camp & Company offers a concise summary of program trading
collars including current numbers on their web site.

* The Chicago Mercantile Exchange publishes their equity index price
limits.

* The NYSE publishes press releases every quarter with the numbers
for that quarter's circuit breakers.

* The NYSE's glossary includes definitions of the term "Circuit
Breakers".



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Contact Information

Last-Revised: 13 Aug 1993
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Here's how to contact the stock exchanges in North America.
* American Stock Exchange (AMEX), +1 212 306-1000,

* ASE, +1 403 974-7400

* Montreal Stock Exchange (MSE), +1 514 871-2424
* NASDAQ/OTC, +1 202 728-8333/8039,
* New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), +1 212 656-3000,

* The Philadelphia Stock Exchange (PHLX),
* Toronto Stock Exchange (TSE), +1 416 947-4700
* Vancouver Stock Exchange (VSE), +1 604 689-3334/643-6500

If you wish to know the telephone number for a specific company that is
listed on a stock exchange, call the exchange and request to be
connected with their "listings" or "research" department.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Instinet

Last-Revised: 11 May 1994
Contributed-By: Jeffrey Benton (jeffwben at aol.com)

Instinet is a professional stock trading system which is owned by
Reuters. Institutions use the system to trade large blocks of shares
with each other without using the exchanges. Commissions are slightly
negotiable but generally $1 per hundred shares. Instinet also runs a
crossing network of the NYSE last sale at 6pm. A "cross" is a trade in
which a buyer and seller interact directly with no assistance of a
market maker or specialist. These buyer-seller pairs are commonly
matched up by a computer system such as Instinet.

Visit their web site:


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Market Makers and Specialists

Last-Revised: 28 Jan 1994
Contributed-By: Jeffrey Benton (jeffwben at aol.com)

Both Market Makers (MMs) and Specialists (specs) make market in stocks.
MMs are part of the National Association of Securities Dealers market
(NASD), sometimes called Over The Counter (OTC), and specs work on the
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). These people serve a similar function
but MMs and specs have a number of differences. See the articles in the
FAQ about the NASDAQ and the NYSE for a detailed discussion of these
differences.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - The NASDAQ

Last-Revised: 6 June 2000
Contributed-By: Bill Rini (bill at moneypages.com), Jeffrey Benton
(jeffwben at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact me )

NASDAQ is an abbreviation for the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation system. It is also commonly, and
confusingly, called the OTC market.

The NASDAQ market is an interdealer market represented by over 600
securities dealers trading more than 15,000 different issues. These
dealers are called market makers (MMs). Unlike the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE), the NASDAQ market does not operate as an auction market
(see the FAQ article on the NYSE). Instead, market makers are expected
to compete against each other to post the best quotes (best bid/ask
prices).

A NASDAQ level II quote shows all the bid offers, ask offers, size of
each offer (size of the market), and the market makers making the offers
in real time. These quotes are available from the Nasdaq Quotation
Dissemination Service (NQDS). The size of the market is simply the
number of shares the market maker is prepared to fill at that price.
Since about 1985 the average person has had access to level II quotes by
way of the Small Order Execution System (SOES) of the NASDAQ.
Non-professional users can get level II quotes for $50 per month. In
May 2000, the Nasdaq announced a pilot program that would reduce this
fee to just $10 per month.

SOES was implemented by NASDAQ in 1985. Following the 1987 market
crash, all market makers were required to use SOES. This system is
intended to help the small investor (hence the name) have his or her
transactions executed without allowing market makers to take advantage
of said small investor. You may see mention of "SOES Bandits" which is
slang for people who day-trade stocks on the NASDAQ using the SOES. A
SOES bandit tries to scalp profits on the spreads. Visit www.attain.com
for more on that topic.

A firm can become a market maker (MM) on NASDAQ by applying. The
requirements are relatively small, including certain capital
requirements, electronic interfaces, and a willingness to make a
two-sided market. You must be there every day. If you don't post
continuous bids and offers every day you can be penalized and not
allowed to make a market for a month. The best way to become a MM is to
go to work for a firm that is a MM. MMs are regulated by the NASD which
is overseen by the SEC.

The brokerage firm can handle customer orders either as a broker or as a
dealer/principal. When the brokerage acts as a broker, it simply
arranges the trade between buyer and seller, and charges a commission
for its services. When the brokerage acts as a dealer/principal, it's
either buying or selling from its own account (to or from the customer),
or acting as a market maker. The customer is charged either a mark-up
or a mark-down, depending on whether they are buying or selling. The
brokerage can never charge both a mark-up (or mark-down) and a
commission. Whether acting as a broker or as a dealer/principal, the
brokerage is required to disclose its role in the transaction. However
dealers/principals are not necessarily required to disclose the amount
of the mark-up or mark-down, although most do this automatically on the
confirmation as a matter of policy. Despite its role in the
transaction, the firm must be able to display that it made every effort
to obtain the best posted price. Whenever there is a question about the
execution price of a trade, it is usually best to ask the firm to
produce a Time and Sales report, which will allow the customer to
compare all execution prices with their own.

In the OTC public almost always meets dealer which means it is nearly
impossible to buy on the bid or sell on the ask. The dealers can buy on
the bid even though the public is bidding. Despite the requirement of
making a market, in the case of MM's there is no one firm who has to
take the responsibility if trading is not fair or orderly. During the
crash of 1987 the NYSE performed much better than NASDAQ. This was in
spite of the fact that some stocks have 30+ MMs. Many OTC firms simply
stopped making markets or answering phones until the dust settled.

Academic research has shown that an auction market such as the NYSE
results in better trades (in tighter ranges, less volatility, less
difference in price between trades). When you compare the multiple
market makers on the NASDAQ with the few specialists on the NYSE (see
the NYSE article), this is a counterintuitive result. But it is true.

In 1996 the NASDAQ was investigated for various practices. It settled a
suit brought against it by the SEC and agreed to change key aspects of
how it does business. Forbes ran a highly critical article entitled
"Fun and Games" on the NASDAQ. This was once available on the web, but
has vanished.

Related topics include price improvement, bid and ask, order routing,
and the 1996 settlement between the SEC and the NASDAQ. Please see the
articles elsewhere in this FAQ about those topics.

In 1998, a merger between the NASD and the AMEX resulted in the
Nasdaq-Amex Market Group.

For more information, visit their home page:


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - The New York Stock Exchange

Last-Revised: 4 June 1999
Contributed-By: Jeffrey Benton (jeffwben at aol.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is the largest agency auction market
in the United States. Visit their home page:

The NYSE uses an agency auction market system which is designed to allow
the public to meet the public as much as possible. The majority of
volume (approx 88%) occurs with no intervention from the dealer.
Specialists (specs) make markets in stocks and work on the NYSE. The
responsibility of a spec is to make a fair and orderly market in the
issues assigned to them. They must yield to public orders which means
they may not trade for their own account when there are public bids and
offers. The spec has an affirmative obligation to eliminate imbalances
of supply and demand when they occur. The exchange has strict
guidelines for trading depth and continuity that must be observed.
Specs are subject to fines and censures if they fail to perform this
function. NYSE specs have large capital requirements and are overseen
by Market Surveillance at the NYSE. Specs are required to make a
continuous market.

Most academic literature shows NYSE stocks trade better (in tighter
ranges, less volatility, less difference in price between trades) when
compared with the OTC market (NASDAQ). On the NYSE 93% of trades occur
at no change or 1/8 of a point difference. It is counterintuitive that
one spec could make a better market than many market makers (see the
article about the NASDAQ). However, the spec operates under an entirely
different system. The NYSE system requires exposure of public orders to
the auction, the opportunity for price improvement, and to trade ahead
of the dealer. The system on the NYSE is very different than NASDAQ and
has been shown to create a better market for the stocks listed there.
This is why 90% of US stocks that are eligible for NYSE listing have
listed.

A specialist will maintain a narrow spread. Since the NYSE does not
post bid/ask information, you need to check out the 1-minute tick to
figure out the spread. In other words, you'll need access to a
professional's data feed before you can really see the size of the
spread. But the structure of the market strongly encourages narrow
spreads, so investors shouldn't be overly concerned about this.

There are 1366 NYSE members (i.e., seats). Approximately 450 are
specialists working for 38 specialists firms. As of 11/93 there were
2283 common and 597 preferred stocks listed on the NYSE. Each
individual spec handles approximately 6 issues. The very big stocks
will have a spec devoted solely to them.

Every listed stock has one firm assigned to it on the floor. Most
stocks are also listed on regional exchanges in LA, SF, Chi., Phil., and
Bos. All NYSE trading (approx 80% of total volume) will occur at that
post on the floor of the specialist assigned to it. To become a NYSE
spec the normal route is to go to work for a specialist firm as a clerk
and eventually to become a broker.

The New York Stock Exchange imposes fairly stringent restrictions on the
companies that wish to list their shares on the exchange. Some of the
guides used by the NYSE for an original listing of a domestic company
are national interest in the company and a minimum of 1.1 million shares
publicly held among not fewer than 2,000 round-lot stockholders. The
publicly held common shares should have a minimum aggregate market value
of $18 million. The company should have net income in the latest year
of over $2.5 million before federal income tax and $2 million in each of
the preceding two years. The NYSE also requires that domestic listed
companies meet certain criteria with respect to outside directors, audit
committee composition, voting rights and related party transactions. A
company also pays significant initial and annual fees to be listed on
the NYSE. Initial fees are $36,800 plus a charge per million shares
issued. Annual fees are also based on the number of shares issued,
subject to a minimum of $16,170 and a maximum of $500,000. For example,
a company that issues 4 million shares of common stock would pay over
$81,000 to be listed and over $16,000 annually to remain listed. For
all the gory details, visit this NYSE page:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Members and Seats on AMEX

Last-Revised: 2 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Jon Feins (proclm at kear.tdsnet.com), J. Bouvrie (fnux
at thetasys.com)

Most exchanges allow you to buy seats (become a member) without being a
registered securities dealer. You would not, however, be allowed to use
the seat to transact business on that exchange. You would be allowed to
lease out the seat and would thus own the seat as an investment.

Here's the disclaimer right up front: I have been negotiating seat
leases for investors for the last 5 years. My expertise is mainly on
the American Stock Exchange (AMEX) and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
I spent 5 years on the floor of the NYSE and NYFE before going to the
AMEX for 3 years as a floor broker/trader.

Anyone can purchase a seat on a major stock exchange as an investment
and lease it to either a floor trader, specialist, or floor broker.
Most people do not realize that they can do this without any background
and without taking a test. You do not even have to be a registered rep.
or registered with the SEC. The return is between 12%-20% of the
current seat prices depending on the supply and demand at the time the
lease is negotiated.

The AMEX currently has a very high demand for leases. The last leases I
negotiated were at a variable rate of 1 5/8%/month (19.5% per year) of
the average seat sales as posted by the exchange in their monthly
bulletin. AMEX seats are currently quoted $565,000/bid -
$690,000/offer. The last contracted sale was for $660,000 on 15 July
1999. You can call the AMEX's 24 hour market line 877-AMEXSEAT to hear
the latest quote. Amex seats can be put in an IRA or a Keogh Plan
making the investment even more appealing.

In late 1996, the AMEX approved a rule allowing individuals to own more
than one seat. Since then seats have been slowly going up. Call the
AMEX market line (212-306-2243) for the current price.

There are only 661 regular seats and 203 Option Principal Memberships
(OPM) on the AMEX. Every Specialist and Floor Broker needs a regular
membership to do business. A Trader can use either an OPM or a regular
seat. If a trader wants to trade listed AMEX stocks (s)he needs to use
a regular seat.

When applying for an AMEX membership you need to fill out an application
which consists of:
1. Information about the person applying for membership.
2. Authorization form for orally bidding for or offering the
membership.
3. Personal financial statement.
4. Completed U-4 for for background check along with a fingerprint
form.
5. Acknowledgement of non-eligibility of gratuity fund form.

After completing the paperwork a non-refundable application fee of $500
must be submitted to the exchange. About a week after processing your
application you will be able to buy/bid for a seat. Other costs
involved with the purchase of a seat on the AMEX include a one time
transfer fee of $2,500 (If/when you sell the seat the buyer of your seat
has to pay this transfer fee). When the seat is leased out a transfer
fee of $1,500 is paid by the lessee. Your total costs are:
1. Purchase price of the seat.
2. $500 application fee.
3. One-time $2,500 transfer fee.
4. $24.50 Finger print processing fee.

When you sell the seat there are no costs, and the exchange will send
you a check for the full selling price which they collect from the buyer
of your seat.

In the deals that I broker, once an investor has purchased the seat I
find a lessee. All my leases require a letter of indemnity from the
clearing house of the lessee. A clearing house (Merrill Lynch, Paine
Webber, Bear Stearns etc...) is used by the lessee to clear the trades
they execute. Whether the lessee is a trader, specialist or a floor
broker they must use a clearing house who charges them commissions for
each of their trades and is liable for their losses. If a person who is
worth $100,000 dollars loses $500,000 dollars the clearing house is
liable for the losses of the other $400,000. The letter of indemnity
from the clearing house states that they do not view the seat as
collateral. In addition to this letter of indemnity, I only lease to
people who are employed by a well-capitalized firm which also signs the
lease as a guarantor. My leases have attorney reviewed modifications
which further protect the interests of the owner of the seat. Just like
a person who rents a house needs to be careful of who they lease to, so
does the lessor of a seat.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Exchanges - Ticker Tape Terminology

Last-Revised: 19 Sep 1999
Contributed-By: Keith Brewster, Norbert Schlenker, Richard Sauers
(rsauers at enter.net), Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com)

Every stock traded on the world's stock exchanges is identified by a
short symbol. For example, the symbol for AT&T is just T. These
symbols date from the days when stock trades were reported on a ticker
tape. Ticker symbols are still used today as brief, unambiguous
identifiers for stocks. Similar abbreviations are used for stock
options and many other securities.

Ticker symbols get reused on different exchanges, so you'll sometimes
see a qualification ahead of the ticker symbol. For example, the symbol
"C:A" refers to a company traded on one of the Canadian exchanges
(Toronto, to be exact) with the symbol A. The stock quote services on
the web usually understand this notation. It's probably no surprise
that the North American-centric services pretty much assume that
anything unqualified is traded on a U.S. exchange; I've found that they
do not accept something like "NYSE:T" even though they perhaps should.

A few stock ticker symbols include a suffix, which seems to
differentiate among a company's various classes of common stock. Somem
of the quote services allow you to enter the ticker and suffix all run
together, while others require you to enter a dot between the ticker and
the suffix. For an example, try AKO, classes A and B.

Now that you understand a bit about the ticker symbol, there's some more
explanation required to understand what appears on the "ticker tape"
such as those shown on CNN or CNBC.
Ticker tape says: Translation (but see below):
NIKE68 1/2 100 shares sold at 68 1/2
10sNIKE68 1/2 1000 shares sold at "
10.000sNIKE68 1/2 10000 shares sold at "
The extra zeroes for the big trades are to make them stand out. All
trades on CNN and CNBC are delayed by 15 minutes. CNBC once advertised
a "ticker guide pamphlet, free for the asking", back when they merged
with FNN. It also has explanations for the futures they show. You can
also see an explanation on the web at this URL:


However, the first translation is not necessarily correct. CNBC has a
dynamic maximum size for transactions that are displayed this way.
Depending on how busy things are at any particular time, the maximum
varies from 100 to 5000 shares. You can figure out the current maximum
by watching carefully for about five minutes. If the smallest number of
shares you see in the second format is "10s" for any traded security,
then the first form can mean anything from 100 to 900 shares. If the
smallest you see is "50s" (which is pretty common), the first form means
anything between 100 and 4900 shares.

Note that at busy times, a broker's ticker drops the volume figure and
then everything but the last dollar digit (e.g. on a busy day, a trade
of 25,000 IBM at 68 3/4 shows only as "IBM 8 3/4" on a broker's ticker).
That never happens on CNBC, so I don't know how they can keep up with
all trades without "forgetting" a few.

NASDAQ uses a "fifth letter" identifier in its ticker symbols. Four
letter symbols, and five letter symbols in instances of multiple issues
listed by the same company, are listed in newspapers and carried on the
ticker screen by CNBC and CNN. These symbols are required to retrieve
quotes from quote servers.

Here's the complete list of the NASDAQ fifth-letter identifiers with
brief descriptions:

Symbol Meaning
A Class A
B Class B
C exempt from NASDAQ listing qualifications for limited period
D new issue
E delinquent in required SEC filings
F foreign
G First convertible bond
H Second convertible bond (same company)
I Third convertible bond (same company)
J Voting
K Nonvoting
L misc situations, including second class units, third class warrants,
or sixth class preferred stock
M Fourth class preferred (same company)
N Third class preferred (same company)
O Second class preferred (same company)
P First class preferred (same company)
Q in bankruptcy proceedings
R Rights
S Shares of beneficial interest
T with warrants or rights
U Units
V When issued and when distributed
W Warrants
X mutual fund
Y American Depositary Receipts
Z misc situations, including second class of warrants, fifth class
preferred stock or any unit, receipt or certificate representing a
limited partnership interest.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Financial Planning - Basics

Last-Revised: 22 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: James E. Mallett (jmallett at stetson.edu)

One complaint I often hear is that an individual would like to invest
but they do not have any money. Financial planning may help many people
to overcome this lack of ability to save for investment. With proper
planning perhaps you will be able to establish goals and save money to
meet these goals. While you can start this personal financial planning
yourself, you may soon discover that it will pay you to find a Certified
Financial Planner to help in the process.

This article gives a short primer on how to start personal financial
planning for yourself.

To begin the financial planning process, you need specific financial
goals. By specific goals, I mean to establish a date to meet the goal
and a savings plan that meets your goals. At first these goals may seem
unobtainable but continuing the planning process will enable you to
evaluate these goals and modify as necessary.

Next you need to track your expenses and income until you can develop a
yearly statement (cash/flow statement). To see where you are currently,
list the value of all your assets and what you owe. Subtract your debts
from your assets and you have your current net worth (balance sheet).
You should update these statements yearly.

Once you have established your income and expenses you can develop a
budget. Your aim in establishing a budget is to attempt to increase
your income and/or reduce your expenditures so that you have savings to
meet your initial goals. If on the first try you are short of funds, do
not despair.

Try looking at your taxes to see if they can be reduced. Consult a tax
attorney if necessary. Analyze your debt to see if it can be
consolidated into a lower interest rate loan. Perhaps a home equity
loan might fit the bill. Next review your consumption patterns. Are
your financial goals worth driving an older automobile; are you shopping
for the best prices; and what current expenses that you have are
unnecessary?

By getting your finances in order, you will gain funds to save and
invest toward your goals. If you do not have sufficient funds to meet
your goals, modify them. Look for opportunities in the future to
reestablish these goals. Seek the aid of financial professionals,
educate yourself with personal finance books and magazines.

Here are a few resources on financial planning.
* James E. Mallett's site about financial planning:

* The International Association for Financial Planning offers a sales
pitch and some information on their site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Financial Planning - Choosing a Financial Planner

Last-Revised: 20 Apr 1998
Contributed-By: James E. Mallett (jmallett at stetson.edu)

Virtually anyone with moderate wealth or a decent income could benefit
from the services of a financial planner. By a financial planner, I
mean someone with the expertise to produce a comprehensive financial
plan for an individual household. This plan should cover the
household's financial goals, budget, insurance and risk review, asset
allocation, retirement plan, and a review of an estate plan. Such
detailed planning is unlikely to be meet by brokers and agents
interested in commissions on financial products they sell.

A financial planner has a broad knowledge of areas such as tax planning,
investments, and estate law but is unlikely to be the financial
professional you require in these individual areas. Rather the
financial planner can help coordinate your financial planning with your
accountant, insurance agent, investment professional, and estate lawyer.
The broad expertise that a professional financial planner possesses will
help insure that your financial goals are met and that all areas of your
financial life are reviewed.

Hiring a planner will help you avoid expensive financial mistakes that
could seriously damage your financial health. It would not be difficult
for most financial planners to find serious gaps in most household
finances, gaps that are easily worth the cost of the planner's services.
Even individuals with expert knowledge in one finance field such as
investments can overlook areas such as insurance or estate planning.
Few people have the time, desire, or expertise to do a complete
financial plan for themselves.

Saying that most would benefit from using a financial planner is not to
imply that there are not wide differences in abilities and costs among
planners. Few areas will pay richer rewards for the public than gaining
basic knowledge in personal finance. If one is not careful, fees and
commissions could negate much, if not all, of the benefit of using a
financial planner. This article lists a few issues to consider when
choosing a financial planner.

The first step in looking for a financial planner is to limit your
search to someone who is certified in financial planning. Two
certifying associations that I would recommend are the Certified
Financial Planner and the Personal Financial Specialist (given to
qualifying Certified Public Accountants). The second step is to seek
out recommendations from people that you respect for names of financial
planners and interview these planners. Your aim is to find someone who
meets your needs and who will look after your interests. A problem that
exists in selecting financial professionals is that what is in your best
interest may fall a distant second to what is in their interest of
making a profit.

The third question you need to ask is how does the financial planner
receive compensation and what will this compensation cost you annually.
In calculating the costs, one must consider fees, commissions,
transaction costs, and (if any) what are the annual fees of the
financial products that they recommend (such as mutual fund management
fees). It is quite possible that after adding sales loads and
management fees, the after-expense return that you receive from equities
will not justify the risk. Recent high market returns have served to
mask the fleecing of many American investors.

Financial planners fall into two broad types: fee-only financial
planners and commission and/or fee-based financial planners. While some
give the nod automatically to fee-only financial planners, it will
depend on your particular circumstances as to which one will be best for
you.

If you only need a comprehensive financial plan and you are willing to
invest your funds yourself, than a fee-only financial planner who
charges by the hour may be your best choice. If you want the financial
planner to manage your money, than many fee-only financial planners have
moved to an asset-based fee, normally 0.5% to 1.5%, of your assets. Two
factors should be kept in mind. One is that this fee is charged
annually. Second, most financial planners put your funds to work in a
mutual fund and that means you continue to pay the mutual fund another
management fee annually. Since evidence and theory suggest that none of
these efforts will result in outperforming an index mutual fund, one
might wonder why not go directly there and save about 2% in management
fees. Plus, on average, you will have a mutual fund that will
outperform most professionals.

With commission-based financial planners, individuals run the risk that
the commissions charged on the financial products that they recommend
will add greatly to the cost of the financial planning. The risk of
conflict of interest arises when the planner receives greater
compensation based on what financial products that they recommend. It
may be possible, however, for some individuals that the free or
reduced-cost financial plan would not be offset by the higher
commissions. For example, the one-time load on the mutual fund might be
cheaper than paying the annual 1.5% fee to a fee-based financial
planner. You must compare all of these costs when deciding which
financial planner is the best for you.

Given this information on financial planners, it is clear that knowledge
on the consumer's part is very important. While many households will
spend a great deal of time shopping for an automobile, the decision of
whom to trust with their wealth too is often made without much thought.
As a result Americans spend many billions more on financial services
than what is really needed.

For more insights from James E. Mallett about financial planning,
please visit his site:


For a list of 10 questions you should ask before hiring a financial
planner, visit this government site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Financial Planning - Compensation and Conflicts of Interest

Last-Revised: 19 Apr 2000
Contributed-By: Ed Zollars (ezollar at mindspring.com)

This article discusses the primary ways that financial planners are paid
for their services, and illustrates the biases and conflicts of interest
that invariably are present in each compensation scheme.



Hourly rate
When a financial planner is paid an hourly rate, he or she may have
a bias towards selling the client more advice than is needed,
and/or selling additional hourly services to the client. However,
the actual financial product sold to the client, or even if any is
sold at all, is a matter of indifference. A practical problem is
that this advice, if done properly (thorough investigation by
adviser into the entire background of the client) is going to be
very expensive because it needs to be customized to the client.
Thus, we see very little of this type of advice except for
specialized areas (like taxation, business law, etc.).


Flat rate
If a financial planner is paid a flat rate, he or she may have a
bias towards giving the client canned advice in order to gain
efficiencies. That can lead to not tailoring the advice to the
specific situation because that adds (uncompensated) time to the
engagement. Additionally, there's a bias towards selling
additional services not included in the initial package. Again,
generally indifference as to whether a sale is closed on an actual
investment, or which investment actually gets chosen. The
advantage to the client is that he or she knows the cost going in.


Percent of assets under management paid annually
If a financial planner receives each year a percentage of assets
under management, he or she may have a bias towards keeping as much
under management as possible, thus leading to some bias against
using funds for other purposes (including paying down debt). This
structure may also encourage the advising of riskier ventures,
since they present the adviser with the potential for higher
compensation. Obviously, the client does have to put some assets
under management (so there is a bias to do something), but the
particular investments are a matter of indifference.


Commissions on sales
When a planner receives a commission on any product sold to the
client, this can lead to a bias towards closing the sale on a
product that will pay the adviser a commission and discouraging the
acquisition of products that won't pay this adviser a commission.
Since advice is offered as a method to encourage the client to get
moving towards a buy, these advisers tend to be rather thorough in
raising issues that relate to their products (finding needs). Will
tend to have a bias to be less thorough in raising issues for which
the solution doesn't involve their product (so in estate planning
there will be lots of talk about ILITs or CRUTs, but little talk
about FLPs, AB trusts, etc.). A practical advantage is that
because the client can simply walk away, this can be the least
expensive way to get a good quick general education on the subject
at hand. Also, many investments sold by commissioned salespeople
spread the fee over a number of years, so it becomes a payment on
the installment plan that may allow some people to receive advice
they need.


Note that any competent professional will actively control for any bias
introduced by the compensation mechanism. Therefore, none of the issues
raised here represent an insurmountable flaw of a particular method of
compensation. Too often this sort of analysis can degnerate into a
mudslinging contest that suggests there is only one right way to handle
every situation, which is simply not the case.

In the end, a client of a financial planner should ask/recognize the
ways by which the planner gets paid, and use that information to note
any bias that might be present in the advice given.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Financial Planning - Estate Planning Checkup

Last-Revised: 20 June 1999
Contributed-By: Nolo Press

This article is copyright © Nolo Press 1999 and was reprinted with
specific permission. For more great, free information about legal
matters, visit their website:


Lots of Americans haven't made even a simple will, to say nothing of a
more comprehensive plan to avoid probate or save on estate taxes. And
even those who have thought about what should happen to their property
when they eventually shuffle off to Nirvana haven't updated their plan
in many years. We're not going to nag, but we are going to chime in
with a few suggestions as to what your estate plan should look like. Oh
yes, in case you're new to this area, estate planning is simply a fancy
term for the process of arranging for what will happen to your property
(estate) if a particularly large and lethal brick falls on your head.

Depending on your age, health, wealth and innate level of cautiousness,
you may not need to do much at all in the way of estate planning. And
even if you do decide you need a will or a trust, you probably won't
need a lawyer. Especially if you aren't dripping with Picassos or fat
investment accounts, it is easy and safe to prepare most basic estate
planning documents yourself. Just learn what you're doing by using a
good self-help book or piece of software.

We've arranged our tips by some broad categories of family situation and
age. As they say, check all that apply. But keep in mind that age is
an imprecise proxy for life expectancy, which is affected by all sorts
of other factors--heavy smoking while participating in extreme sports
and driving a motorcycle, for example. It's up to you to add or
subtract a few years, based on your health and lifestyle.



You're 25 and Single
What are you doing reading about estate planning? You're supposed
to be surfing the Net or dancing until dawn. But you might as well
keep reading; this won't take long.

At your age, there's not much point in putting a lot of energy into
estate planning. Unless your lifestyle is unusually risky or you
have a serious illness, you're very unlikely to die for a long,
long time.

If you're an uncommonly rich 25-year-old, though, write a will.
(Bricks can fall on anyone.) That way you can leave your
possessions to any recipient you choose--your boyfriend, your
favorite cause, the nephew who thinks you're totally cool. If you
don't write a will, whatever wealth you leave behind will probably
go to your parents. Think about it.


You're Paired Up, But Not Married
If you've got a life partner but no marriage certificate, a will is
almost a must-have document. Without a will, state law will
dictate where your property goes after your death, and no state
gives anything to an unmarried partner. Instead, your closest
relatives would inherit everything.

Other options to make sure that your partner isn't left out in the
cold after your death is to own big-ticket items, such as houses
and cars, together in "joint tenancy" with right of survivorship.
Then, when one of you dies, the survivor will automatically own
100% of the property.


You Have Young Children
Having children complicates life--but then, you already know that.
Estate planning is no exception. Here's what to think about.

First, write a will. Nothing fancy--just a document that leaves
your property to whomever you choose and names a guardian for your
children. The guardian will take over if both you and the other
parent are unavailable. That's an unlikely situation, but one
that's worth addressing just in case. If you fail to name a
guardian, a court will appoint someone--possibly one of your
parents.

The other big reason to write a will is that if you don't, some of
your property may go not to your spouse, but directly to your
children. When given a choice, most people prefer that the money
go to their spouse, who will use it for the kids. The problem with
the children inheriting directly is that the surviving parent may
need to get court permission to handle the money--a waste of time
and money in most families.

Second, think about buying life insurance so the other parent will
be able to replace your earnings if that damn brick chooses you.
Term life insurance is relatively cheap, especially if you're young
and don't smoke. You can shop for the best bargain by consulting
free services that compare the rates of lots of companies. Look
for their ads in personal finance magazines.


You're Middle-Aged and Know the Names of at Least Three Mutual Funds
If you've made it to a comfortable time in life--you've accumulated
some material wealth and enough wisdom to let you know that other
things matter, too--you will probably want to take some time to
reflect on what you will eventually leave behind.

But given that you may well live another 30 or 40 years, there is
no need to obsess about it. Chances are your conclusions will be
different in ten or 20 years, and your estate plan will change
accordingly.

To save your family the cost (and hassles) of probate court
proceedings after your death, think about creating a revocable
living trust. It's hardly more trouble than writing a will, and
lets everything go directly to your heirs after your death, without
taking a circuitous and expensive detour through probate court.

While you're alive, the trust has no effect, and you can revoke it
or change its terms at any time. But after your death, the person
you chose to be your "successor trustee" takes control of trust
property and transfers it according to the directions you left in
the trust document. It's quick and simple.

There are other, even easier ways to avoid probate: you can turn
any bank account into a "payable-on-death" account simply by
signing a form (the bank will supply it) and naming someone to
inherit whatever funds are in the account at your death. You can
do the same thing, in 29 states, with securities. (Ask your broker
if your state has adopted a law called the Uniform
Transfer-on-Death Securities Registration Act.)

If you have enough property to worry about federal estate taxes,
think about a tax-avoidance trust as well. Currently, estates
worth more than $650,000 are taxed; that amount will increase to $1
million by 2006. Most estates are never subject to tax, but if
estate tax does take a bite, it can be a big one. Tax rates now
start at 37% and rise to 55% for estates worth more than $3
million.

One way to reduce estate tax is to give away property before your
death. After all, if you don't own it, it can't be taxed. But in
2002, gifts larger than $11,000 per year per recipient are subject
to gift tax, which applies at the same rates as does estate tax.
Still, an annual gifting plan can reduce the size of even a big
estate, especially if you have a covey of kids and grandkids.
Gifts to your spouse (as long as he or she is a U.S. citizen),
gifts that directly pay tuition or medical bills, or gifts to a
tax-exempt organization are exempt from gift tax.

Another way to cut taxes is to create certain kinds of trusts. The
most common, the AB trust, is one that couples use. Each spouse
leaves property to their children--with the crucial condition that
the surviving spouse has the right to use the income that property
produces for as long as he or she lives. In some circumstances,
the surviving spouse may even be able to spend principal. By 2006,
an AB trust will shield up to $2 million from estate tax.

Charitable trusts, which involve making a gift to a charity and
getting some payments back, can also save on both estate and income
tax. There are many other varieties of trusts; learn about them on
your own, and then have an experienced estate planning lawyer draw
up the documents you decide on.


You're Elderly or Ill
Now is the time to take concrete steps to establish an estate plan
pronto. It's also a good idea to think about what could happen
before your death, if you become seriously ill and unable to handle
your own affairs.

First, the basics: Consider a probate-avoidance living trust and,
if you're concerned about estate taxes, a tax-saving trust. (These
devices are discussed just above.) Write a will, or update an old
one.

Then, although no one wants to do it, take a minute to think about
the possibility that at some time, you might become incapacitated
and unable to handle day-to-day financial matters or make
healthcare decisions. If you don't do anything to prepare for this
unpleasant possibility, a judge may have to appoint someone to make
these decisions for you. No one wants a court's intervention in
such personal matters, but someone must have legal authority to act
on your behalf.

You can choose that person yourself, and give him or her legal
authority to act for you, by creating documents called durable
powers of attorney. You'll need one for your financial matters and
one for healthcare. (Some states allow the two to be combined, but
it's usually not a good idea. They're used in completely different
situations.) You choose someone you trust to act for you (called
your attorney-in-fact) and spell out his or her authority. If you
wish, you can even state that the document won't have any effect
unless and until you become incapacitated. Once signed and
notarized, it's legally valid, and your mind can be at ease.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 9 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:43 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part9
Version: $Id: part09,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 9 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Distributions and Tax Implications

Last-Revised: 27 Jan 1998
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), S. Jaguiar, Art Kamlet
(artkamlet at aol.com), R. Kalia

This article gives a brief summary of the issues surrounding
distributions made by mutual funds, the tax liability of shareholders
who recieve these distributions, and the consequences of buying or
selling shares of a mutual fund shortly before or after such a
distribution.

Investment management companies (i.e., mutual funds) periodically
distribute money to their shareholders that they made by trading in the
shares they hold. These are called dividends or distributions, and the
shareholder must pay taxes on these payments. Why do they distribute
the gains instead of reinvesting them? Well, a mutual fund, under The
Investment Company Act of 1940, is allowed to make the decision to
distribute substantially all earnings to shareholders at least annually
and thereby avoid paying taxes on those earnings. And, of course, they
do. In general, equity funds distribute dividends quarterly, and
distribute capital gains annually or semi-annually. In general, bond
funds distribute dividends monthly, and distribute capital gains
annually or semi-annually.

When a distribution is made, the net asset value (NAV) goes down by the
same amount. Suppose the NAV is $8 when you bought and has grown to $10
by some date, we'll pick Dec. 21. On paper you have a profit of $2.
Then, a $1 distribution is made on Dec. 21. As a result of this
distribution, the NAV goes down to $9 on Dec. 22 (ignoring any other
market activity that might happen). Since you received a $1 payment and
your shares are still worth $9, you still have the $10. However, you
also have a tax liability for that $1 payment.

Mutual funds commonly make distributions late in the year. Because of
this, many advise mutual fund investors to be wary of buying into a
mutual fund very late in the year (i.e., shortly before a distribution).
Essentially what happens to a person who buys shortly before a
distribution is that a portion of the investment is immediately returned
to the investor along with a tax bill. In the short term it essentially
means a loss for the investor. If the investor had bought in January
(for example), and had seen the NAV rise nicely over the year, then
receiving the distribution and tax bill would not be so bad. But when a
person essentially increases their tax bill with a fund purchase, it is
like seeing the value of the fund drop by the amount owed to the tax
man. This is the main reason for checking with a mutual fund for
planned distributions when making an investment, especially late in the
year.

But let's look at the issue a different way. The decision of buying
shortly before a distribution all comes down to whether or not you feel
that the fund is going to go up more in value than the total taxable
event will be to you. For instance let's say that a fund is going to
distribute 6% in income at the end of December. You will have to pay
tax on that 6% gain, even though your account value won't go up by 6%
(that's the law). Assuming that you are in a 33% tax bracket, a third
of that gain (2% of your account value) will be paid in taxes. So it
comes down to asking yourself the question of whether or not you feel
that the fund will appreciate by 2% or more between now and the time
that the income will be distributed. If the fund went up in value by
10% between the time of purchase and the distribution, then in the above
example you would miss out on a 8% after-tax gain by not investing. If
the fund didn't go up in value by at least 2% then you would take a loss
and would have been better off waiting. So how clear is your crystal
ball?

For someone to make the claim that it is always patently better to wait
until the end of the year to invest so as to avoid capital gains tax is
ridiculous. Sometimes it is and sometimes it isn't. Investing is a
most empirical process and every new situation should be looked at
objectively.

And it's important not to lose sight of the big picture. For a mutual
fund investor who saw the value of their investment appreciate nicely
between the time of purchase and the distribution, a distribution just
means more taxes this year but less tax when the shares are sold. Of
course it is better to postpone paying taxes, but it's not as though the
profits would be tax-free if no distribution were made. For those who
move their investments around every few months or years, the whole issue
is irrelevant. In my view, people spend too much time trying to beat
the tax man instead of trying to make more money. This is made worse by
ratings that measure 'tax efficiency' on the basis of current tax
liability (distributions) while ignoring future tax liability
(unrealized capital gains that may not be paid out each year but they
are still taxed when you sell).

So what are the tax implications based on the timing of any sale?
Actually, for most people there are none. If you sell your shares on
Dec. 21, you have $2 in taxable capital gains ($1 from the distribution
and $1 from the growth from 8 to 9). If you sell on Dec. 22, you have
$1 in taxable capital gains and $1 in taxable distributions. This can
make a small difference in some tax brackets, but no difference at all
in others.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Fees and Expenses

Last-Revised: 28 Jun 1997
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Investors who put money into a mutual fund gain the benefits of a
professional investment management company. Like any professional,
using an investment manager results in some costs. These costs are
recovered from a mutual fund's investors either through sales charges or
operation expenses .

Sales charges for an open-end mutual fund include front-end loads and
back-end loads (redemption fees). A front-end load is a fee paid by an
investor when purchasing shares in the mutual fund, and is expressed as
a percentage of the amount to be invested. These loads may be 0% (for a
no-load fund), around 2% (for a so-called low-load fund), or as high as
8% (ouch). A back-end load (or redemption fee) is paid by an investor
when selling shares in the mutual fund. Unlike front-end loads, a
back-end load may be a flat fee, or it may be expressed as a sliding
scale. A sliding-scale means that the redemption fee is high if the
investor sells shares within the first year of buying them, but declines
to little or nothing after 3, 4, or 5 years. A sliding-scale fee is
usually implemented to discourage investors from switching rapidly among
funds. Loads are used to pay the sales force. The only good thing
about sales charges is that investors only pay them once.

A closed-end mutual fund is traded like a common stock, so investors
must pay commissions to purchase shares in the fund. An article
elsewhere in this FAQ about discount brokers offers information about
minimizing commissions.

To keep the dollars rolling in over the years, investment management
companies may impose fees for operating expenses. The total fee load
charged annually is usually reported as the expense ratio . All annual
fees are charged against the net value of an investment. Operating
expenses include the fund manager's salary and bonuses (management
fees), keeping the books and mailing statements every month (accounting
fees), legal fees, etc. The total expense ratio ranges from 0% to as
much as 2% annually. Of course, 0% is a fiction; the investment company
is simply trying to make their returns look especially good by charging
no fees for some period of time. According to SEC rules, operating
expenses may also include marketing expenses. Fees charged to investors
that cover marketing expenses are called "12b-1 Plan fees." Obviously an
investor pays fees to cover operating expenses for as long as he or she
owns shares in the fund. Operating fees are usually calculated and
accrued on a daily basis, and will be deducted from the account on a
regular basis, probably monthly.

Other expenses that may apply to an investment in a mutual fund include
account maintenance fees, exchange (switching) fees, and transaction
fees. An investor who has a small amount in a mutual fund, maybe under
$2500, may be forced to pay an annual account maintenance fee. An
exchange or switching fee refers to any fee paid by an investor when
switching money within one investment management company from one of the
company's mutual funds to another mutual fund with that company.
Finally, a transaction fee is a lot like a sales charge, but it goes to
the fund rather than to the sales force (as if that made paying this fee
any less painful).

The best available way to compare fees for different funds, or different
classes of shares within the same fund, is to look at the prospectus of
a fund. Near the front, there is a chart comparing expenses for each
class assuming a 5% return on a $1,000 investment. The prospectus for
Franklin Mutual Shares, for example, shows that B investors (they call
it "Class II") pay less in expenses with a holding period of less than 5
years, but A investors ("Class I") come out ahead if they hold for
longer than 5 years.

In closing, investors and prospective investors should examine the fee
structure of mutual funds closely. These fees will diminish returns
over time. Also, it's important to note that the traditional
price/quality curve doesn't seem to hold quite as well for mutual funds
as it does for consumer goods. I mean, if you're in the market for a
good suit, you know about what you have to pay to get something that
meets your expectations. But when investing in a mutual fund, you could
pay a huge sales charge and stiff operating expenses, and in return be
rewarded with negative returns. Of course, you could also get lucky and
buy the next hot fund right before it explodes. Caveat emptor.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Index Funds and Beating the Market

Last-Revised: 26 May 1999
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article discusses index funds and modern portfolio theory (MPT) as
espoused by Burton Malkiel, but first makes a digression into the topic
of "beating the market."

Investors and prospective investors regularly encounter the phrase
"beating the market" or sometimes "beating the S&P 500." What does this
mean?

Somehow I'm reminded of the way Garrison Keillor used to start his show
on Minnesota Public Radio, "Greetings from Lake Woebegon, where all the
women are beautiful and all the children are above average" .. but I
digress.

To answer the second question first: The S&P 500 is a broad market
index. Saying that you "beat the S&P" means that for some period of
time, the returns on your investments were greater than the returns on
the S&P index (although you have to ask careful questions about whether
dividends paid out were counted, or only the capital appreciation
measured by the rise in stock prices).

Now, the harder question: Is this always the best indicator? This is
slightly more involved.

Everyone, most especially a mutual fund manager, wants to beat "the
market". The problem lies in deciding how "the market" did. Let's
limit things to the universe of stocks traded on U.S. exchanges.. even
that market is enormous . So how does an aspiring mutual fund manager
measure his or her performance? By comparing the fund's returns to some
measure of the market. And now the $64,000 question: What market is the
most appropriate comparison?

Of course there are many answers. How about the large-cap market, for
which one widely known (but dubious value) index is the DJIA? What about
the market of large and mid-cap shares, for which one widely known index
is the S&P 500? And maybe you should use the small-cap market, for which
Wilshire maintains various indexes? And what about technology stocks,
which the NASDAQ composite index tracks somewhat?

As you can see, choosing the benchmark against which you will compare
yourself is not exactly simple. That said, an awful lot of funds
compare themselves against the S&P. The finance people say that the S&P
has some nice properties in the way it is computed. Most market people
would say that because so much of the market's capitalization is tracked
by the S&P, it's an appropriate benchmark.

You be the judge.

The importance of indexes like the S&P500 is the debate between passive
investing and active investing. There are funds called index funds that
follow a passive investment style. They just hold the stocks in the
index. That way you do as well as the overall market. It's a
no-brainer. The person who runs the index fund doesn't go around buying
and selling based on his or her staff's stock picks. If the overall
market is good, you do well; if it is not so good, you don't do well.
The main benefit is low overhead costs. Although the fund manager must
buy and sell stocks when the index changes or to react to new
investments and redemptions, otherwise the manager has little to do.
And of course there is no need to pay for some hotshot group of stock
pickers.

However, even more important is the "efficient market theory" taught in
academia that says stock prices follow a random walk. Translated into
English, this means that stock prices are essentially random and don't
have trends or patterns in the price movements. This argument pretty
much attacks technical analysis head-on. The theory also says that
prices react almost instantaneously to any information - making
fundamental analysis fairly useless too.

Therefore, a passive investing approach like investing in an index fund
is supposedly the best idea. John Bogle of the Vanguard fund is one of
the main proponents of a low-cost index fund.

The people against the idea of the efficient market (including of course
all the stock brokers who want to make a commission, etc.) subscribe to
one of two camps - outright snake oil (weird stock picking methods,
bogus claims, etc.) or research in some camps that point out that the
market isn't totally efficient. Of course academia is aware of various
anomalies like the January effect, etc. Also "The Economist" magazine
did a cover story on the "new technology" a few years ago - things like
using Chaos Theory, Neural Nets, Genetic Algorithms, etc. etc. - a
resurgence in the idea that the market was beatable using new technology
- and proclaimed that the efficient market theory was on the ropes.

However, many say that's an exaggeration. If you look at the records,
there are very, very few funds and investors who consistently beat the
averages (the market - approximated by the S&P 500 which as I said is a
"no brainer investment approach"). What you see is that the majority of
the funds, etc. don't even match the no-brainer approach to investing.
Of the small amount who do (the winners), they tend to change from one
period to another. One period or a couple of periods they are on top,
then they do much worse than the market. The ones who stay on top for
years and years and years - like a Peter Lynch - are a very rare breed.
That's why efficient market types say it's consistent with the random
nature of the market.

Remember, index funds that track the S&P 500 are just taking advantage
of the concept of diversification. The only risk they are left with
(depending on the fund) is whether the entire market goes up and down.

People who pick and choose individual companies or a sector in the
market are taking on added risk since they are less diversified. This
is completely consistent with the more risk = possibility of more return
and possibility of more loss principle. It's just like taking longer
odds at the race track. So when you choose a non-passive investment
approach you are either doing two things:
1. Just gambling. You realize the odds are against you just like they
are at the tracks where you take longer odds, but you are willing
to take that risk for the slim chance of beating the market.


2. You really believe in your own or a hired gun's stock picking
talent to take on stocks that are classified as a higher risk with
the possibility of greater return because you know something that
nobody else knows that really makes the stock a low risk investment
(secret method, inside information, etc.) Of course everyone thinks
they belong in this camp even though they are really in the former
camp, sometimes they win big, most of times they lose, with a few
out of the zillion investors winning big over a fairly long period.
It's consistent with the notion that it's gambling.

So you get this picture of active fund managers expending a lot of
energy on a tread mill running like crazy and staying in the same spot.
Actually it's not even the same spot since most don't even match the S&P
500 due to the added risk they've taken on in their picks or the
transaction costs of buying and selling. That's why market indexes like
the S&P 500 are the benchmark. When you pick stocks on your own or pay
someone to manage your money in an active investment fund, you are
paying them to do better or hoping you will do better than doing the
no-brainer passive investment index fund approach that is a reasonable
expectation. Just think of paying some guy who does worse than if he
just sat on his butt doing nothing!

The following list of resources will help you learn much, much more
about index mutual funds.
* An accessible book that covers investing approaches and academic
theories on the market, especially modern portfolio theory (MPT)
and the efficient market hypothesis, is this one (the link points
to Amazon):
Burton Malkiel
A Random Walk Down Wall Street This book was written by a
former Princeton Prof. who also invested hands-on in the market.
It's a bestseller, written for the public and available in
paperback.


* IndexFunds.com offers much information about index mutual funds.
The site is edited by Will McClatchy and published by IndexFunds,
Inc., of Austin, Texas.



* The list of frequently asked questions about index mutual funds,
which is maintained by Dale C. Maley.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Money-Market Funds

Last-Revised: 16 Aug 1998
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at
animato.arlington.ma.us)

A money-market fund (MMF) is a mutual fund, although a very special type
of one. The goal of a money-market fund is to preserve principal while
yielding a modest return. These funds try very, very, very hard to
maintain a net asset value (NAV) of exactly $1.00. Basically, the
companies try to make these feel like a high-yield bank account,
although one should never forget that the money-market fund has no
insurance against loss.

The NAV stays at $1 for (at least) three reasons:
1. The underlying securities in a MMF are very short-term money market
instruments. Usually maturing in 60 days or less, but always less
than 180 days. They suffer very little price fluctuation.
2. To the extent that they do fluctuate, the fund plays some (legal)
accounting games (which are available because the securities are so
close to maturity and because they fluctuate fairly little) with
how the securities are valued, making it easier to maintain the NAV
at $1.
3. MMFs declare dividends daily, though they are only paid out
monthly. If you totally cash in your MMF in the middle of the
month, you'll receive the cumulative declared dividends from the
1st of the month to when you sold out. If you only partially
redeem, the dividends declared on the sold shares will simply be
part of what you see at the end of the month. This is part of why
the fund's interest income doesn't raise the NAV.

MMFs remaining at a $1 NAV is not advantageous in the sense that it
reduces your taxes (in fact, it's the opposite), it's advantageous in
the sense that it saves you from having to track your basis and compute
and report your gain/loss every single time you redeem MMF shares, which
would be a huge pain, since many (most?) people use MMFs as checking
accounts of a sort. The $1 NAV has nothing to do with being able to
redeem shares quickly. The shareholders of an MMF could deposit money
and never touch it again, and it would have no effect on the ability of
the MMF to maintain a $1 NAV.

Like any other mutual fund, a money-market fund has professional
management, has some expenses, etc. The return is usually slightly more
than banks pay on demand deposits, and perhaps a bit less than a bank
will pay on a 6-month CD. Money-market funds invest in short-term
(e.g., 30-day) securities from companies or governments that are highly
liquid and low risk. If you have a cash balance with a brokerage house,
it's most likely stashed in a money-market fund.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Reading a Prospectus

Last-Revised: 9 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Chris Stallman (chris at teenanalyst.com)

Ok, so you just went to a mutual fund family's (e.g., Fidelity) web site
and requested your first prospectus. As you anxiously wait for it to
arrive in the mail, you start to wonder what information will be in it
and how you'll manage to understand it. Understanding a prospectus is
crucial to investing in a mutual fund once you know a few key points.

When you request information on a mutual fund, they usually send you a
letter mentioning how great the fund is, the necessary forms you will
have to fill out to invest in the fund, and a prospectus. You can
usually just throw away the letter because it is often more of an
advertisement than anything else. But you should definitely read the
prospectus because it has all the information you need about the mutual
fund.

The prospectus is usually broken up into different sections so we'll go
over what each section's purpose is and what you should look for in it.



Objective Statement


Usually near the front of a prospectus is a small summary or
statement that explains the mutual fund. This short section tells
what the goals of the mutual fund are and how it plans to reach
these goals.

The objective statement is really important in choosing your fund.
When you choose a fund, it is important to choose one based on your
investment objective and risk tolerance. The objective statement
should agree with how you want your money managed because, after
all, it is your money. For example, if you wanted to reduce your
exposure to risk and invest for the long-term, you wouldn't want to
put your money in a fund that invests in technology stocks or other
risky stocks.


Performance


The performance section usually gives you information on how the
mutual fund has performed. There is often a table that gives you
the fund's performance over the last year, three years, five years,
and sometimes ten years.

The fund's performance usually helps you see how the fund might
perform but you should not use this to decide if you are going to
invest in it or not. Funds that do well one year don't always do
well the next.

It's often wise to compare the fund's performance with that of the
index. If a fund consistently under performs the index by 5% or
more, it may not be a fund that you want to invest in for the
long-term because that difference can mean the difference of
retiring with $200,000 and retiring with $1.5 million.

Usually in the performance section, there is a small part where
they show how a $10,000 investment would perform over time. This
helps give you an idea of how your money would do if you invested
in it but this number generally doesn't include taxes and inflation
so your portfolio would probably not return as much as the
prospectus says.


Fees and Expenses


Like most things in life, a mutual fund doesn't operate for free.
It costs a mutual fund family a lot of money to manage everyone's
money so they put in some little fees that the investors pay in
order to make up for the fund's expenses.

One fee that you will come across is a management fee, which all
funds charge. Mutual funds charge this fee so that the fund can be
run. The money collected from the shareholders from this fee is
used to pay for the expenses incurred from buying and selling large
amounts of shares in stocks. This fee usually ranges from about
0.5% up to over 2%.

Another fee that you're likely to encounter is a 12b-1 fee. The
money collected from charging this fee is usually used for
marketing and advertising the fund. This fee usually ranges
between 0.25-0.75%. However, not all funds charge a 12b-1 fee.

One fee that is a little less common but still exists in many funds
is a deferred sales load. Frequent buying and selling of shares in
a mutual fund costs the mutual fund money so they created a
deferred sales charge to discourage this activity. This fee
sometimes disappears after a certain period and can range from 0.5%
up to 5%.

When you are looking through a prospectus, be sure that you look
over these fees because even if a mutual fund performs well, its
growth may be limited by high expenses.


How to Purchase and Redeem Shares

This section provides information on how you can get your money
into the mutual fund and how you can sell shares when you need the
money out of the fund. These methods are usually the same in every
fund.

The most common method to invest in a fund once you are in it is to
simply fill out investment forms and write a check to the mutual
fund family. This is probably the easiest but it often takes a few
days or even a week to have the funds credited to your account.

Another method that is common is automatic withdrawals. These
allow you to have a certain amount which you choose to be deducted
from your bank account each month. These are excellent for getting
into the habit of investing on a regular basis.

Wire transfers are also possible if you want to have your money
invested quickly. However, most funds charge you a small fee for
doing this and some do not allow you to wire any funds if you do
not meet their minimum amount.

The fund will also provide information on how you can redeem your
shares. One common way is to request a redemption by filling out a
form or writing a letter to the mutual fund family. This is the
most common method but it isn't the only one.

You can also request to redeem your shares by calling the mutual
fund itself. This option saves you a few days but you have to make
sure the fund has this option open to the shareholders.

You can also request to have your investment wired into your bank
account. This is a very fast method for redeeming shares but you
usually have to pay a fee for doing this. And like redeeming
shares over the phone, you have to make sure the mutual fund offers
this option.


Now that you understand the basics of a prospectus, you're one step
closer to getting started in mutual funds. So when you finally receive
the information you requested on a mutual fund, look it over carefully
and make an educated decision if it is right for you.

For more insights from Chris Stallman, visit



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Redemptions

Last-Revised: 5 May 1997
Contributed-By: A. Chowdhury

On the stock markets, every time someone sells a share, someone buys it,
or in other words, equal numbers of opposing bets on the future are
placed each day. However, in the case of open-end mutual funds, every
dollar redeemed in a day isn't necessarily replaced by an invested
dollar, and every dollar invested in a day doesn't go to someone
redeeming shares. Still, although mutual fund shares are not sold
directly by one investor to another investor, the underlying situation
is the same as stocks.

If a mutual fund has no cash, any redemption requires the fund manager
to sell an appropriate amount of shares to cover the redemption; i.e.,
someone would have to be found to buy those shares. Similarly, any new
investment would require the manager to find someone to sell shares so
the new investment can be put to work. So the manager acts somewhat
like the fund investor's representative in buying/selling shares.

A typical mutual fund has some cash to use as a buffer, which confuses
the issue but doesn't fundamentally change it. Some money comes in, and
some flows out, much of it cancels each other out. If there is a small
imbalance, it can be covered from the fund's cash position, but not if
there is a big imbalance. If the manager covers your sale from the
fund's cash, he/she is reducing the fund's cash and so increasing the
fund's stock exposure (%), in other words he/she is betting on the
market at the same time as you are betting against it. Of course if
there is a large imbalance between money coming in and out, exceeding
the cash on hand, then the manager has to go to the stock market to
buy/sell. And so forth.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Types of Funds

Last-Revised: 12 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article lists the most common investment fund types. A type of
fund is typically characterized by its investment strategy (i.e., its
goals). For example, a fund manager might set a goal of generating
income, or growing the capital, or just about anything. (Of course they
don't usually set a goal of losing money, even though that might be one
of the easist goals to achieve :-). If you understand the types of
funds, you will have a decent grasp on how funds invest their money.

When choosing a fund, it's important to make sure that the fund's goals
align well with your own. Your selection will depend on your investment
strategy, tax situation, and many other factors.



Money-market funds
Goal: preserve principal while yielding a modest return. These
funds are a very special sort of mutual fund. They invest in
short-term securities that pay a modest rate of interest and are
very safe. See the article on money-market funds elsewhere in this
FAQ for an explanation of the $1.00 share price, etc.


Balanced Funds
Goal: grow the principal and generate income. These funds buy both
stocks and bonds. Because the investments are highly diversified,
investors reduce their market risk (see the article on risk
elsewhere in this FAQ).


Index funds
Goal: match the performance of the markets. An index fund
essentially sinks its money into the market in a way determined by
some market index and does almost no further trading. This might
be a bond or a stock index. For example, a stock index fund based
on the Dow Jones Industrial Average would buy shares in the 30
stocks that make up the Dow, only buying or selling shares as
needed to invest new money or to cash out investors. The advantage
of an index fund is the very low expenses. After all, it doesn't
cost much to run one. See the article on index funds elsewhere in
this FAQ.


Pure bond funds
Bond funds buy bonds issued by many different types of companies.
A few varieties are listed here, but please note that the
boundaries are rarely as cut-and-dried as I've listed here.



Bond (or "Income") funds
Goal: generate income while preserving principal as much as
possible. These funds invest in medium- to long-term bonds
issued by corporations and governments. Variations on this
type of fund include corporate bond funds and government bond
funds. See the article on bond basics elsewhere in this FAQ.
Holding long-term bonds opens the owner to the risk that
interest rates may increase, dropping the value of the bond.


Tax-free Bond Funds (aka Tax-Free Income or Municipal Bond Funds)
Goal: generate tax-free income while preserving principal as
much as possible. These funds buy bonds issued by
municipalities. Income from these securities are not subject
to US federal income tax.


Junk (or "High-yield") bond funds
Goal: generate as much income as possible. These funds buy
bonds with ratings that are quite a bit lower than
high-quality corporate and government bonds, hence the common
name "junk." Because the risk of default on junk bonds is high
when compared to high-quality bonds, these funds have an added
degree of volatility and risk.



Pure stock funds
Stock funds buy shares in many different types of companies. A few
varieties are listed here, but please note that the boundaries are
rarely as cut-and-dried as I've listed here.



Aggressive growth funds
Goal: capital growth; dividend income is neglected. These
funds buy shares in companies that have the potential for
explosive growth (these companies never pay dividends). Of
course such shares also have the potential to go bankrupt
suddenly, so these funds tend to have high price volatility.
For example, an actively managed aggressive-growth stock fund
might seek to buy the initial offerings of small companies,
possibly selling them again very quickly for big profits.


Growth funds
Goal: capital growth, but consider some dividend income.
These funds buy shares in companies that are growing rapidly
but are probably not going to go out of business too quickly.


Growth and Income funds
Goal: Grow the principal and generate some income. These
funds buy shares in companies that have modest prospect for
growth and pay nice dividend yields. The canonical example of
a company that pays a fat dividend without growing much was a
utility company, but with the onset of deregulation and
competition, I'm not sure of a good example anymore.


Sector funds
Goal: Invest in a specific industry (e.g.,
telecommunications). These funds allow the small investor to
invest in a highly select industry. The funds usually aim for
growth.


Another way of categorizing stock funds is by the size of the
companies they invest in, as measured by the market capitalization,
usually abbreviated as market cap. (Also see the article in the
FAQ about market caps .) The three main categories:



Small cap stock funds
These funds buy shares of small companies. Think new IPOs.
The stock prices for these companies tend to be highly
volatile, and the companies never (ever) pay a dividend. You
may also find funds called micro cap, which invest in the
smallest of publically traded companies.


Mid cap stock funds
These funds buy shares of medium-size companies. The stock
prices for these companies are less volatile than the small
cap companies, but more volatile (and with greater potential
for growth) than the large cap companies.


Large cap stock funds
These funds buy shares of big companies. Think IBM. The
stock prices for these companies tend to be relatively stable,
and the companies may pay a decent dividend.



International Funds
Goal: Invest in stocks or bonds of companies located outside the
investor's home country. There are many variations here. As a
rule of thumb, a fund labeled "international" will buy only foreign
securities. A "global" fund will likely spread its investments
across domestic and foreign securities. A "regional" fund will
concentrate on markets in one part of the world. And you might see
"emerging" funds, which focus on developing countries and the
securities listed on exchanges in those countries.

In the discussion above, we pretty much assumed that the funds
would be investing in securities issued by U.S. companies. Of
course any of the strategies and goals mentioned above might be
pursued in any market. A risk in these funds that's absent from
domestic investments is currency risk. The exchange rate of the
domestic currency to the foreign currency will fluctuate at the
same time as the investment, which can easily increase -- or
reverse -- substantial gains abroad.
Another important distinction for stock and bond funds is the difference
between actively managed funds and index funds. An actively managed
fund is run by an investment manager who seeks to "beat the market" by
making trades during the course of the year. The debate over manged
versus index funds is every bit the equal of the debate over load versus
no-load funds. YOU decide for yourself.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Versus Stocks

Last-Revised: 10 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Maurice E. Suhre, Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article discusses the relative advantages of stocks and mutual
funds.

Question: What advantages do mutual funds offer over stocks?

Here are some considerations.
* A mutual fund offers a great deal of diversification starting with
the very first dollar invested, because a mutual fund may own tens
or hundreds of different securities. This diversification helps
reduce the risk of loss because even if any one holding tanks, the
overall value doesn't drop by much. If you're buying individual
stocks, you can't get much diversity unless you have $10K or so.
* Small sums of money get you much further in mutual funds than in
stocks. First, you can set up an automatic investment plan with
many fund companies that lets you put in as little as $50 per
month. Second, the commissions for stock purchases will be higher
than the cost of buying no-load funds :-) (Of course, the fund's
various expenses like commissions are already taken out of the
NAV). Smaller sized purchases of stocks will have relatively high
commissions on a percentage basis, although with the $10 trade
becoming common, this is a bit less of a concern than it once was.
* You can exit a fund without getting caught on the bid/ask spread.
* Funds provide a cheap and easy method for reinvesting dividends.
* Last but most certainly not least, when you buy a fund you're in
essence hiring a professional to manage your money for you. That
professional is (presumably) monitoring the economy and the markets
to adjust the fund's holdings appropriately.

Question: Do stocks have any advantages compared to mutual funds?

Here are some considerations that will help you judge.
* The opposite of the diversification issue: If you own just one
stock and it doubles, you are up 100%. If a mutual fund owns 50
stocks and one doubles, it is up 2%. On the other hand, if you own
just one stock and it drops in half, you are down 50% but the
mutual fund is down 1%. Cuts both ways.
* If you hold your stocks several years, you aren't nicked a 1% or so
management fee every year (although some brokerage firms charge if
there aren't enough trades).
* You can take your profits when you want to and won't inadvertently
buy a tax liability. (This refers to the common practice among
funds of distributing capital gains around November or December of
each year. See the article elsewhere in this FAQ for more
details.)
* You can do a covered write option strategy. (See the article on
options on stocks for more details.)
* You can structure your portfolio differently from any existing
mutual fund portfolio. (Although with the current universe of
funds I'm not certain what could possibly be missing out there!)
* You can buy smaller cap stocks which aren't suitable for mutual
funds to invest in.
* You have a potential profit opportunity by shorting stocks. (You
cannot, in general, short mutual funds.)
* The argument is offered that the funds have a "herd" mentality and
they all end up owning the same stocks. You may be able to pick
stocks better.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Real Estate - 12 Steps to Buying a Home

Last-Revised: 19 Sep 1999
Contributed-By: Blanche Evans

Why do you want to make a change? Are you ready to start a family, plant
your own garden? Do you feel you've finally "arrived" at your company?
Maybe a raise, or a bonus, or a baby on the way has made you think about
living in a home of your own.

Whatever the reason you are thinking about a home, there are 12 steps
you will inevitably take. If you do them in the right order, you will
save yourself time, frustration, and money. For example, if you start
shopping for homes on the Internet without knowing how much you can
spend, you will not only waste time looking at the wrong homes, but you
may ultimately be disappointed at what you can actually afford.
1. FIND OUT HOW MUCH YOU CAN SPEND

The first thing you need to do is figure out what kind of home you
want to buy and how much you can afford to pay in monthly
installments.

Keep in mind that the results of your calculations will only be an
estimate. Until you have chosen a home and the type of loan you
want, and communicated with a lender, you can only use the
calculated amount to help you determine a price range of homes you
want to preview.


2. GET PRE-APPROVED FOR A LOAN

Either go to a mortgage broker or a direct lender and find out for
certain the size of mortgage for which you can qualify. The
pre-approval letter the lender issues you will help you be taken
more seriously by agents and sellers because they will recognize
you as someone who is prepared to buy. If you want a larger
mortgage or better rate, investigate the government sites such as
HUD.


3. HIRE AN AGENT, PARTICULARLY A BUYER'S AGENT

Using an agent can help you in numerous ways, especially because
you are already paying for those services in the purchase price of
the home. Both the seller's agent and the buyer's agent are paid
out of the transaction proceeds that are included in the marketing
price of the home. If you don't take advantage of an agent, you
are paying for services you aren't getting. If you are planning to
buy a home available through foreclosure or a for-sale-by-owner
(FSBO), you can still use the services of an agent. Agents will
negotiate with you on their fees and the amount of service you will
receive for those fees, and you can arrange for them to be paid out
of the transaction, not out of your pocket.

Start by narrowing the field. If you are interested in a certain
neighborhood in your town, find out who the experts are in that
area of town. They will be better informed and more attuned to the
"grapevine," and are better positioned to network with other agents
in the same area. Contrary to popular belief only 20 percent of
homes are actually sold through newspaper ads. The other 80
percent are sold through networking among agents. If you are
relocating to a new city, ask agents in your own town to refer you
to agents in your new area. They will be happy to do so, because
if you buy a home from their referral, they will receive a referral
fee, so they are motivated to make certain you find the right agent
to assist you in buying a home.


4. SIGN A BUYER'S AGREEMENT

Again, if you find an agent you like, go all the way and sign a
buyer's representation agreement. This agreement means that you
will have one agent representing you as a buyer. The agreement
empowers the agent to not only search out the latest Multiple
Listing Service list, but to seek alternative means of finding you
a home, including searching foreclosures and homes for sale by
owner. With a signed agreement, the agent becomes a fiduciary and
must act, by law, in your best interests.


5. BE AWARE OF YOUR LIKES AND DISLIKES

As you shop for homes, keep in mind what you like and don't like
and pass along your feelings to the agent. You should feel
comfortable looking at numerous homes, but neither you nor your
agent is interested in wasting time on homes that aren't
appropriate. Like any relationship, your home will not be perfect.
If you are finding that most of your criteria is met, it shouldn't
be long before you find the right home. Think in terms of
possibilities as well as what you see is what you get. Perhaps a
home isn't move-in perfect, but with a little work it could be the
home for you. Don't let cosmetic or minor remodeling problems
discourage you. Many remodeling jobs add tremendous value to a
home. If you remodel a kitchen, for example, you may receive as
much as a 128 percent return on your investment. Talk with your
agent, friends, relatives, and contractors and find out what it
will cost to remodel the home the way you want it.


6. WRITE A CONTRACT

When you find the home you want, you will write a contract, either
through your agent or your attorney, or on your own. Your offer
should spell out what you are willing to pay for and what you are
not, when you want to close, and when you want to take possession
of the home. Your contract should be contingent upon getting an
inspection and evaluating the results. If the inspection reveals a
big problem, you and the seller can renegotiate the purchase price
if you are still interested in buying.


7. GET THE LOAN UNDERWAY

As soon as the seller agrees to the contract, you must start
following through on your loan. Take the contract to the lender
and let it start the loan process in earnest. If you have been
preapproved, much of the legwork has already been done and your
loan will process more quickly.


8. THE HOME WILL BE APPRAISED

The lender will arrange to have the home appraised, which may
affect whether the loan is granted. But the likelihood of a
homeselling for more than a lender is willing to lend is slim. The
real estate industry not only keeps up with how quickly homes sell,
but how much they sell for in an area. Most lenders will have a
ceiling on the amount of square feet per home they will lend in a
certain neighborhood. If a home is overpriced, it will quickly be
obvious. You can then go back to the seller and renegotiate.


9. THE HOME IS INSPECTED

In many markets, you will have the inspection after the contract is
signed, rather than before. This is a better protection for the
buyer. The inspection can reveal some nasty shocks, though. Your
inspector may find a major problem with the furnace or the
foundation. These are problems that must be fixed or the home
cannot be conveyed. The seller then has to arrange to pay for the
repairs, or have the repairs paid for out of the contract proceeds
via a mechanic's lien. Before you can truly set the closing date,
the repairs have to be made and approved by the buyer.


10. NEGOTIATIONS CONTINUE AS YOU GET READY TO MOVE

As you find a mover, pack your things, and arrange days off a work
around the closing date, you will find that things can still
change. It is the most intense, nerve-wracking time of the
transaction -- waiting for the other shoe to drop. You think you
may have addressed all the issues and closing will proceed without
any other hitches, but negotiations still continue as you
reevaluate the inspection report, or find out the chandelier you
thought was included is actually excluded from the contract. As
you revisit the home to show your relatives, your hopes raise, even
through your doubts that the home will ever be yours increase.


11. CLOSING -- BE PREPARED FOR ANYTHING TO HAPPEN

Until closing, and even during closing, anything can happen. You
find out that your closing costs are higher than you thought they
would be because some additional service fees have been added by
the lender. A glitch could come out in your credit report that
delays the sale; a problem the owner was supposed to fix wasn't
repaired in time; the homeowner can decide that she or he doesn't
want to pay for the home warranty after all; the appraisal may come
in the day before closing and be short of the asking price of the
home. If so, the buyer, seller, and their agents have to figure
out how to make up the shortfall. Do they lower the price of the
home? Do the agents pay for the difference out of their
commissions? How will last-minute problems be handled? The
negotiating table is an emotionally explosive place. That is why
closings are generally held in private rooms with the buyers and
sellers separated.


12. YOU GET THE KEYS

It's all over. The home is yours. Congratulations.

This article was excerpted from homesurfing.net: The Insider's Guide to
Buying and Selling Your Home Using the Internet , by Blanche Evans.
Copyright 1999 by Dearborn Financial Publishing. Reprinted by
permission of the publisher Dearborn, A Kaplan Professional Company.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Real Estate - Investment Trusts (REITs)

Last-Revised: 8 Dec 1995
Contributed-By: Braden Glett (glett at prodigy.net)

A Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) is a company that invests its
assets in real estate holdings. You get a share of the earnings,
depreciation, etc. from the portfolio of real estate holdings that the
REIT owns. Thus, you get many of the same benefits of being a landlord
without too many of the hassles. You also have a much more liquid
investment than you do when directly investing in real estate. The
downsides are that you have no control over when the company will sell
its holdings or how it will manage them, like you would have if you
owned an apartment building on your own.

Essentially, REITs are the same as stocks, only the business they are
engaged in is different than what is commonly referred to as "stocks" by
most folks. Common stocks are ownership shares generally in
manufacturing or service businesses. REITs shares on the other hand are
the same, just engaged in the holding of an asset for rental, rather
than producing a manufactured product. In both cases, though, the
shareholder is paid what is left over after business expenses,
interest/principal, and preferred shareholders' dividends are paid.
Common stockholders are always last in line, and their earnings are
highly variable because of this. Also, because their returns are so
unpredictable, common shareholders demand a higher expected rate of
return than lenders (bondholders). This is why equity financing is the
highest-cost form of financing for any corporation, whether the
corporation be a REIT or mfg firm.

An interesting thing about REITs is that they are probably the best
inflation hedge around. Far better than gold stocks, which give almost
no return over long periods of time. Most of them yield 7-10% dividend
yield. However, they almost always lack the potential for tremendous
price appreciation (and depreciation) that you get with most common
stocks. There are exceptions, of course, but they are few and far
between.

If you invest in them, pick several REITs instead of one. They are
subject to ineptitude on the part of management just like any company's
stock, so diversification is important. However, they are a rather
conservative investment, with long-term returns lower than common stocks
of other industries. This is because rental revenues do net usually
vary as much as revenues at a mfg or service firm.

REITNet, a full-service real estate information site, offers a
comprehensive guide to Real Estate Investment Trusts.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 10 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:43 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part10
Version: $Id: part10,v 1.62 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 10 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Real Estate - Renting versus Buying a Home

Last-Revised: 21 Nov 1995
Contributed-By: Jeff Mincy (mincy at rcn.com), Chris Lott ( contact me )

This note will explain one way to compare the monetary costs of renting
vs. buying a home. It is extremely prejudiced towards the US system.
A few small C programs for computing future value, present value, and
loan amortization schedules (used to write this article) are available.
See the article "Software - Investment-Related Programs" elsewhere in
this FAQ for information about obtaining them.

1. Abstract
* If you are guaranteed an appreciation rate that is a few points
above inflation, buy.
* If the monthly costs of buying are basically the same as renting,
buy.
* The shorter the term, the more advantageous it is to rent.
* Tax consequences in the US are fairly minor in the long term.

2. Introduction
The three important factors that affect the analysis the most are the
following:
1. Relative cash flows; e.g., rent compared to monthly ownership
expenses
2. Length of term
3. Rate of appreciation

The approach used here is to determine the present value of the money
you will pay over the term for the home. In the case of buying, the
appreciation rate and thereby the future value of the home is estimated.
For home appreciate rates, find something like the tables published by
Case Schiller that show changes in house prices for your region. The
real estate section in your local newspaper may print it periodically.
This analysis neglects utility costs because they can easily be the same
whether you rent or buy. However, adding them to the analysis is
simple; treat them the same as the costs for insurance in both cases.

Opportunity costs of buying are effectively captured by the present
value. For example, pretend that you are able to buy a house without
having to have a mortgage. Now the question is, is it better to buy the
house with your hoard of cash or is it better to invest the cash and
continue to rent? To answer this question you have to have estimates for
rental costs and house costs (see below), and you have a projected
growth rate for the cash investment and projected growth rate for the
house. If you project a 4% growth rate for the house and a 15% growth
rate for the cash then holding the cash would be a much better
investment.

First the analysis for renting a home is presented, then the analysis
for buying. Examples of analyses over a long term and a short term are
given for both scenarios.

3. Renting a Home.


Step 1: Gather data
You will need:
* monthly rent
* renter's insurance (usually inexpensive)
* term (period of time over which you will rent)
* estimated inflation rate to compute present value
(historically 4.5%)
* estimated annual rate of increase in the rent (can use
inflation rate)


Step 2: Compute present value of payments
You will compute the present value of the cash stream that you will
pay over the term, which is the cost of renting over that term.
This analysis assumes that there are no tax consequences (benefits)
associated with paying rent.


3.1 A long-term example of renting


Rent = 990 / month
Insurance = 10 / month
Term = 30 years
Rent increases = 4.5% annually
Inflation = 4.5% annually
For this cash stream, present value = 348,137.17.






3.2 A short-term example of renting


Same numbers, but just 2 years.
Present value = 23,502.38



4. Buying a Home


Step 1: Gather data.
You need a lot to do a fairly thorough analysis:
* purchase price
* down payment and closing costs
* other regular expenses, such as condominium fees
* amount of mortgage
* mortgage rate
* mortgage term
* mortgage payments (this is tricky for a variable-rate
mortgage)
* property taxes
* homeowner's insurance (Note: this analysis neglects
extraordinary risks such as earthquakes or floods that may
cause the homeowner to incur a large loss due to a high
deductible in your policy. All of you people in California
know what I'm talking about.)
* your marginal tax bracket (at what rate is the last dollar
taxed)
* the current standard deduction which the IRS allows

Other values have to be estimated, and they affect the analysis
critically:

* continuing maintenance costs (I estimate 1/2 of PP over 30
years.)
* estimated inflation rate to compute present value
(historically 4.5%)
* rate of increase of property taxes, maintenance costs, etc.
(infl. rate)
* appreciation rate of the home (THE most important number of
all)


Step 2: Compute the monthly expense
This includes the mortgage payment, fees, property tax, insurance,
and maintenance. The mortgage payment is fixed, but you have to
figure inflation into the rest. Then compute the present value of
the cash stream.


Step 3: Compute your tax savings
This is different in every case, but roughly you multiply your tax
bracket times the amount by which your interest plus other
deductible expenses (e.g., property tax, state income tax) exceeds
your standard deduction. No fair using the whole amount because
everyone, even a renter, gets the standard deduction for free.
Must be summed over the term because the standard deduction will
increase annually, as will your expenses. Note that late in the
mortgage your interest payments will be be well below the standard
deduction. I compute savings of about 5% for the 33% tax bracket.


Step 4: Compute the present value
First you compute the future value of the home based on the
purchase price, the estimated appreciation rate, and the term.
Once you have the future value, compute the present value of that
sum based on the inflation rate you estimated earlier and the term
you used to compute the future value. If appreciation is greater
than inflation, you win. Else you break even or even lose.

Actually, the math of this step can be simplified as follows:


/periods + appr_rate/100\ ^ (periods *
yrs)
prs-value = cur-value * | ----------------------- |
\periods + infl_rate/100/



Step 5: Compute final cost
All numbers must be in present value.
Final-cost = Down-payment + S2 (expenses) - S3 (tax sav) - S4 (prop
value)


4.1 Long-term example Nr. 1 of buying: 6% apprecation


Step 1 - the data
* Purchase price = 145,000
* Down payment etc = 10,000
* Mortgage amount = 140,000
* Mortgage rate = 8.00%
* Mortgage term = 30 years
* Mortgage payment = 1027.27 / mo
* Property taxes = about 1% of valuation; I'll use 1200/yr =
100/mo (Which increases same as inflation, we'll say. This
number is ridiculously low for some areas, but hey, it's just
an example!)
* Homeowner's ins. = 50 / mo
* Condo. fees etc. = 0
* Tax bracket = 33%
* Standard ded. = 5600 (Needs to be updated)

Estimates:
* Maintenance = 1/2 PP is 72,500, or 201/mo; I'll use 200/mo
* Inflation rate = 4.5% annually
* Prop. taxes incr = 4.5% annually
* Home appreciates = 6% annually (the NUMBER ONE critical
factor)


Step 2 - the monthly expense
The monthly expense, both fixed and changing components:
Fixed component is the mortgage at 1027.27 monthly. Present value
= 203,503.48. Changing component is the rest at 350.00 monthly.
Present value = 121,848.01. Total from Step 2: 325,351.49


Step 3 - the tax savings
I use my loan program to compute this. Based on the data given
above, I compute the savings: Present value = 14,686.22. Not much
when compared to the other numbers.


Step 4 - the future and present value of the home
See data above. Future value = 873,273.41 and present value =
226,959.96 (which is larger than 145k since appreciation is larger
than inflation). Before you compute present value, you should
subtract reasonable closing costs for the sale; for example, a real
estate broker's fee.


Step 5 - the final analysis for 6% appreciation
Final = 10,000 + 325,351.49 - 14,686.22 - 226,959.96
= 93,705.31


So over the 30 years, assuming that you sell the house in the 30th year
for the estimated future value, the present value of your total cost is
93k. (You're 93k in the hole after 30 years, which means you only paid
260.23/month.)

4.2 Long-term example Nr. 2 of buying: 7% apprecation
All numbers are the same as in the previous example, however the home
appreciates 7%/year.
Step 4 now comes out FV=1,176,892.13 and PV=305,869.15
Final = 10,000 + 325,351.49 - 14,686.22 - 305,869.15
= 14796.12

So in this example, 7% was an approximate break-even point in the
absolute sense; i.e., you lived for 30 years at near zero cost in
today's dollars.

4.3 Long-term example Nr. 3 of buying: 8% apprecation
All numbers are the same as in the previous example, however the home
appreciates 8%/year.
Step 4 now comes out FV=1,585,680.80 and PV=412,111.55
Final = 10,000 + 325,351.49 - 14,686.22 - 412,111.55
= -91,446.28

The negative number means you lived in the home for 30 years and left it
in the 30th year with a profit; i.e., you were paid to live there.

4.4 Long-term example Nr. 4 of buying: 2% appreciation
All numbers are the same as in the previous example, however the home
appreciates 2%/year.
Step 4 now comes out FV=264,075.30 and PV=68,632.02
Final = 10,000 + 325,351.49 - 14,686.22 - 68,632.02
= 252,033.25

In this case of poor appreciation, home ownership cost 252k in today's
money, or about 700/month. If you could have rented for that, you'd be
even.

4.5 Short-term example Nr. 1 of buying: 6% apprecation
All numbers are the same as long-term example Nr. 1, but you sell the
home after 2 years. Future home value in 2 years is 163,438.17
Cost = down+cc + all-pymts - tax-savgs - pv(fut-home-value - remaining
debt)
= 10,000 + 31,849.52 - 4,156.81 - pv(163,438.17 - 137,563.91)
= 10,000 + 31,849.52 - 4,156.81 - 23,651.27
= 14,041.44

4.6 Short-term example Nr. 2 of buying: 2% apprecation
All numbers are the same as long-term example Nr. 4, but you sell the
home after 2 years. Future home value in 2 years is 150,912.54
Cost = down+cc + all-pymts - tax-savgs - pv(fut-home-value - remaining
debt)
= 10,000 + 31,849.52 - 4,156.81 - pv(150912.54 - 137,563.91)
= 10,000 + 31,849.52 - 4,156.81 - 12,201.78
= 25,490.93

5. A Question


Q: Is it true that you can usually rent for less than buying?

Answer 1: It depends. It isn't a binary state. It is a fairly complex
set of relationships.

In large metropolitan areas, where real estate is generally much more
expensive than elsewhere, then it is usually better to rent, unless you
get a good appreciation rate or if you are going to own for a long
period of time. It depends on what you can rent and what you can buy.
In other areas, where real estate is relatively cheap, I would say it is
probably better to own.

On the other hand, if you are currently at a market peak and the country
is about to go into a recession it is better to rent and let property
values and rent fall. If you are currently at the bottom of the market
and the economy is getting better then it is better to own.

Answer 2: When you rent from somebody, you are paying that person to
assume the risk of homeownership. Landlords are renting out property
with the long term goal of making money. They aren't renting out
property because they want to do their renters any special favors. This
suggests to me that it is generally better to own.

6. Conclusion


Once again, the three important factors that affect the analysis the
most are cash flows, term, and appreciation. If the relative cash flows
are basically the same, then the other two factors affect the analysis
the most.

The longer you hold the house, the less appreciation you need to beat
renting. This relationship always holds, however, the scale changes.
For shorter holding periods you also face a risk of market downturn. If
there is a substantial risk of a market downturn you shouldn't buy a
house unless you are willing to hold the house for a long period.

If you have a nice cheap rent controlled apartment, then you should
probably not buy.

There are other variables that affect the analysis, for example, the
inflation rate. If the inflation rate increases, the rental scenario
tends to get much worse, while the ownership scenario tends to look
better.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Accredited Investor

Last-revised: 1 May 2000
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

The SEC has established criteria for preventing people who perhaps
should know better from investing in unregistered securities and other
things that are less well known than stocks and bonds. For example, if
you've ever been interested in buying into a privately held company, you
have probably heard all about this. In a nutshell, for an individual to
be considered a qualified investor (also termed an accredited investor),
that person must either have a net worth of about a million bucks, or
have an annual income in excess of 200k. Companies who wish to raise
capital from individuals without issuing registered securities are
forced to limit their search to people who fall on the happy side of
these thresholds.

To read the language straight from the securities lawyers, follow this
link:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Full Disclosure

Last-revised: 30 Jan 2001
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

The full disclosure rules, also known as regulation FD, were enacted by
the SEC to ensure the flow of information to all investors, just just
well-connected insiders. Basically the rule says that publically held
companies must disclose all material information that might affect
investment decisions to all investors at the same time. The intent was
to level the playing field for all investors. Regulation FD became
effective on 23 October 2000.

What was life like before this rule? Basically there was selective
disclosure. Before regulation FD, companies communicated well with
securities analysts who followed the company (the so-called back
channel), but not necessarily as well with individual investors.
Analysts were said to interpret the information from companies for the
public's benefit. So for example, if a company noticed that sales were
weak and that earnings might be poor, the company might call a group of
analysts and warn them of this fact. The analysts in turn could tell
their big (big) clients this news, and then eventually publish the
information for the general public (i.e., small clients). Put simply,
if you were big, you could get out before a huge price drop, or get in
before a big move up. If you were small, you had no chance.

Now, information is made available without any intermediaries like
analysts to interpret (or spin) it before it reaches the public. There
have been some very noticeable consequences of forcing companies to
grant all investors equal access to a company's material disclosures at
the same time. For example, company conference calls that were once
reserved for analysts only are now accessible to the general public.
Another example is that surprises (e.g., earnings shortfalls) are true
surprises to everyone, which leads to more frequent occurrences of large
changes in a stock's price. Finally, now that analysts no longer have
an easy source of information about the companies that they follow, they
are forced to do research on their companies - much harder work than
before. Some have predicted wide-spread layoffs of analysts because of
the change.

Timely information (i.e., disclosures) are filed with the SEC in 8-K
documents. Note that disclosures can be voluntary (i.e., planned) or
involuntary (i.e., goofs). In either case, the new rule says that the
company has to disclose the information to everyone as quickly as
possible. So an 8-K might get filed unexpectedly because a company exec
accidentally disclosed material information during a private meeting.

Here are some sites with more information.
* FDExpress, a service of Edgar. Subscription required to access
company filings.

* CCBN, a company that provides investor relations services.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Money-Supply Measures M1, M2, and M3

Last-Revised: 4 Jan 2002
Contributed-By: Ralph Merritt

The US Federal Reserve Board measures the money supply using the
following measures.

M1 Money that can be spent immediately. Includes cash, checking
accounts, and NOW accounts.
M2 M1 + assets invested for the short term. These assets include
money- market accounts and money-market mutual funds.
M3 M2 + big deposits. Big deposits include institutional money-market
funds and agreements among banks.


The pamphlet "Modern Money Mechanics," which explains M1, M2, and M3 in
gory detail, was once available free from the Federal Reserve Bank of
Chicago. That pamphlet is no longer in print, and the Chicago Fed
apparently has no plans to re-issue it. However, electronic copies of
it are out there, and here's one:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Federal Reserve and Interest Rates

Last-Revised: 25 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Jeffrey J. Stitt, Himanshu Bhatt, Nikolaos Bernitsas,
Joe Lau

This article discusses the interest rates which are managed or
influenced by the US Federal Reserve Bank, a collective term for the
collection of Federal Reserve Banks across the country.

The Discount Rate is the interest rate charged by the Federal Reserve
when banks borrow "overnight" from the Fed. The discount rate is under
the direct control of the Fed. The discount rate is always lower than
the Federal Funds Rate (see below). Generally only large banks borrow
directly from the Fed, and thus get the benefit of being able to borrow
at the lower discount rate. As of April 1997, the discount rate was
5.00%.

The Federal Funds Rate is the interest rate charged by banks when banks
borrow "overnight" from each other. The funds rate fluctuates according
to supply and demand and is not under the direct control of the Fed, but
is strongly influenced by the Fed's actions. As of April 1997, the
target funds rate is 5.38%; the actual rate varies above and below that
figure.

The Fed adjusts the funds rate via "open market operations". What
actually happens is that the Fed sells US treasury securities to banks.
As a result, the bank reserves at the Fed drop. Given that banks have
to maintain at the Fed a certain level of required reserves based on
their demand deposits (checking accounts), they end up borrowing more
from each other to cover their short position at the Fed. The resulting
pressure on intrabank lending funds drives the funds rate up.

The Fed has no idea of how many billions of US treasuries it needs to
sell in order for the funds rate to reach the Fed's target. It goes by
trial and error. That's why it takes a few days for the funds rate to
adjust to the new target following an announcement.

Adjustments in the discount rate usually lag behind changes in the funds
rate. Once the spread between the two rates gets too large (meaning fat
profits for the big banks which routinely borrow from the Fed at the
discount rate and lend to smaller banks at the funds rate) the Fed moves
to adjust the discount rate accordingly. It usually happens when the
spread reaches about 1%.

Another interest rate of significant interest is the Prime Rate, the
interest that a bank charges its "best" customers. There is no single
prime rate, but the commercial banks generally offer the same prime
rate. The Fed does not adjust a bank's prime rate directly, but
indirectly. The change in discount rates will affect the prime rate.
As of April, 1997 the prime rate is 8.5%.

For an in-depth look at the Federal Reserve, get the book by William
Greider titled Secrets of the temple: How the Federal Reserve runs the
country .


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Margin Requirements

Last-Revised: 26 May 2002
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), John Marucco

This article discusses the rules and regulations that apply to margin
accounts at brokerage houses. The basic rules are set by the Federal
Reserve Board (FRB), the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), and the
National Asssociation of Securities Dealers (NASD). Every broker must
apply the minimum rules to customers, but a broker is free to apply more
stringent requirements. Also see the article elsewhere in the FAQ for
an explanation of a margin account versus a cash account .

Buying on margin means that your broker loans you money to make a
purchase. But how much can you borrow? As it turns out, the amount of
debt that you can establish and maintain with your broker is closely
regulated. Here is a summary of those regulations.

The Federal Reserve Board's Regulation T states how much money you may
borrow to establish a new position . Briefly, you may borrow 50% of the
cost of the new position. For example, $100,000 of cash can be used to
buy $200,000 worth of stock.

The NYSE's Rule 431 and the NASD's Rule 2520 both state how much money
you can continue to borrow to hold an open position . In brief, you
must maintain 25% equity for long positions and 30% equity for short
positions. Continuing the example in which $100,000 was used to buy
$200,000 of stock, the account holder would have to keep holdings of
$50,000 in the account to maintain the open long position. The best
holding in this case is of course cash; a $200,000 margined position can
be kept open with $50,000 of cash. If the account holder wants to use
fully paid securities to meet the maintenance requirement, then
securities (i.e., stock) with a loan value of $50,000 are required. See
the rule above - you can only borrow up to 50% - so to achieve a loan
value of $50,000, the account holder must have at least $100,000 of
fully paid securities in the account.

If the value of the customer's holdings drops to less than 25% of the
value of open positions (maybe some stocks fell in price dramatically),
than the brokerage house is required to impose a margin call on the
account holder. This means that the person must either sell open
positions, or deposit cash and/or securities, until the account equity
returns to 25%. If the account holder doesn't meet the margin call,
then four times the amount of the call will be liquidated within the
account.

Here are a few examples, showing Long Market, Short Market, Debit
Balance, Credit Balance, and Equity numbers for various situations.
Remember, Equity is the Long Market Value plus the Credit Balance, less
any Short Market Value and Debit Balance. (The Current Market Value of
securities is the Long Market value less the Short Market value.) The
Credit Balance is cash - money that is left over after everything is
paid and all margin requirements are satisfied. This is supposed to
give a feel for how a brokerage statement is marked to market each day.

So in the first example, a customer buys 100,000 worth of some stock on
margin. The 50% margin requirement (Regulation T) can be met with
either stock or cash.

To satisfy the margin requirement with cash , the customer must deposit
50,000 in cash. The account will then appears as follows; the "Equity"
reflects the cash deposit: Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
100,000 0 0 50,000 50,000


To satisfy the margin requirement with stock , the customer must deposit
marginable stock with a loan value of 50,000 (two times the amount of
the call). The account will then appears as follows; the 200,000 of
long market consists of 100,000 stock deposited to meet reg. T and
100,000 of the stock purchased on margin: Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
200,000 0 0 100,000 100,000


Here's a new example. What if the account looks like this: Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
20,000 0 0 17,000 3,000
The maintenance requirement calls for an equity position that is 25% of
20,000 which is 5,000, but equity is only 3,000. Because the equity is
less than 25% of the market value, a maintenance (aka margin) call is
triggered. The call is for the difference between the requirement and
actual equity, which is 5,000 - 3,000 or 2000. To meet the call, either
2,000 of cash or 4,000 of stock must be deposited. Here is what would
happen if the account holder deposits 2,000 in cash; note that the cash
deposit pays down the loan. Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
20,000 0 0 15,000 5,000


Here is what would happen if the account holder deposits 4,000 of stock:
Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
24,000 0 0 17,000 7,000


Ok, now what happens if the account holder does not meet the call? As
mentioned above, four times the amount of the call will be sold. So
stock in the amount of 8,000 will be sold and the account will look like
this: Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
12,000 0 0 9,000 3,000


In the case of short sales, Regulation T imposes an initial margin
requirement of 150%. This sounds extreme, but the first 100% of the
requirement can be satisified by the proceeds of the short sale, leaving
just 50% for the customer to maintain in margin (so it looks much like
the situation for going long). To maintain a short position, rule 2520
requires margin of $5 per share or 30 percent of the current market
value (whichever is greater).

Let's say a person shorts $10,000 worth of stock. They must have
securities with a loan value of at least $5,000 to comply with
regulation T. In this example, to keep things simple, the customer
deposits cash. So the Credit Balance consists of the 10,000 in proceeds
from the short sale plus the 5,000 Regulation T deposit. Remember that
market value is long market value minus short market value, and because
we gave our customer no securities in this example, the "long market"
value is zero, making the market value negative. Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
0 10,000 15,000 0 5,000


While we're discussing shorting, what about being short against the box?
(Also see the FAQ article about short-against-the-box positions .) When
an individual is long a stock position and then shorts the same stock, a
separate margin requirement is applicable. When shorting a position
that is long in an account the requirement is 5% of the market value of
the underlying stock. Let's say the original stock holding of $100,000
was purchased on margin (with a corresponding 50% requirement). And the
same holding is sold short against the box, yielding $100,000 of
proceeds that is shown in the Credit Balance column, plus a cash deposit
of $5,000. The account would look like this: Long
Market Short
Market Credit
Balance Debit
Balance
Equity
------------------------------------------------------------ -----------
Initial position 100,000 50,000 50,000
Sell short 0 100,000 105,000 100,000 5,000
Net 100,000 100,000 105,000 150,000 55,000


Customer accounts are suppsed to be checked for compliance with
Regulation T and Rule 2520 at the end of each trading day. A brokerage
house may impose a margin call on an account holder at any time during
the day, though.

Finally, special conditions apply to day-traders. Check with your
broker.

Here are some additional resources:
* The NASD's Investor Education section has information about margin:

* The full text of Regulation T



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Securities and Exchange Commission (U.S.)

Last-revised: 22 Dec 1999
Contributed-By: Dennis Yelle

Just in case you want to ask questions, complain about your broker, or
whatever, here's the vital information:

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N. W.
Washington, DC 20549


Office of Public Affairs: +1 202 272-2650
Office of Consumer Affairs: +1 202 272-7440

SEC policy concerning online enforcement:


A web-enabled complaint submission form:


E-Mail address for complaints:




--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - SEC Rule 144

Last-Revised: 6 June 2000
Contributed-By: Bill Rini (bill at moneypages.com), Julie O'Neill
(joneill at feinberglawgroup.com)

The Federal Securities Act of 1933 generally requires that stock and
other securities must be registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "S.E.C.") prior to their offer or sale. Registering
securities with the S.E.C. can be expensive and time-consuming. This
article offers a brief introduction to SEC Rule 144, which allows for
the sale of restricted securities in limited quantities without
requiring the securities to be registered.

First it's probably appropriate to explain the basics of restricted
securities. Restricted securities are generally those which are first
issued in a private placement exempt from registration and which bear a
restrictive legend. The legend commonly states that the securities are
not registered and cannot be offered or sold unless they are registered
with the S.E.C. or exempt from registration. The restrictive legend
serves to ensure that the initial, unregistered sale is not part of a
scheme to avoid registration while achieving some broader distribution
than the initial sale. Normally, if securities are registered when they
are first issued, then they do not bear any restrictive legend and are
not deemed restricted securities.

Rule 144 generally applies to corporate insiders and buyers of private
placement securities that were not sold under SEC registration statement
requirements. Corporate insiders are officers, directors, or anyone
else owning more than 10% of the outstanding company securities. Stock
either acquired through compensation arrangements or open market
purchases is considered restricted for as long as the insider is
affiliated with the company. For example, if a corporate officer
purchases shares in his or her employer on the open market, then the
officer must comply with Rule 144 when those shares are sold, even
though the shares when purchased were not considered restricted. If,
however, the buyer of restricted securities has no management or major
ownership interests in the company, the restricted status of the
securities expires over a period of time.

Under Rule 144, restricted securities may be sold to the public without
full registration (the restriction lapses upon transfer of ownership) if
the following conditions are met.

1. The securities have been owned and fully paid for at least one year
(there are special exceptions that we'll skip here).
2. Current financial information must be made available to the buyer.
Companies that file 10K and 10Q reports with the SEC satisfy this
requirement.
3. The seller must file Form 144, "Notice of Proposed Sale of
Securities," with the SEC no later than the first day of the sale.
The filing is effective for 90 days. If the seller wishes to
extend the selling period or sell additional securities, a new form
144 is required.
4. The sale of the securities may not be advertised and no additional
commissions can be paid.
5. If the securities were owned for between one and two years, the
volume of securities sold is limited to the greater of 1% of all
outstanding shares, or the average weekly trading volume for the
proceeding four weeks. If the shares have been owned for two years
or more, no volume restrictions apply to non-insiders. Insiders
are always subject to volume restrictions.

The most recent rule change of Feb 1997 reduced the holding periods by
one year. For all the details, visit the SEC's page on this rule:


Julie O'Neill offers some insights about the SEC's Rule 144:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - SEC Registered Advisory Service

Last-revised: 9 Jan 1996
Contributed-By: Paul Maffia (paulmaf at eskimo.com)

Some advisers will advertise with the information that they are an
S.E.C. Registered Advisory Service. This does not mean a damn thing
except that they have obeyed the law and registered as the law requires.
All it takes is filling out a long form, $150 and no convictions for
financial fraud.

If they attempt to imply anything in their ads other than the fact they
are registered, they are violating the law. Basically, this means that
they can inform you that they are registered in a none-too-prominent
way. If the information is conveyed in any other way, such as being
very prominent, or using words that convey any meaning other than the
simple fact of registration; or implying any special expertise; or
implying special approval, etc., they are violating the law and can
easily be fined and as well as lose their registration.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - SEC/NASDAQ Settlement

Last-Revised: 26 Feb 1997
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

The SEC's settlement with NASDAQ in late 1996 will almost certainly
impact trading and price improvement in a favorable way for small
investors. The settlement resulted in rule changes that are intended to
improve greater access to the market for individual investors, and to
improve the display and execution of orders. The changes will be
implemented in several phases, with the first phase beginning on 10 Jan
1997. Initially only 50 stocks will be in the program, but in
subsequent steps in 1997, the number of stocks will be expanded to cover
all NASDAQ stocks.

This action began after many people complained about very high spreads
in some shares traded on the NASDAQ market. In effect,the SEC
contention was that some market makers possible did not publically post
orders inside the spread because it impacted their profit margins.

Here are some of the key changes that resulted from the settlement.
* All NASDAQ market makers must execute or publicly display customer
limit orders that are (a) priced better than their public quote or
(b) limit orders that add to the size of their quote.
* All investors will have access to prices previously available only
to institutions or professional traders. These rules are expected
to produce more trading inside the spread, so wide spreads may become
less common. But remember, a market maker or broker making a market for
a stock has to be compensated for the risk they take. They have to hold
inventory or risk selling you stock they don't have and finding some
quickly. With a stock that moves about or trades seldom, they have to
make money on the spread to cover the "bad moves" that can leave them
holding inventory at a bad price. Reduced spreads may in fact force
less well capitalized or managed market makers to leave the market for
certain stocks, as there may be less chance for profit.

It will definitely be interesting to see how the spreads change over the
next few months as the NASDAQ settlement is phased in on more and more
stocks.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - Series of Examinations/Registrations

Last-revised: 30 Sep 1999
Contributed-By: Charlie H. Luh, Chris Lott ( contact me )

The National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) administers a
series of licensing examinations that are used to qualify people for
employment in many parts of the finance industry. For example, the
Series 7 is commonly (although somewhat incorrectly) known as the
stockbroker exam. The following examinations are offered:

* Series 3 - Commodity Futures Examination
* Series 4 - Registered Options Principal
* Series 5 - Interest Rate Options Examination
* Series 6 - Investment Company and Variable Contracts Products Rep.
Translation: qualifies sales representatives to sell mutual funds
and variable annuities.
* Series 7 - Full Registration/General Securities Representative
Translation: qualifies sales representatives to sell stocks and
bonds. Variations include:
* Securities Traders (NYSE)
* Trading Supervisor (NYSE)
* Series 8 - General Securities Sales Supervisor
* Branch Office Manager (NYSE)
* Series 11 - Assistant Representative/Order Processing
* Series 15 - Foreign Currency Options
* Series 16 - Supervisory Analyst
* Series 22 - Direct Participation Program Representative
* Series 24 - General Securities Principal
* Series 26 - Investment Company and Variable Contracts Principal
* Series 27 - Financial and Operations Principal
* Series 28 - Introducing B/D/Financial and Operations Principal
* Series 39 - Direct Participation Program Principal
* Series 42 - Options Representative
* Series 52 - Municipal Securities Representative
* Series 53 - Municipal Securities Principal
* Series 62 - Corporate Securities Representative
* Series 63 - Uniform Securities Agent State Law Examination
* Series 65 - Uniform Investment Advisor Law Examination

The following NASD resources should help.
* The procedures for becoming a member of NASD, including details
about registering personnel through the Central Registration
Depository (CRD).

* The NASD's CRD call center: +1 (301) 590-6500
* The NASD home page.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Regulation - SIPC, or How to Survive a Bankrupt Broker

Last-Revised: 26 May 1999
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Dave Barrett

The U.S. Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) is a
federally chartered private corporation whose job is to insure
shareholders against the situation of a U.S. stock-broker going
bankrupt.

The National Association of Security Dealers requires all of their
member brokers to have SIPC insurance. Many brokers supplement the
limits that SIPC insures ($100,000 cash and $500,000 total, I think-- I
could be wrong here) with additional policies so you are covered up to
$1 million or more.

If you deal with discount houses, all brokerages, their clearing agents,
and any holding companies they have which can be holding your assets in
street-name had better be insured with the S.I.P.C. You're going to pay
a modest SEC tax (less than US$1) on any trade you make anywhere, so
make sure you're getting the benefit. If a broker goes bankrupt it's
the only thing that prevents a total loss. Investigate thoroughly!

The bottom line is that you should not do business with any broker who
is not insured by the SIPC.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 12 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:44 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part12
Version: $Id: part12,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 12 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - Traditional IRA

Last-Revised: 24 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), Dave Dodson, David Hinds
(dhinds at hyper.stanford.edu), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at
animato.arlington.ma.us), L. Williams (taxhelp at hawaiicpa.com), John
Schussler (jeschuss at erols.com), John Lourenco (decals at
autodecals.com)

This article describes the provisions of the US tax code for traditional
IRAs as of mid 2001, including the changes made by the Economic Recovery
and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. Also see the articles
elsewhere in the FAQ for information about Roth IRA and Education IRA
accounts.

An individual retirement arrangement (IRA) allows a person, whether
covered by an employer-sponsored pension plan or not, to save money for
use in retirement while allowing the savings to grow tax-free. Stated
differently, a traditional IRA converts investment earnings (interest,
dividends, and capital gains) into ordinary income.

Funds in an IRA may be invested in a broad variety of vehicles such as
stocks, mutual funds, and bonds. Because an IRA must be administered by
some trustee, most people are limited to the investment choices offered
by that trustee. For example, an IRA at a bank at one time pretty much
was limited to CDs from that bank. Similarly, if you open an IRA
account with a mutual-fund company, that account is probably restricted
to owning funds run by that company. Certain investments are not
allowed in an IRA, however; for example, options trading is restricted
and you cannot go short.

IRA contributions are limited, and the limits are quite low in
comparison to arrangements that permit employee contributions such as a
401(k) (see the article elsewhere in the FAQ for extensive information
about those accounts). For tax year 2002, an individual may contribute
the lesser of US$3,000 or the amount of wage income from US sources to
his or her IRA account(s). In other words, an individual may have both
a traditional and a Roth IRA, but can only contribute $3,000 total to
those accounts, divided up any way he or she pleases.

There is one notable exception that was introduced in 1997, namely a
provision for a spousal IRA. Under this provision, married couples with
only one wage earner may each contribute the full $3,000 to their
respective IRA accounts. Note that total contributions are still
limited to the couple's total gross income, so you cannot contribute $3k
each if together you earned less than $6k.

Annual IRA contributions can be made between January 1 of that year and
April 15 of the following year. Because of the extra three and a half
months, if you send in a contribution to your IRA custodian between
January and April, be sure to indicate the year of the contribution so
the appropriate information gets sent to the IRS.

Many people can deduct their IRA contributions from their gross income.
Eligibility for this deduction is determined by the person's modified
adjusted gross income (MAGI), the person's filing status on their
1040(-A, -EZ) form, and whether the person is eligible to participate in
an employer-sponsored pension plan or contributory plan such as a
401(k). To compute MAGI, you include your federally taxable wages
(i.e., salary after any 401(k) contributions), investment income,
business income, etc., then subtract your adjustments (not to be
confused with deductions) other than the proposed IRA deduction. In
essence, the MAGI is the last line on the front side of a Form 1040 with
no IRA deductions.

Anyhow, if your filing status is single, head of household, or
equivalent, the income test has limits that are lower when compared to
filing status married filing jointly (MFJ). These income tests are
expressed as ranges. Briefly, if your MAGI is below the lower number,
you can deduct everything. If your MAGI falls within the range, you can
deduct some portion of your IRA contribution. And if your MAGI is above
the upper number, you cannot deduct any portion. (No longer does
coverage of one spouse by an employer-maintained retirement plan
influence the other's eligibility.) The income tests for 1998 look like
this:

* Not covered by a pension plan: fully deductible.
* Covered by a pension plan:
* MAGI less than 30k (MFJ 50k): fully deductible
* MAGI in the range 30-40k (MFJ 50-60k): partially deductible
* MAGI greater than 40k (MFJ 60k): not deductible

If your filing status is "Married Filing Separately" (MFS), then the
income restriction is much tighter. If your filing status is MFS and
both spouses have a MAGI of $10,000 or more, then neither spouse can
deduct an IRA contribution.

It's important to understand what it means to be "covered" by a pension
plan. If you are eligible for a defined benefit plan, that's enough;
you are considered covered. If you are eligible to participate in a
defined contribution plan, then either you or your employer must have
contributed some money to the account before you are considered covered.
IRS Notice 87-16 gives all the gory details about who is considered
covered by a pension plan.

Here's an excerpt from Fidelity's IRA disclosure statement concerning
retirement plans.

An "employer-maintained retirement plan" includes any of the
following types of retirement plans:
* a qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan
established in accordance with Section 401(a) or 401(k)
of the Code.
* a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SEP) (Section 408(k)
of the Code).
* a deferred compensation plan maintained by a governmental
unit or agency.
* tax sheltered annuities and custodial accounts (Section
403(b) and 403(b)(7) of the Code).
* a qualified annuity plan under Section 403(a) of the
Code. You are an active participant in an
employer-maintained retirement plan even if you do not have a
vested right to any benefits under your employer's plan.
Whether you are an "active participant" depends on the type of
plan maintained by your employer. Generally, you are
considered an active participant in a defined contribution
plan if an employer contribution or forfeiture was credited to
your account under the plan during the year. You are
considered an active participant in a defined benefit plan if
you are eligible to participate in the plan, even though you
elect not to participate. You are also treated as an active
participant for a year during which you make a voluntary or
mandatory contribution to any type of plan, even though your
employer makes no contribution to the plan.



If you can't deduct your contribution, think about making a full
contribution to a Roth IRA (see the article elsewhere in this FAQ for
more information). The power of untaxed, compound interest should not
be underestimated. But if you insist on making a non-deductible
contribution into a traditional IRA in any calendar year, you must file
IRS form 8606 with your return for that year.

For tax purposes, each person has exactly one (1) regular IRA. It may
be composed of as many, or as few, separate accounts as you wish. There
are basically only four justifiable reasons for having more than one
regular IRA account:
1. Legitimate investment purposes such as diversification.
2. Estate planning purposes.
3. Preserving roll-over status. If you have rolled a former
employer's 401K money into an IRA and you wish to retain the right
to re-roll that money into a new employer's 401k, plan (if allowed
by that new plan), then you must keep that money in a separate
account.
4. Added flexibility when making penalty-free early withdrawals from
your IRA via the "substantially equal payments" method, since there
are IRS private letter rulings (which, admittedly, are only binding
on the addressees) that strongly hint the IRS takes the position
that for this purpose, you can make the calculation on an
account-by-account basis. See your tax professional if you think
this applies to you. In short, you cannot separate deductible and
nondeductible IRA contributions by keeping separate IRA accounts. There
simply is no way to keep money from deductible and non-deductible
contributions "separate." As far as the IRS is concerned, when you go to
withdraw money from an IRA, all they care about is the total amount of
non-deductible contributions (your "basis") and the total current value
of your IRA's. Any withdrawal you make, regardless of whether it is
from an account that was started with deductible or non-deductible
contributions, will be taxed the same, based on the fraction of the
current value of all your IRA's that was already taxed. Stated more
formally, whether or not you put deductible and non-deductible IRA
contributions into the same account, IRS says that any subsequent
withdrawals are considered to be taken ratably from each, regardless of
which account you withdraw from.

Here's an example. Let's say that you go so far as to have IRA accounts
with 2 different companies and alternate years as follows:
* Odd years: contribute the maximum deductible amount to fund A and
deduct it all.
* Even years: contribute $2000 to fund B and deduct none of it.
(Yes, you are allowed to decline taking an IRA deduction you are
eligible for. You just need to include the actual amount of
contributions you made - the amount you're deducting on Form 8606.)
Given the above scheme, there is no possibility of nondeductible
contributions (NDC) actually being in fund A, all of them went directly
into fund B. If fund A is $12,000 with $0 from nondeductible
contributions, and fund B is $18,000 (you put more in) with $6,000 from
nondeductible contributions, and you roll fund B to a Roth, the Form
8606 calculation goes as follows:

Total IRA = $12,000 + $18,000 = $30,000
Total NDC = $0 + $6,000 = $6,000
Ratio = $6,000 / $30,000 = 1/5
Amount transferred = $18,000
NDC transferred = 1/5 of $18,000 = $3,600.

Unfortunately, you can't just say "All of my nondeductible contributions
are in fund B" (even though it's demonstable that this must be so) and
pay taxes on $18,000 - $6,000 = $12,000. You have to go through the
above math and pay taxes on $18,000 - $3,600 = $14,400.

So, once you make a non-deductible contribution, you're committed to
doing the paperwork when you take any money out of the IRA. On the
upside, the tax "problem" never gets any more complicated. You don't
have to keep track of where different contributions came from: all you
need to do is keep track of your basis, the sum of all your
non-deductible contributions. This number is on the most recent Form
8606 that you've filed (the form serves as a cumulative record, perhaps
once of the more taxpayer-friendly forms from the IRS).

Occasionally the question crops up as to exactly why people cannot go
short (see the article elsewhere in the FAQ explaining short sales) in
an IRA account. The restriction comes from the combination of the
following three facts. First, the law governing IRAs says that if any
part of an IRA is used as collateral, the entire IRA is considered
distributed and thus subject to income tax and penalties. Second, the
rules imposed by the Federal Reserve Board et al. say that short sales
have to take place in a margin account. Third and finally, margin
accounts require that you pledge the account as collateral. So if you
try to turn an IRA into a margin account, you'll void the IRA; but
without a margin account, you can't sell short.

Withdrawals can be made from a traditional IRA account at any time, but
a 10% penalty is imposed by the IRS on withdrawals made before the magic
age of 59 1/2. Note that taxes are always imposed on those portions of
withdrawals that can be attributed to deductible contributions.
Withdrawals from an IRA must begin by age 70 1/2. There are also
various provisions for excess contributions and other problems.

The following exceptions define cases when withdrawals can be made
subject to no penalty:

* The owner of the IRA becomes disabled or dies.
* A withdrawal program is set up as a series of "substantially equal
periodic payments" (known as SEP) that are taken over the owner's
life expectancy. Part of the deal with SEP is that the person also
must continue to take that amount for a period of 5 years before he
or she is allowed to change it.
* The funds are used to pay unreimbursed medical expenses that exceed
7.5% of the owner's adjusted gross income.
* The funds are used to pay medical insurance premiums provided the
owner of the IRA has received unemployment for more than 12 weeks.
* The funds are used to pay for qualified higher-education expenses.
* The funds are used to pay for a first-time home purchase, subject
to a lifetime maximum of 10,000. Note that a husband and wife can
both take distributions from their IRAs for a total of 20k to apply
to a first-time home purchase (lots of strings attached, read IRS
publication 590 carefully).

When an IRA account holder dies, the account becomes the property of the
named beneficiary, and is subject to various minimum distribution rules.

The IRS issued new regulations in April 2002 for minimum distributions
from traditional IRAs. The rules (which are retroactive to 1 April
2001) simplify the old, complex rules and reduce the minimum
distribution amounts for many people. First, IRA trustees are required
to report minimum required distributions to the IRS each year (to make
certain Uncle Sam gets his share). Second, account holders can name
beneficiaries at practically any time -- even after the death of the
account holder. Third, major changes were made to the calculation of
required minimum distributions. According to the 2002 rules, the IRA
owner is required (as before) to begin minimum distributions at age 70
and 1/2, or suffer tax penalties. However, these distributions are
calculated based on one of three new tables:
1. Single Life Table: This (depressingly) is used after the owner
dies.
2. Joint and Last Survivor Table: Used when the named beneficiary is a
spouse younger than the owner by at least 10 years (lucky them).
3. Uniform Lifetime Table: Used in nearly all other cases (i.e., when
the named beneficiary is close in age to the owner).

The traditional IRA permits a distribution to be treated as a rollover.
This means that you can withdraw money from an IRA account with no tax
effect as long as you redeposit it (into any of your IRA accounts, not
necessarily the one you took the money from) within 60 days of the
withdrawal. Any monies not redeposited are considered a distribution,
subject to income tax and the penalty tax if applicable. You are
permitted one rollover every 12 months per IRA account.

The rules changed in mid 2001 in the following ways:
* The contribution limit is $3,000 in 2002; reaches $4,000 in 2005,
and finally hits $5,000 in 2008.
* Investors over 50 can put an extra $500 per year (in 2002) and
eventually an extra 1,000 (in 2006) per year; this is called a
catch-up provision.

Order IRS Publication 590 for complete information. You can also get a
PDF version of Pub 590 from the IRS web site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Software - Archive of Free Investment-Related Programs

Last-Revised: 20 Aug 1996
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article lists two archives of investment-related programs. Most of
these programs are distributed in source-code form, but some include
binaries. Anyhow, if all that is available is source, then before you
can run them on your PC at home you will need a C compiler to create
executable versions.

Ed Savage maintains an archive of programs which are available here:


The compiler of this FAQ maintains an archive of programs (both source
code and PC binaries) for a number of investment-related programs. The
programs include:

* 401-calc: compute value of a 401(k) plan over time
* commis: compute commisions for trades at selected discount brokers
* fv: compute future value
* irr: compute rate of return of a portfolio
* loan: calculate loan amortization schedule
* prepay: analyze prepayments of a mortgage loan
* pv: calculate present value
* returns: analyze total return of a mutual fund
* roi: compute return on investment for mutual funds

These programs are available from The Investment FAQ web site at URL
.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Software - Portfolio Tracking and Technical Analysis

Last-Revised: 2 Jul 2001
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Many software packages are available that support basic personal finance
and investment uses, such as managing a checkbook, tracking expenses,
and following the value of a portfolio. Using a package can be handy
for tracking transactions in mutual funds and stocks, especially for
active traders at tax time. Many packages support various forms of
technical analysis by drawing charts using historical data, applying
various T/A decision rules, etc. Those packages usually include a large
amount of historical data, with many provisions for fetching current
data via the 'net.

With the advent of online banking, many banks are offering software at
no charge, so be sure to ask locally.

This page lists a few resources that will help you find a package to
meet your needs.
* A decent collection of links for portfolio software is available on
The Investment FAQ web site:

* A yearly compendium is part of AAII's Computerized Investing
Newsletter.
* Anderson Investor's Software, 130 S. Bemiston. Ste 101, St.
Louis MO 63105, USA; Sales 800-286-4106, Info 314-918-0990, FAX
314-918-0980.

* Nirvana Systems of Austin, TX specializes in investment- and
finance-related software. +1 (512) 345-2545, 800-880-0338.
* Money$earch maintains a collection of links to software packages.
The following URL will run a search on their site so you get the
latest results.

* BobsGuide.com is an online showcase for technologies and services
in the banking and finance industry. The target users are
primarily those in the banking and finance community responsible
for purchasing software and hardware technology.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Basics

Last-Revised: 26 Aug 1994
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Edward Lupin

Perhaps we should start by looking at the basics: What is stock? Why
does a company issue stock? Why do investors pay good money for little
pieces of paper called stock certificates? What do investors look for?
What about Value Line ratings and what about dividends?

To start with, if a company wants to raise capital (money), one of its
options is to issue stock. A company has other methods, such as issuing
bonds and getting a loan from the bank. But stock raises capital
without creating debt; i.e., without creating a legal obligation to
repay borrowed funds.

What do the buyers of the stock -- the new owners of the company --
expect for their investment? The popular answer, the answer many people
would give is: they expect to make lots of money, they expect other
people to pay them more than they paid themselves. Well, that doesn't
just happen randomly or by chance (well, maybe sometimes it does, who
knows?).

The less popular, less simple answer is: shareholders -- the company's
owners -- expect their investment to earn more, for the company, than
other forms of investment. If that happens, if the return on investment
is high, the price tends to increase. Why?

Who really knows? But it is true that within an industry the
Price/Earnings (i.e., P/E) ratio tends to stay within a narrow range
over any reasonable period of time -- measured in months or a year or
so.

So if the earnings go up, the price goes up. And investors look for
companies whose earnings are likely to go up. How much?

There's a number -- the accountants call it Shareholder Equity -- that
in some magical sense represents the amount of money the investors have
invested in the company. I say magical because while it translates to
(Assets - Liabilities) there is often a lot of accounting trickery that
goes into determining Assets and Liabilities.

But looking at Shareholder Equity, (and dividing that by the number of
shares held to get the book value per share) if a company is able to
earn, say, $1.50 on a stock whose book value is $10, that's a 15%
return. That's actually a good return these days, much better than you
can get in a bank or C/D or Treasury bond, and so people might be more
encouraged to buy, while sellers are anxious to hold on. So the price
might be bid up to the point where sellers might be persuaded to sell.

A measure that is also sometimes used to assess the price is the
Price/Book (i.e., P/B) ratio. This is just the stock price at a
particular time divided by the book value.

What about dividends? Dividends are certainly more tangible income than
potential earnings increases and stock price increases, so what does it
mean when a dividend is non-existent or very low? And what do people
mean when they talk about a stock's yield?

To begin with the easy question first, the yield is the annual dividend
divided by the stock price. For example, if company XYZ is paying $.25
per quarter ($1.00 per year) and XYZ is trading at $10 per share, the
yield is 10%.

A company paying no or low dividends (zero or low yield) is really
saying to its investors -- its owners, "We believe we can earn more, and
return more value to shareholders by retaining the earnings, by putting
that money to work, than by paying it out and not having it to invest in
new plant or goods or salaries." And having said that, they are expected
to earn a good return on not only their previous equity, but on the
increased equity represented by retained earnings.

So a company whose book value last year was $10 and who retains its
entire $1.50 earnings, increases its book value to 11.50 less certain
expenses. The $1.50 in earnings represents a 15% return. Let's say
that the new book value is 11. To keep up the streak (i.e., to earn a
15% return again), the company must generate earnings of at least $1.65
this year just to keep up with the goal of a 15% return on equity. If
the company earns $1.80, the owners have indeed made a good investment,
and other investors, seeking to get in on a good thing, bid up the
price.

That's the theory anyway. In spite of that, many investors still buy or
sell based on what some commentator says or on announcement of a new
product or on the hiring (or resignation) of a key officer, or on
general sexiness of the company's products. And that will always
happen.

What is the moral of all this: Look at a company's financials, look at
the Value Line and S&P charts and recommendations, and do some homework
before buying.

Do Value Line and S&P take the actual dividend into account when issuing
their "Timeliness" and "Safety" ratings? Not exactly. They report it,
but their ratings are primarily based on earnings potential, performance
in their industry, past history, and a few other factors. (I don't
think anyone knows all the other factors. That's why people pay for the
ratings.)

Can a stock broker be relied on to provide well-analyzed, well thought
out information and recommendations? Yes and no.

On the one hand, a stock broker is in business to sell you stock. Would
you trust a used-car dealer to carefully analyze the available cars and
sell you the best car for the best price? Then why would you trust a
broker to do the same?

On the other hand, there are people who get paid to analyze company
financial positions and make carefully thought out recommendations,
sometimes to buy or to hold or to sell stock. While many of these folks
work in the "research" departments of full-service brokers, some work
for Value Line, S&P etc, and have less of an axe to grind. Brokers who
rely on this information really do have solid grounding behind their
recommendations.

Probably the best people to listen to are those who make investment
decisions for the largest of Mutual Funds, although the investment
decisions are often after the fact, and announced 4 times a year.

An even better source would be those who make investment decisions for
the very large pension funds, which have more money invested than most
mutual funds. Unfortunately that information is often less available.
If you can catch one of these people on CNN for example, that could be
interesting.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

Last-Revised: 19 Feb 2002
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), George Regnery
(regnery at yahoo.com)

An American Depositary Receipt (ADR) is a share of stock of an
investment in shares of a non-US corporation. The shares of the non-US
corporation trade on a non-US exchange, while the ADRs, perhaps somewhat
obviously, trade on a US exchange. This mechanism makes it
straightforward for a US investor to invest in a foreign issue. ADRs
were first introduced in 1927.

Two banks are generally involved in maintaining an ADR on a US exchange:
an investment bank and a depositary bank. The investment bank purchases
the foreign shares and offers them for sale in the US. The depositary
bank handles the issuance and cancellation of ADRs certificates backed
by ordinary shares based on investor orders, as well as other services
provided to an issuer of ADRS, but is not involved in selling the ADRs.

To establish an ADR, an investment bank arranges to buy the shares on a
foreign market and issue the ADRs on the US markets.

For example, BigCitibank might purchase 25 million shares of a non-US
stock. Call it EuroGlom Corporation (EGC). Perhaps EGC trades on the
Paris exchange, where BigCitibank bought them. BigCitibank would then
register with the SEC and offer for sale shares of EGC ADRs.

EGC ADRs are valued in dollars, and BigCitibank could apply to the NYSE
to list them. In effect, they are repackaged EGC shares, backed by EGC
shares owned by BigCitibank, and they would then trade like any other
stock on the NYSE.

BigCitibank would take a management fee for their efforts, and the
number of EGC shares represented by EGC ADRs would effectively decrease,
so the price would go down a slight amount; or EGC itself might pay
BigCitibank their fee in return for helping to establish a US market for
EGC. Naturally, currency fluctuations will affect the US Dollar price
of the ADR.

BigCitibank would set up an arrangement with another large financial
institution for that institution to act as the depositary bank for the
ADRs. The depositary would handle the day-to-day interaction with
holders of the ADRs.

Dividends paid by EGC are received by BigCitibank and distributed
proportionally to EGC ADR holders. If EGC withholds (foreign) tax on
the dividends before this distribution, then BigCitibank will withhold a
proportional amount before distributing the dividend to ADR holders, and
will report on a Form 1099-Div both the gross dividend and the amount of
foreign tax withheld.

Most of the time the foreign nation permits US holders (BigCitibank in
this case) to vote their shares on all or most issues, and ADR holders
will receive ballots which will be received by BigCitibank and voted in
proportion to ADR Shareholder's vote. I don't know if BigCitibank has
the option of voting shares which ADR holders failed to vote.

The depositary bank sets the ratio of US ADRs per home country share.
This ratio can be anywhere, and can be less than or greater than 1.
Basically, it is an attempt to get the ADR within a price that Americans
are comfortable with, so upon issue, I would assume that most ADRs range
between $15 and $75 per share. If, in the home country, the shares are
worth considerably less, than each ADR would represent several real
shares. If, in the home country, shares were trading for the equivalent
of several hundred dollars, each ADR would be only a fraction of a
normal share.

Now, concerning who sets the price: yes, it floats on supply and demand.
However, if the US price gets too far off from the price in the home
country (Accounting for the currency exchange rate and the ratio of ADRs
to home country shares), then an arbitrage opportunity will exist. So,
yes, it does track the home country shares, but probably not exactly
(for there are transaction costs in this type of arbitrage). However,
if the spread gets too big, arbitragers will step in and then of course,
the arbitrage opportunities will soon cease to exist.

Having said this, however, for the most part ADRs look and feel pretty
much like any other stock.

The following resources offer more information about ADRs.
* Citicorp offers in-depth information about ADRs:

* JP Morgan runs a web site devoted to ADRs (with a truly lovely
legal disclaimer you must accept before visiting the site):

* Site-By-Site offers information about specific ADR issues:

* CoBeCo lists background information and current quotes for ADRs:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Cyclicals

Last-Revised: 9 Apr 1995
Contributed-By: Bill Sullivan (sully at postoffice.ptd.net)

Cyclical stocks, in brief, are the stocks of those companies whose
earnings are strongly tied to the business cycle. This means that the
prices of the stocks move up sharply when the economy turns up, move
down sharply when the economny turns down.

Examples:

Cyclical companies: Caterpillar (CAT), US Steel (X), General Motors
(GM), International Paper (IP); i.e., makers of products for which the
demand curve is fairly flexible.

Non-Cyclical companies: CocaCola (KO), Proctor & Gamble (PG), and Quaker
Oats (OAT); i.e., makers of products for which the demand curve is
fairly inflexible; after all, everyone has to eat!


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Dividends

Last-Revised: 29 Sep 1997
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr
at animato.arlington.ma.us)

A company may periodically declare cash and/or stock dividends. This
article deals with cash dividends on common stock. Two paragraphs also
discuss dividends on Mutual Fund shares. A separate article elsewhere
in this FAQ discusses stock splits and stock dividends.

The Board of Directors of a company decides if it will declare a
dividend, how often it will declare it, and the dates associated with
the dividend. Quarterly payment of dividends is very common, annually
or semiannually is less common, and many companies don't pay dividends
at all. Other companies from time to time will declare an extra or
special dividend. Mutual funds sometimes declare a year-end dividend
and maybe one or more other dividends.

If the Board declares a dividend, it will announce that the dividend (of
a set amount) will be paid to shareholders of record as of the RECORD
DATE and will be paid or distributed on the DISTRIBUTION DATE (sometimes
called the Payable Date).

Before we begin the discussion of dates and date cutoffs, it's important
to note that three-day settlements (T+3) became effective 7 June 1995.
In other words, the SEC's T+3 rule states that all stock trades must be
settled within 3 business days.

In order to be a shareholder of record on the RECORD DATE you must own
the shares on that date (when the books close for that day). Since
virtually all stock trades by brokers on exchanges are settled in 3
(business) days, you must buy the shares at least 3 days before the
RECORD DATE in order to be the shareholder of record on the RECORD DATE.
So the (RECORD DATE - 3 days) is the day that the shareholder of record
needs to own the stock to collect the dividend. He can sell it the very
next day and still get the dividend.

If you bought it at least 3 business days before the RECORD date and
still owned it at the end of the RECORD DATE, you get the dividend.
(Even if you ask your broker to sell it the day after the (RECORD DATE -
3 days), it will not have settled until after the RECORD DATE so you
will own it on the RECORD DATE.)

So someone who buys the stock on the (RECORD DATE - 2 days) does not get
the dividend. A stock paying a 50c quarterly dividend might well be
expected to trade for 50c less on that date, all things being equal. In
other words, it trades for its previous price, EXcept for the DIVidend.
So the (RECORD DATE - 2 days) is often called the EX-DIV date. In the
financial listings, that is indicated by an x.

How can you try to predict what the dividend will be before it is
declared?

Many companies declare regular dividends every quarter, so if you look
at the last dividend paid, you can guess the next dividend will be the
same. Exception: when the Board of IBM, for example, announces it can
no longer guarantee to maintain the dividend, you might well expect the
dividend to drop, drastically, next quarter. The financial listings in
the newspapers show the expected annual dividend, and other listings
show the dividends declared by Boards of directors the previous day,
along with their dates.

Other companies declare less regular dividends, so try to look at how
well the company seems to be doing. Companies whose shares trade as
ADRs (American Depositary Receipts -- see article elsewhere in this FAQ)
are very dependent on currency market fluctuations, so will pay
differing amounts from time to time.

Some companies may be temporarily prohibited from paying dividends on
their common stock, usually because they have missed payments on their
bonds and/or preferred stock.

On the DISTRIBUTION DATE shareholders of record on the RECORD date will
get the dividend. If you own the shares yourself, the company will mail
you a check. If you participate in a DRIP (Dividend ReInvestment Plan,
see article on DRIPs elsewhere in this FAQ) and elect to reinvest the
dividend, you will have the dividend credited to your DRIP account and
purchase shares, and if your stock is held by your broker for you, the
broker will receive the dividend from the company and credit it to your
account.

Dividends on preferred stock work very much like common stock, except
they are much more predictable.

Tax implications:

* Some Mutual Funds may delay paying their year-end dividend until
early January. However, the IRS requires that those dividends be
constructively paid at the end of the previous year. So in these
cases, you might find that a dividend paid in January was included
in the previous year's 1099-DIV.


* Sometime before January 31 of the next year, whoever paid the
dividend will send you and the IRS a Form 1099-DIV to help you
report this dividend income to the IRS.


* Sometimes -- often with Mutual Funds -- a portion of the dividend
might be treated as a non-taxable distribution or as a capital
gains distribution. The 1099-DIV will list the Gross Dividends (in
line 1a) and will also list any non-taxable and capital gains
distributions. Enter the Gross Dividends (line 1a) on Schedule B.


* Subtract the non-taxable distributions as shown on Schedule B and
decrease your cost basis in that stock by the amount of non-taxable
distributions (but not below a cost basis of zero -- you can deduct
non-taxable distributions only while the running cost basis is
positive.) Deduct the capital gains distributions as shown on
Schedule B, and then add them back in on Schedule D if you file
Schedule D, else on the front of Form 1040.

Finally, just a bit of accounting information. Earnings are always
calculated first, and then the directors of a company decide what to do
with those earnings. They can distribute the earnings to the
stockholders in the form of dividends, retain the earnings, or take the
money and head for Brazil (NB: the last option tends to make the
stockholders angry and get the local district attorney on the case :-).
Utilities and seasonal companies often pay out dividends that exceed
earnings - this tends to prop up the stock price nicely - but of course
no company can do that year after year.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Dramatic Price Changes

Last-Revised: 18 Sep 1994
Contributed-By: Maurice Suhre, Lynn West, Fahad A. Hoymany

One frequently asked question is "Why did my stock in X go down/up by
this large amount in the past short time ?

The purpose of this answer is not to discourage you from asking this
question in misc.invest, although if you ask without having done any
homework, you may receive a gentle barb or two. Rather, one purpose is
to inform you that you may not get an answer because in many cases no
one knows.

Stocks surge for a variety of reasons ranging from good company news,
improving investors' sentiment, to general economic conditions. The
equation which determines the price of a stock is extremely simple, even
trivial. When there are more people interested in buying than there are
people interested in selling, possibly as a result of one or more of the
reasons mentioned above, the price rises. When there are more sellers
than buyers, the price falls. The difficult question to answer is, what
accounts for the variations in demand and supply for a particular stock?
Naturally, if all (or most) people knew why a stock surges, we would
soon have a lot of extremely rich people who simply use that knowledge
to buy and sell different stocks.

However, stocks often lurch upward and downward by sizable amounts with
no apparent reason, sometimes with no fundamental change in the
underlying company. If this happens to your stock and you can find no
reason, you should merely use this event to alert you to watch the stock
more closely for a month or two. The zig (or zag) may have meaning, or
it may have merely been a burp.

A related question is whether stock XYZ, which used to trade at 40 and
just dropped to 25, is good buy. The answer is, possibly. Buying
stocks just because they look "cheap" isn't generally a good idea. All
too often they look cheaper later on. (IBM looked "cheap" at 80 in 1991
after it declined from 140 or so. The stock finally bottomed in the
40's. Amgen slid from 78 to the low 30's in about 6 months, looking
"cheap" along the way.) Technical analysis principles suggest to wait
for XYZ to demonstrate that it has quit going down and is showing some
sign of strength, perhaps purchasing in the 28 range. If you are
expecting a return to 40, you can give up a few points initially. If
your fundamental analysis shows 25 to be an undervalued price, you might
enter in. Rarely do stocks have a big decline and a big move back up in
the space of a few days. You will almost surely have time to wait and
see if the market agrees with your valuation before you purchase.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Holding Company Depositary Recepits (HOLDRs)

Last-Revised: 16 July 2000
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

A Holding Company Depositary Receipt (HOLDR) is a fixed collection of
stocks, usually 20, that is used to track some industry sector. For
example, HOLDRs exist for biotech, internet, and business-to-business
companies, just to pick some examples. A HOLDR is a way for an investor
to gain exposure to a market sector with at a low cost, primarily the
comission to purchase the HOLDR. All HOLDR securities trade on the
American Stock Exchange; their ticker symbols all end in 'H'.

Although a HOLDR may sound a bit like a mutual fund, it really is quite
different. One important difference is that nothing is done to a HOLDR
after it is created (mutual funds are usually managed actively). So,
for example, if one of the 20 companies in a HOLDR gets bought,
thereafter the HOLDR will have just 19 stocks. This keeps the annual
expenses very low (currently about $0.08 or less per share).

So maybe a HOLDR is much more like a stock? Yes, but also with some
differences. Like stocks, HOLDRs can be bought on margin or shorted.
But unlike stocks, investors can only buy round lots (multiples of 100
shares) of HOLDR securities. So buying into a HOLDR can be fairly
expensive for a small investor.

Interestingly, an owner of a HOLDR is considered to own the stocks in
the HOLDR directly, even though they were purchased via the HOLDR. So
the HOLDR holder (sorry, bad joke) receives quarterly and annual reports
from the companies directly, receives dividends directly, etc. And, if
the investor decides it's a good idea (and is willing to pay the
associated fees), he or she can ask the HOLDR trustee to deliver the
shares represented by the HOLDR; the HOLDR then is gone (cancelled), and
the investor holds the shares as if he or she had purchased them
directly.

Merrill Lynch created the first HOLDR in 1998 to track the Brazilian
phone company when it was broken up. Merrill (or some other big
financial institution) serves as the trustee, the agency that purchases
shares in the companies and issues the HOLDR shares. When a HOLDR is
first issued, the event is considered an IPO.

Here are a few resources with more information.
* The Merrill Lynch site:

* The Street.com printed a comprehensive introduction to HOLDRs in
June 2000:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Income and Royalty Trusts

Last-Revised: 24 Jul 2001
Contributed-By: John Carswell (webmaster at finpipe.com)

Income and Royalty Trusts are special-purpose financing vehicles that
are created to make investments in operating companies or their cash
flows. Investors supply capital to a trust, a legal entity that exists
to hold assets, by purchasing "trust units". The trust then uses these
funds to purchase an interest in the operating company. The trust then
distributes all its income to holders of the trust units.

Income and Royalty trusts are neither stocks nor bonds, although they
share some of their characteristics. Investment trusts are created to
hold interests in operating assets which produce income and cash flows,
then pass these through to investors. A "trust" is a legal instrument
which exists to hold assets for others. A "trust" investment which uses
a trust (the legal entity) to hold ownership of an asset and pass
through income to investors is called a "securitization" or an
"asset-backed security".

The trust can purchase common shares, preferred shares or debt
securities of an operating company. Royalty trusts purchase the right
to royalties on the production and sales of a natural resource company.
Real estate investment trusts purchase real estate properties and pass
the rental incomes through to investors.

Royalty and Income Trusts are attractive to investors because they
promise high yields compared to traditional stocks and bonds. They are
attractive to companies wishing to sell cash flow producing assets
because they provide a much higher sale price, or proceeds, than would
be possible with conventional financings. The investment
characteristics of both types of trusts flow from their structure. To
understand the risks and returns inherent in these investments we must
go beyond their promised yield and examine their purpose and structure.

Cashflow Royalty Created!

For example, let's say that we own an oil company,CashCow Inc., that has
many mature producing oil wells. The prospect for these wells is fairly
mundane. With well known rates of production and reserves, there is not
much chance to enhance production or lower costs. We know that we will
produce and sell 1,000,000 barrels per year at the prevailing oil price
until it runs out in a forecasted 20 years. At the current price of $25
per barrel, we will make $25,000,000 per year until the wells run dry in
2017.

We're getting a bit tired of the oil business. We want to sell. Our
investment bank, Sharp & Shooter, suggest that we utilize a royalty
trust. They explain the concept to us. CashCow Inc., our company,
sells all the oil wells to a "trust", the CashCow Royalty Fund. The
trust will then pay CashCow Inc a management fee to manage and maintain
the wells. The CashCow Royalty Fund then gets all the earnings from the
wells and distributes these to the trust unit holders. We ask, "Why we
just wouldn't sell shares in our company to the public". Sharp &
Shooter tells us that we will get more money by setting up the trust
since investors are "starved for yield". We agree.

Sharp & Shooter then do the legals and proceed with an issue. They
offer a cash yield of 10%, based on their projections for oil prices,
the cost structure, and management fee to CashCow Inc. This means they
hope to raise $250,000,000. We're rich!!

Yield to the Poor Tired Investment Masses

What about the poor tired investment masses? Starving for yield in the
low interest rate revolution, the CashCow Royalty Fund lets them have
their investment cake and eat it too. Thanks to the royalty courtiers
of Sharp & Shooter, yield starved investors can buy a piece of a "high
yield" investment. Sounds a bit strange, but the royalty trust turns
the steady income that made the operating company CashCow Inc.
financially mundane and boring into a scintillating geyser of high
yield.

Since the operating company, CashCow Inc., no longer has to explore for
oil or develop technologies to increase production, its expenditures
will be much lower under the royalty trust structure. Remember, the
purposes of the trust is to pay out the earnings from the oil sales
until the oil fields are exhausted. No more analysts and shareholders
complaining about "depleting" resources. Paying out the steadily
depleting oil sales are now the idea. This means that none of the
revenues and profits from production have to be expended on securing new
supplies. The continuing operations of CashCow Inc. can be downsized
now that maintenance is the only need. No more exploration department,
huge head office staff, or worldwide travel bills.

The investor, who might shun a low dividend yield of 3% on an oil stock
or worry about the risk of a lower grade corporate bond, sees the bright
lights of high yield beckoning. Our $25,000,000 in revenues is only
reduced by a management contract of $1,000,000 paid to the now shrunken
CashCow Inc. to keep the fields maintained. All the earnings will be
passed through to the CashCow Royalty Trust which will be taxed in the
hands of the investors. We can offer a 10% yield to the trust unit
holders which means that we can raise $250,000,000.

What's Wrong with this Investment Picture?

One of the first questions to ask about an investment is, "What's in it
for them?". Why would the owners of CashCow Inc. part with their
$25,000,000 in income? Not just to provide a higher yield for the yield
starved investment masses. Logically, the owners of an operating
company would only sell their interest if they could use the money to
more effect somewhere else. Think about it for a minute. If the owner
of CashCow Inc. can take $250,000,000 and put it into another
investment with a higher yield, it should be done. The fixed return of
10% on established, tired wells might be a tad low next to the upside on
a new oil field, or a well diversified portfolio of growth stocks.

Another question to ask is,"Why didn't the owner just sell the company
to another oil company?". The simple answer is that they get more money
by selling to the income trust. Which begs the question, "Why is the
price so high?". Other companies realize that the price of oil goes up
and down and that the price of $25 a barrel today is very high compared
to the $10 it was a few years ago. At $10 per barrel, the cash flow
would only be $10,000,000 a year. That is why the prospectus for these
trust deals talks about 'forecasted' revenues and earnings. The other
oil companies also realize that 'proven reserves' has an element of
guesswork, and that there might be less oil in the ground, or it may be
'more difficult to recover' than expected.

All this means that the 10% "yield" is not fixed in stone, as we now
realize. As with all investments, we must take our time and do our
analysis. As Uncle Pipeline says, "It's all in the cash flows!"

For more insights from the Financial Pipeline, visit their site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Types of Indexes

Last-Revised: 10 Jul 1998
Contributed-By: Susan Thomas, Chris Lott ( contact me )

There are three major classes of indexes in use today in the US:

Equally weighted price index
An example is the Dow Jones Industrial Average.
Market capitalization weighted index
An example is the S&P500 Industrial Average.
Equally weighted returns index
The only one of its kind is the Value-Line index.


The first two are widely used. All my profs in the business school
claim that the equally weighted return indexs is weird and don't
emphasize it too much.

Now for the details on each type.



Equally Weighted Price Index
As the name suggests, the index is calculated by taking the average
of the prices of a set of companies:
Index = Sum (Prices of N companies) / divisor
In this calculation, two questions crop up:

1. What is "N"? The DJIA takes the 30 large "blue-chip"
companies. Why 30? Well, you want a fairly large number so
the index will (at least to some extent) represent the entire
market's performance. Of course, many would argue (and
rightly so) that 30 is a ridiculously small number in today's
markets, so a case can be made that it's more of a historical
hangover than anything else.

Does the set of N companies change across time? If so, how
often is the list updated (with respect to the companies that
are included)? In the case of the DJIA, yes, the set of
companies is updated periodically. But these decisions are
quite judgemental and hence not readily replicable.

If the DJIA only has 30 companies, how do we select these 30?
Why should they have equal weights? These are real criticisms
of the DJIA-type index.


2. The divisor is not always equal to N for N companies. What
happens to the index when there is a stock split by one of the
companies in the set? Of course the stock price of that
company drops, but the number of shares have increased to
leave the market capitalization of the shares the same. Since
the index does not take the market cap into account, it has to
compensate for the drop in price by tweaking the divisor. For
examples on this, look at pg. 61 of Bodie, Kane, and Marcus,
Investments . The DJIA actually started with a divisor of 30,
but currently uses a number around 0.3 (yes, zero point 3).

Historically, this index format was computationally convenient. It
just doesn't have a very sound economic basis to justify it's
existence today. The DJIA is widely cited on the evening news, but
not used by real finance folks. I have an intuition that the DJIA
type index will actually be BAD if the number of companies is very
large. If it's to make any sense at all, it should be very few
"brilliantly" chosen companies. Because the DJIA is the most
widely reported index about the U.S. equity markets, it's
important to understand it and its flaws.


Market capitalization weighted index
In this index, each of the N companies' price is weighted by the
market capitalization of the company.
Sum (Company market capitalization * Price) over N
companies
Index =
------------------------------------------------------------
Market capitalization for these N companies
Here you do not take into account the dividend data, so effectively
you're tracking the short-run capital gains of the market.

Practical questions regarding this index:

1. What is "N"? I would use the largest N possible to get as
close to the "full" market as possible. By the way, in the
U.S. there are companies that make a living on only
calculating extremely complete value-weighted indexes for the
NYSE and foreign markets. CMIE should sell a very complete
value-weighted index to some such folks.

Why does S&P use 500? Once again, a large number of companies
captures the broad market, but the specific number 500 is
probably due to historical reasons when computating over
20,000 companies every day was difficult. Today, computing
over 20k companies for a Sun workstation is no problem, so the
S&P idea is obsolete.


2. How to deal with companies entering and exiting the index? If
we're doing an index containing "every single company
possible" then the answer to this question is easy -- each
time a company enters or exits we recalculate all weights.
But if we're a value-weighted index like the S&P500 (where
there are only 500 companies) it's a problem. For example,
when Wang went bankrupt, S&P decided to replace them by Sun --
how do you justify such choices?

The value-weighted index is superior to the DJIA type index for
deep reasons. Anyone doing modern finance will not use the DJIA
type index. A glimmer of the reasoning for this is as follows: If
I held a portfolio with equal number of shares of each of the 30
DJIA companies then the DJIA index would accurately reflect my
capital gains. But we know that it is possible to find a portfolio
which has the same returns as the DJIA portfolio but at a smaller
risk. (This is a mathematical fact).

Thus, by definition, nobody is ever going to own a DJIA portfolio.
In contrast, there is an extremely good interpretation for the
value weighted portfolio -- it yields the highest returns you can
get for its level of risk. Thus you would have good reason for
owning a value-weighted market portfolio, thus justifying it's
index.

Yet another intuition about the value-weighted index -- a smart
investor is not going to ever buy equal number of shares of a given
set of companies, which is what the equally weighted price index
tracks. If you take into consideration that the price movements of
companies are correlated with others, you are going to hedge your
returns by buying different proportions of company shares. This is
in effect what the market capitalization weighted index does, and
this is why it is a smart index to follow.

One very neat property of this kind of index is that it is readily
applied to industry indexes. Thus you can simply apply the above
formula to all machine tool companies, and you get a machine tool
index. This industry-index idea is conceptually sound, with
excellent interpretations. Thus on a day when the market index
goes up 6%, if machine tools goes up 10%, you know the market found
some good news on machine tools.


Equally weighted returns index
Here the index is the average of the returns of a certain set of
companies. Value Line publishes two versions of it:

* The arithmetic index:
( VLAI / N ) = Sum (N returns)

* The geometric index:
VLGI = { Product (1 + return) over N } ^ { 1 / n },
which is just the geometric mean of the N returns.


Notice that these indexes imply that the dollar value on each company
has to be the same. Discussed further in Bodie, Kane, and Marcus,
Investments , pg 66.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 11 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:44 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part11
Version: $Id: part11,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 11 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - 401(k)

Last-Revised: 9 Dec 2001
Contributed-By: Ed Nieters (nieters at crd.ge.com), David W. Olson,
Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us), Chris Lott ( contact
me ), Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Ed Suranyi, Ed Zollars (ezollar
at mindspring.com)

This article describes the provisions of the US tax code for 401(k)
plans as of mid 2001, including the changes made by the Economic
Recovery and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001.

A 401(k) plan is a retirement savings plan that is funded by employee
contributions and (often) matching contributions from the employer. The
major attraction of these plans is that the contributions are taken from
pre-tax salary, and the funds grow tax-free until withdrawn. Also, the
plans are (to some extent) self-directed, and they are portable; more
about both topics later. Both for-profit and many types of tax-exempt
organizations can establish these plans for their employees.

A 401(k) plan takes its name from the section of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1978 that created them. To get a bit picky for a moment, a
401(k) plan is a plan qualified under Section 401(a) (or at least we
mean it to be). Section 401(a) is the section that defines qualified
plan trusts in general, including the various rules required for
qualifications. Section 401(k) provides for an optional "cash or
deferred" method of getting contributions from employees. So every
401(k) plan already is a 401(a) plan. The IRS says what can be done,
but the operation of these plans is regulated by the Pension and Welfare
Benefits Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor.

For example, the Widget Company's plan might permit employees to
contribute up to 7% of their gross pay to the fund, and the company then
matches the contributions at 50% (happily, they pay in cash and not in
widgets :-). Total contribution to the Widget plan in this example
would be 10.5% of the employee's salary. My joke about paying in cash
is important, however; some plans contribute stock instead of cash.

There are many advantages to 401(k) plans. First, since the employee is
allowed to contribute to his/her 401(k) with pre-tax money, it reduces
the amount of tax paid out of each pay check. Second, all employer
contributions and any growth in the capital grow tax-free until
withdrawal. The compounding effect of consistent periodic contributions
over the period of 20 or 30 years is quite dramatic. Third, the
employee can decide where to direct future contributions and/or current
savings, giving much control over the investments to the employee.
Fourth, if your company matches your contributions, it's like getting
extra money on top of your salary. Fifth, unlike a pension, all
contributions can be moved from one company's plan to the next company's
plan, or a special IRA, should a participant change jobs. Sixth,
because the program is a personal investment program for your
retirement, it is protected by pension (ERISA) laws, which means that
the benefits may not be used as security for loans outside the program.
This includes the additional protection of the funds from garnishment or
attachment by creditors or assigned to anyone else, except in the case
of domestic relations court cases dealing with divorce decree or child
support orders (QDROs; i.e., qualified domestic relations orders).
Finally, while the 401(k) is similar in nature to an IRA, an IRA won't
enjoy any matching company contributions, and personal IRA contributions
are subject to much lower limits; see the article about IRA's elsewhere
in this FAQ.

There are, of course, a few disadvantages associated with 401(k) plans.
First, it is difficult (or at least expensive) to access your 401(k)
savings before age 59 1/2 (but see below). Second, 401(k) plans don't
have the luxury of being insured by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation (PBGC). (But then again, some pensions don't enjoy this
luxury either.) Third, employer contributions are usually not vested
(i.e., do not become the property of the employee) until a number of
years have passed. Currently, those contributions can vest all at once
after five years of employment, or can vest gradually from the third
through the seventh year of employment.

Participants in a 401(k) plan generally have a decent number of
different investment options, nearly all cases a menu of mutual funds.
These funds usually include a money market, bond funds of varying
maturities (short, intermediate, long term), company stock, mutual fund,
US Series EE Savings Bonds, and others. The employee chooses how to
invest the savings and is typically allowed to change where current
savings are invested and/or where future contributions will go a
specific number of times a year. This may be quarterly, bi-monthly, or
some similar time period. The employee is also typically allowed to
stop contributions at any time.

With respect to participant's choice of investments, expert (sic)
opinions from financial advisors typically say that the average 401(k)
participant is not aggressive enough with their investment options.
Historically, stocks have outperformed all other forms of investment and
will probably continue to do so. Since the investment period of 401(k)
savings is relatively long - 20 to 40 years - this will minimize the
daily fluctuations of the market and allow a "buy and hold" strategy to
pay off. As you near retirement, you might want to switch your
investments to more conservative funds to preserve their value.

Puzzling out the rules and regulations for 401(k) plans is difficult
simply because every company's plan is different. Each plan has a
minimum and maximum contribution, and these limits are chosen in
consultation with the IRS (I'm told) such that there is no
discrimination between highly paid and less highly paid employees. The
law requires that if low compensated employees do not contribute enough
by the end of the plan year, then the limit is changed for highly
compensated employees. Practically, this means that the employer sets a
maximum percentage of gross salary in order to prevent highly
compensated employees from reaching the limits. In any case, the
employer chooses how much to match, how much employees may contribute,
etc. Of course the IRS has the final say, so there are certain
regulations that apply to all 401(k) plans. We'll try to lay them out
here.

Let's begin with contributions. Employees have the option of making all
or part of their contributions from pre-tax (gross) income. This has
the added benefit of reducing the amount of tax paid by the employee
from each check now and deferring it until the person takes the pre-tax
money out of the plan. Both the employer contribution (if any) and any
growth of the fund compound tax-free. These contributions must be
deposited no more than 15 business days after the end of the month in
which they were made (also see the May 1999 issue of Individual Investor
magazine for a discussion of this).

The interesting rules govern what happens to before-tax and after-tax
contributions. The IRS limits pre-tax deductions to a fixed dollar
figure that changes annually. In other words, an employee in any 401(k)
plan can reduce his or her gross pay by a maximum of some fixed dollar
amount via contributions to a 401(k) plan. An employer's plan may place
restrictions on the employees that are stricter than the IRS limit, or
are much less strict. If the restrictions are less strict, employees
may be able to make after-tax contributions.

After-tax contributions are a whole lot different from pre-tax
contributions. In fact, by definition an employee cannot contribute
after-tax monies to a 401(k)! Monies in excess of the limits on 401(k)
accounts (i.e., after-tax monies) are put into a 401(a) account, which
is defined to be an employee savings plan in which the employee
contributes after-tax monies. (This is one way for an employee to save
aggressively for retirement while still enjoying tax-free growth until
distribution time.) If an employee elects to make after-tax
contributions, the money comes out of net pay (i.e., after taxes have
been deducted). While it doesn't help one's current tax situation,
funds that were contributed on an after-tax basis may be easier to
withdraw since they are not subject to the strict IRS rules which apply
to pre-tax contributions. When distributions are begun (see below), the
employee pays no tax on the portion of the distribution attributed to
after-tax contributions, but does have to pay tax on any gains.

Ok, let's talk about the IRS limits already. First, a person's maximum
before-tax contribution (i.e., 401(k) limit) for 2001 is $10,500 (same
as 2000, but will change in 2002). It's important to understand this
limit. This figure indicates only the maximum amount that the employee
can contribute from his/her pre-tax earnings to all of his/her 401(k)
accounts. It does not include any matching funds that the employer
might graciously throw in. Further, this figure is not reduced by
monies contributed towards many other plans (e.g., an IRA). And, if you
work for two or more employers during the year, then you have the
responsibility to make sure you contribute no more than that year's
limit between the two or more employers' 401k plans. If the employee
"accidentally" contributes more than the pre-tax limit towards his or
her 401(k) account, the employer must move the excess, or the excess
contribution amount due to a smaller limit imposed by an imbalance of
highly compensated employees, into a 401(a) account.

Next there are regulations for highly compensated employees. What are
these? Well, when the 401(k) rules were being formulated, the government
was afraid that executives might make the 401(k) plan at their company
very advantageous to themselves, but without allowing the rank-and-file
employees those same benefits. The only way to make sure that the plan
would be beneficial to ordinary employees as well as those "highly
compensated," the law-writers decided, was to make sure that the
executives had an incentive to make the plan desirable for those
ordinary employees. What this means is that employees who are defined
as "highly compensated" within the company (as guided by the
regulations) may not be allowed to save at the maximum rates. Starting
in 1997, the IRC defined "highly compensated" as income in excess of
$80,000; alternately, the company can make a determination that only the
top 20% of employees are considered highly compensated. Therefore, the
implementation of the "highly compensated employee" regulations varies
with the company, and only your benefits department can tell you if you
are affected.

Finally the last of the IRS regulations. IRS rules won't allow
contributions on pay over a certain amount (the limit was $170,000 in
2001, and will change in 2002). Additionally, the IRS limits the total
amount of deferred income (i.e., money put into IRAs, 401(k) plans,
401(a) plans, or pension plans) each year to the lesser of some amount
($30,000 in 1996, and subject to change of course) or 25% of your annual
compensation. Annual compensation defined as gross compensation for the
purpose of computing the limitation. This changes an earlier law; a
person's annual compensation for the purpose of this computation is no
longer reduced by 401(k) contributions and salaray redirected to
cafeteria benefit plans.

The 401(k) plans are somewhat unique in allowing limited access to
savings before age 59 1/2. One option is taking a loan from yourself!
It is legal to take a loan from your 401(k) before age 59 1/2 for
certain reasons including hardship loans, buying a house, or paying for
education. When a loan is obtained, you must pay the loan back with
regular payments (these can be set up as payroll deductions) but you
are, in effect, paying yourself back both the principal and the
interest, not a bank. If you take a withdrawal from your 401(k) as
money other than a loan, not only must you pay tax on any pre-tax
contributions and on the growth, you must also pay an additional 10%
penalty to the government. There are other special conditions that
permit withdrawals at various ages without penalty; consult an expert
for more details. However, in general it's probably not a good idea to
take a loan from your own 401(k) simply because your money is not
growing for you while it is out of your account. Sure, you're paying
yourself some bit of interest, but you're almost certainly not paying
enough.

Participants who are vested in in 401(k) plans can begin to access their
savings without withdrawal penalties at various ages, depending on the
plan and on their own circumstances. If the participant who separates
from service is age 55 or more during the year of separation, the
participant can draw any amount from his or her 401(k) without any
calculated minimums and without any 5-year rules. Depending on the
plan, a participant may be able to draw funds without penalty at or
after age 59 1/2 regardless of whether he or she has separated from
service (i.e., the participant might still be working; check with the
plan administrator to be sure). The minimum withdrawal rules for a
participant who has separated from service kick in at age 70 1/2. Being
able to draw any amount and for any length of time without penalty
starting at age 55 (provided the person has separated from service) is
one of the least understood differences between 401ks and IRAs. Note
that this paragraph doesn't mention "retire" because the person's status
after leaving service with the company that has the 401(k) doesn't seem
to be relevant.

Anyone who has separated from service from a company with a 401(k), and
is entitled to withdraw funds without penalty, may take a lump sum
withdrawal of the 401(k) into a taxable account, and depending on their
age may use an income averaging method. Currently anyone eligible may
use an averaging method which spreads the lump sum over 5 years, and if
born before 1937, may average over 10 years. Or, if a lump sum is
chosen, it can be immediately rolled into an IRA (but they withhold tax)
-- or transferred from the 401(k) custodian to an IRA custodian, and the
account will continue to grow tax deferred.

Note that 401(k) distributions are separate from pension funds. Like
IRAs, participants in 401(k) plans must begin taking distributions by
age 70 1/2. Also, the IRS imposes a minimum annual distribution on
401(k)s at age 70 1/2, just to guarantee that Uncle Sam gets his share.
However, there's an exception to the minimum and required distribution
rules: if you continue to work at that same company and the 401(k) is
still there, you do not have to start withdrawing the 401(k).

Since a 401(k) is a company-administered plan, and every plan is
different, changing jobs will affect your 401(k) plan significantly.
Different companies handle this situation in different ways (of course).
Some will allow you to keep your savings in the program until age
59 1/2. This is the simplest idea. Other companies will require you to
take the money out. Things get more complicated here, but not
unmanageable. Your new company may allow you to make a "rollover"
contribution to its 401(k) which would let you take all the 401(k)
savings from your old job and put them into your new company's plan. If
this is not a possibility, you may roll over the funds into an IRA.
However, as discussed above, a 401(k) plan has numerous advantages over
an IRA, so if possible, rolling 401(k) money into another 401(k), if at
all possible, is usually the best choice.

Whatever you do regarding rollovers, BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL!! This can not
be emphasized enough. Legislation passed in 1992 by Congress added a
twist to the rollover procedures. It used to be that you could receive
the rollover money in the form of a check made out to you and you had a
60 days to roll this cash into a new retirement account (either 401(k)
or IRA). Now, however, employees taking a withdrawal have the
opportunity to make a "direct rollover" of the taxable amount of a
401(k) to a new plan. This means the check goes directly from your old
company to your new company (or new plan). If this is done (ie. you
never "touch" the money), no tax is withheld or owed on the direct
rollover amount.

If the direct rollover option is not chosen, i.e., a check goes through
your grubby little hands, the withdrawal is immediately subject to a
mandatory tax withholding of 20% of the taxable portion, which the old
company is required to ship off to the IRS. The remaining 80% must be
rolled over within 60 days to a new retirement account or else is is
subject to the 10% tax mentioned above. The 20% mandatory withholding
is supposed to cover possible taxes on your withdrawal, and can be
recovered using a special form filed with your next tax return to the
IRS. If you forget to file that form, however, the 20% is lost.
Naturally, there is a catch. The 20% withheld must also be rolled into
a new retirement account within 60 days, out of your own pocket, or it
will be considered withdrawn and subject to the 10% tax. Check with
your benefits department if you choose to do any type of rollover of
your 401(k) funds.

Here's an example to clarify an indirect rollover. Let us suppose that
you have $10,000 in a 401k, and that you withdraw the money with the
intention of rolling it over - no direct transfer. Under current law
you will receive $8,000 and the IRS will receive $2,000 against possible
taxes on your withdrawal. To maintain tax-exempt status on the money,
$10,000 has to be put into a new retirement plan within 60 days. The
immediate problem is that you only have $8,000 in hand, and can't get
the $2,000 until you file your taxes next year. What you can do is:
1. Find $2,000 from somewhere else. Maybe sell your car.
2. Roll over $8,000. The $2,000 then loses its tax status and you
will owe income tax and the 10% tax on it.

Caveat: If you have been in an employee contributed retirement plan
since before 1986, some of the rules may be different on those funds
invested pre-1986. Consult your benefits department for more details,

The rules changed in mid 2001 in the following ways:
* The 2001 contribution limit of $10,500 per year rises to $11,000 in
2002, then $12,000 in 2003, a lucky $13,000 in 2004, $14,000 in
2005, and finally $15,000 in 2005. Thereafter the limit is indexed
for inflation.
* Vesting periods for employer's matching contributions are shortened
starting in 2002. Monies will vest after 3 years of service
(compare with 5 years now), or can be vested gradually from the
second through the sixth year (compare with 3..7 years now).
* Beginning in 2002, a catch-up provision is available to employees
who are over 50 years old. This provision allows these employees
to contribute extra amounts over and above the limit in effect for
that year. The additional contribution amount is $1,000 in 2002
and increases by $1,000 annually until it reaches $5,000 in 2006;
thereafter, it increases $500 annually.
* Participants are supposed to be able to move between plans (like
when switching employers) more easily than now. I believe it makes
roll-overs from a 401 to a 403 plan possible.
* A new option for 401(k) participants appears in 2002. This option
is being called a Roth-style 401(k); it allows deductions to be
taken after-tax in exchange for the right to withdraw (like a Roth
IRA) both contributions and earnings without tax at some distant
point in the future.

Finally, here are some resources on the web that may help.
* The Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration of the U.S.
Department of Labor offers some (although not much) information.

* A brief note from the IRS

* Fidelity offers an introduction to 401k plans

* 401Kafé is a community resource for 401(k) participants.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - 401(k) for Self-Employed People

Last-Revised: 23 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Daniel Lamaute, Chris Lott ( contact me ),

This article describes the provisions of the US tax code for the 401(k)
plan for Self-Employed People, also called the Solo 401(k). These plans
were established by the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001.

A Solo 401(k) plan provides a great tax break to the smallest business
owners. In addition to the possibility to shelter from taxes a large
portion of income, some Solo 401(k) plans offer a loan feature for
cash-strapped small business owners.

Eligibility for a Solo 401(k) plan is limited to those with a small
business and no employees, or only a spouse as an employee. This
includes independent contractors with earned income, freelancers, sole
proprietors, partnerships, Limited Liability Companies (LLC) or
corporations.

The key benefits of the Solo 401K plan include:
* High limits on contributions: The limits for elective salary
deferrals and employer contributions enable sole proprietors in tax
year 2003 to contribute up to the lesser of 100% of aggregate
compensation or $40,000 ($42,000 if age 50 or older).
* Contributions are fully-tax deductible and are based on
compensation or earned income.
* Assets can be rolled from other plans or IRAÂ’s to a Solo 401K.
There is no limit on roll-overs.
* The account holder can take a loan that is tax-free and penalty
free from the Solo 401K, if allowed by the plan, up to the lesser
of 50% or $50,000 of the account balance.

The contribution limits depend on how the business is established:
* For businesses that are not incorporated, the employer and salary
deferral contributions are based on the net earned income.
Contributions are not subject to federal income tax, but remain
subject to self-employment taxes (SECA). The owner receives a tax
deduction for both salary deferral and employer contributions on
IRS Form 1040 at filing time. The maximum contribution limit is
calculated based on salary (max deferral of about $12,000) and
profit sharing (to get you up to the current max contribution).
* For corporations, the employer contribution is based on the W-2
income and is contributed by the business. The maximum employer
contribution is 25% of pay. It is not subject to federal income
tax or Social Security (FICA) taxes. The salary deferral
contributions are withheld from your pay and are excluded from
federal income tax but are subject to FICA. The business receives
a tax deduction for both salary deferral and employer
contributions. The maximum elective salary deferral amount for
2003 is 100% of pay up to $12,000 ($14,000 if age 50 or older).

Fees for establishing and maintaining the Solo-401(k) type accounts vary
by plan provider and administrator. The plan providers are mostly
mutual fund companies with loaded funds. The plan fees are also a
function of the features of the Solo-401(k). For example, plans fees
tend to be less expensive if they have no loan feature. Plans that
allow assets other than mutual funds in the plan would also be more
costly to maintain. On average, the cost to set up and maintain a
Solo-401(k) is modest for a 401(k) plan; fees on various plans range
from $35 to $1,200 per year.

A solo 401(k) offers several key advantages when compared to Keogh plans
(see the article elsewhere in the FAQ). The solo 401(k) allows higher
contribution limits for most individuals, allows for catch-up salary
deferral contributions (for those 50+ years), and allows loans to
owners.

Rather than raiding their 401K to finance their business - and paying a
big penalty to the IRS - small business owners can take a tax-free loan
and keep their hard earned money working for them. This plan offers
small business owners all the benefits of a big-company 401K without the
administrative expense and complexity.

Small business owners should ask their accountants about this plan and
how it may benefit them. Each Solo 401K must be set up no later than
December 31 of the calendar year to be eligible for tax deductions in
that tax year.

Please visit Daniel Lamaute's web site for more information. There he
offers a Solo-401(k) plan with no set up fee and an administration fee
of $100 per year. That plan includes the loan feature; plan investments
are restricted to mutual funds by Pioneer Investments.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - 403(b)

Last-Revised: 29 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Joseph Morlan (jmorlan at slip.net)

A 403(b) plan, like a 401(k) plan, is a retirement savings plan that is
funded by employee contributions and (often) matching contributions from
the employer.

403(b) plans are not "qualified plans" under the tax code, but are
generally higher cost "Tax-Sheltered Annuity Arrangements" which can be
offered only by public school systems and other tax-exempt
organizations. They can only invest in annuities or mutual funds. They
are very similar to qualified plans such as 401(k) but have some
important differences, as follows.

The rules for top-heavy plans do not apply.

Employer contributions are exludable from income only to the extent of
employees "exclusion allowance." Exclusion allowance is the total
excludable employer contribution for any prior year minus 20% of annual
includible compensation multiplied by years of service (prorated for
part-timers). Whew! I have no idea what this means. In my own case
there is no extra employer contribution, but rather a salary reduction
agreement. So the so-called employer contribution is actually my own
contribution. At least I think it is.

Employer contributions must also be the lesser of 25% of compensation or
$30,000 annually. Excess contributions are are includible in gross
income only if employee's right to them is vested. I also don't know
what this means.

Contributions to a custodial account invested in mutual funds are
subject to a special 6% excise tax on the amount by which they exceed
the maximum amount excludable from income. (This sounds scary as the
calculation for excludable income seems quite complex. E.g. I already
have another tax-deferred retirment plan which probably needs to be
calculated into the total allowed in the 403b).

The usual 10% penalty on early withdrawal and the 15% excise tax on
excess distributions still apply as in 401(k) plans.

As of 2002, an individual may participate in a 403(b) plan and a 457(b)
plan at the same time.

NOTE: The above is my paraphrasing of the U.S. Master Tax Guide for
1993. Recent changes in the laws governing 401(k)-type arrangements
have made these available to non-profit institutions as well, and this
has made the old 403(b) plans less attractive to many. The following
sites address the new law and compare 401(k) with 403(b) plans:
*
* The following is a link to the IRS special publication on 403b
plans



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - 457(b)

Last-Revised: 29 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

A 457(b) plan is a non-qualified, tax-deferred compensation plan offered
by many non-profit institutions to their employees. This plan, like a
401(k) or 403(b) plan, allows you to save for retirement.

Contributions are made from pre-tax wages, and the Internal Revenue Code
sets the maximum contribution limits. The limit for 2003 is the lesser
of $12,000 or 100% of an employee's salary. Catch-up provisions apply
to those 50 or older; these people can contribute an extra $2,000.

Because contributions are made before tax, naturally this means that
taxes are due when withdrawals are made. However, these plans do not
impose a penalty on early withdrawals.

Funds in a 457(b) plan can be rolled into another 457(b) plan if you
change employers. Alternately, a 457(b) account can be rolled into a
different type of retirement-savings plan such as an IRA or a 401(k).

As of 2002, an individual may participate in a 457(b) plan and a 403(b)
plan at the same time.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - Co-mingling funds in IRA accounts

Last-Revised: 19 Feb 1998
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Paul Maffia (paulmaf
at eskimo.com)

The term "co-mingling" refers to mixing monies that were saved under
different plans within a single IRA account. You may co-mingle as much
as you want within your IRAs. Although the bookkeeping is not a
problem, there are disadvantages; one example is discussed below.
Remember that you can have as many IRA accounts as you wish, although
there are strict limits on contributions to IRA accounts; see the FAQ
article on ordinary IRA accounts for more details.

The most common situation where co-mingling becomes an issue is if you
have what is known as a "conduit" IRA. This happens if you change
employers, and in doing so, move monies from the old employer's 401(k)
plan into an IRA account in your name. If the IRA is funded with only
401(k) monies, then it is called a conduit IRA. Further, if a later
employer allows it, the entire chunk can be transferred into a new
401(k).

Of course you can mix (co-mingle) the conduit monies with monies from
other IRA accounts as much as you want. The major disadvantage of
co-mingling is that if your 401(k) monies get co-mingled with non-401(k)
monies, you can never place the original monies from the old 401(k) back
into another 401(k). You may also want to read the article on 401(k)
plans in the FAQ.

Hre's a summary of the issues that might motivate you to maintain
separate IRA accounts:

1. Legitimate investment needs such as diversification.
2. Estate planning purposes
3. With passage of the new tax law, to keep your Roth IRA money
separate from regular IRA money and/or Education IRA money.
4. And of course to keep 401K rollover monies separate if you want to
retain the ability to reroll as noted above.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - Keogh

Last-Revised: 23 Apr 1998
From: A. Nielson, Chris Lott ( contact me ), James Phillips

A Keogh plan is a tax-deferred retirement savings plan for people who
are self-employed, and is much like an IRA. The main difference between
a Keogh and an IRA is the contribution limit. Although exact
contribution limits depend on the type of Keogh plan (see below), in
general a self-employed individual may contribute a maximum of $30,000
to a Keogh plan each year, and deduct that amount from taxable income.
The limits for IRAs are much less, of course.

The following information was derived from material T. Row Price sends
out about their small company plan. There are three types of Keogh
plans. All types limit the maximum contribution to $30K per year, but
additional constraints may be imposed depending on the type of plan.

Profit Sharing Keogh
Annual contributions are limited to 15% of compensation, but can be
changed to as low as 0% for any year.
Money Purchase Keogh
Annual contributions are limited to 25% of compensation but can be
as low as 1%, but once the contribution percentage has been set, it
cannot be changed for the life of the plan.
Paired Keogh
Combines profit sharing and money purchase plans. Annual
contributions limited to 25% but can be as low as 3%. The part
contributed to the money purchase part is fixed for the life of the
plan, but the amount contributed to the profit sharing part (still
subject to the 15% limit) can change every year.


Like an IRA, the Keogh offers the individual a chance for his or her
savings to grow free of taxes. Taxes are not paid until the individual
begins withdrawing funds from the plan. Participants in Keogh plans are
subject to the same restrictions on distribution as IRAs, namely
distributions cannot be made without a penalty before age 59 1/2, and
distributions must begin before age 70 1/2.

Setting up a Keogh plan is significantly more involved then establishing
an IRA or SEP-IRA. Any competent brokerage house should be able to help
you execute the proper paperwork. In exchange for this initial hurdle,
the contribution limits are very favorable when compared to the other
plans, so self-employed individuals should consider a Keogh plan
seriously.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - Roth IRA

Last-Revised: 31 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), Paul Maffia (paulmaf at
eskimo.com), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us)

This article describes the provisions of the US tax code for Roth IRAs
as of mid 2001, including the changes made by the Economic Recovery and
Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. Also see the articles elsewhere
in the FAQ for information about the Traditional IRA .

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 established a new type of individual
retirement arrangement (IRA). It is commonly known as the "Roth IRA"
because it was championed in Congress by Senator William Roth of
Delaware. The Roth IRA has been available to investors since 2 Jan
1998; provisions were amended by the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of
1998, signed into law by the president on 22 July 1998. Plans were
amended again in 2001. This article will give a broad overview of Roth
IRA rules and regulations, as well as summarize the differences between
a Roth IRA and an ordinary IRA.

A Roth individual retirement arrangement (Roth IRA) allows tax payers,
subject to certain income limits, to save money for use in retirement
while allowing the savings to grow tax-free. All of the tax benefits
associated with a Roth IRA happen when withdrawals are made:
withdrawals, subject to certain rules, are not taxed at all. Stated
differently, Roth IRAs convert earnings (dividends, interest, capital
gains) into tax-free income. There are no tax benefits associated with
contributions (no deductions on your federal tax return) because all
contributions to a Roth IRA are made with after-tax monies.

Funds in an IRA may be invested in a broad variety of vehicles (e.g.,
stocks, bonds, etc.) but there are limitations on investments (e.g.,
options trading is restricted, and buying property for your own use is
not permitted).

The contribution amounts are limited to $3,000 annually (as of 2003) and
may be restricted based on an individual's income and filing status. In
2003, an individual may contribute the lesser of US$3,000 or the amount
of wage income from US sources to his or her IRA account(s). A notable
exception was introduced in 1997, namely that married couples with only
one wage earner may each contribute the full $3,000 to their respective
IRA accounts. These limits are quite low in comparison to arrangements
that permit employee contributions such as 401(k) plans (see the article
on 401(k) plans in this FAQ for extensive information about those
accounts).

There are absolutely no limits on the number of IRA accounts that an
individual may have, but the contribution limit applies to all accounts
collectively. In other words, an individual may have 34 ordinary IRA
accounts and 16 Roth IRA accounts, but can only contribute $3,000 total
to those accounts, divided up any way he or she pleases (perhaps $40
each, but that's a lot of little checks).

Taxpayers are permitted to contribute monies to a Roth IRA only if their
income lies below certain thresholds. However, participation in any
other retirement plan has no influence on whether a person may
contribute or not. More specifically, a person's Modified Adjusted
Gross Income (MAGI) must pass an income test for contributions to the
Roth IRA to be permitted. The 2003 income tests for individuals filing
singly, couples with filing status Married Filing Jointly (MFJ), and
couples living together with filing status Married Filing Separately
(MFS) look like this:

* MAGI less than 95k (MFJ 150k, MFS 0k): full contribution allowed
* MAGI in the range 95-110k (MFJ 150-160k), MFS 0-10k: partial
contribution allowed
* MAGI greater than 110k (MFJ 160k, MFS 10k): no contribution
allowed. That's right, the limits on married couples who file
separate tax returns are pretty darned low.

A bit of trivia: the Roth contribution phaseout, like the phaseout for
the deductibility of ordinary IRA contributions, has a kink in it. As
long as the MAGI is within the phaseout range, the allowable
contribution will not be less than $200, even though a strict
application of the phaseout formula would lead to an amount less than
$200. So as your MAGI works its way into the phaseout, your
contribution will drop linearly from $2000 down to $200, then will stay
at $200 until you hit the end of the phaseout, where it then drops to
$0.

Annual IRA contributions can be made between January 1 of that year and
April 15 of the following year. Because of the extra three and a half
months, if you send in a contribution to your IRA custodian between
January and April, be sure to indicate the year of the contribution so
the appropriate information gets sent to the IRS. Remember,
contributions to a Roth IRA are never deductible from a taxpayer's
income (unlike a traditional IRA).

The rules for penalty-free, tax-free distributions from a Roth IRA
account are fairly complex. First, some terminology: a Roth account is
built from contributions (made annually in cash) and conversions (from a
traditinal IRA); earnings are any amounts in the account beyond what was
contributed or converted. The rule are as follows:
* Contributions can be withdrawn tax-free and penalty-free at any
time.
* There is 5-year clock 'A'. Clock 'A' starts on the first day of
the first tax year in which any Roth IRA is opened and funded.
* Earnings can be withdrawn tax-free and penalty-free after Clock 'A'
hits 5 years and a qualifying event (such as turning 59.5,
disability, etc.) occurs.
* Additional 5-year clocks 'B', 'C', etc. start running for each
traditional IRA that is converted to a Roth IRA. Each clock
applies just to that conversion.
* If you are under age 59.5 when a particular conversion is done, and
you withdraw any conversion monies before the clock associated with
that particular conversion hits 5 years, you are hit with a 10%
penalty on the withdrawn conversion monies. If you are over age
59.5 when you did the conversion, no penalty no matter how soon you
withdraw the monies from that conversion.
* The order of withdrawals (distributions) has been established to
help investors. When a withdrawal is made, it is deemed to come
from contributions first . After all contributions have been
withdrawn, subsequent withdrawals are considered to come from
conversions. After all conversions have been withdrawn, then
withdrawals come from earnings. I believe the conversions are
taken in chronological order.
* All Roth IRA accounts are aggregated for the purpose of applying
the ordering rules to a withdrawal.

A huge difference between Roth and ordinary IRA accounts involves the
rules for withdrawals past age 70 1/2. There are no requirements that a
holder of a Roth IRA ever make withdrawals (unlike a traditional IRA for
which required minimum distribution rules apply). This provision makes
it possible to use the Roth IRA as an estate planning tool. You can
pass on significant sums to your heirs if you choose; the account must
be distributed if the holder dies.

What the Roth IRA allows you to do, in essence, is lock in the tax rate
that you are currently paying. If you think rates are going nowhere but
up, even in your retirement, the Roth IRA is a sensible choice. But if
you think your tax rate after retirement will be less, perhaps much
less, than your current tax rate, it might be wiser to stick with a
conventional IRA. (To be picky, you really need to think about the tax
rate when you are eligible to take tax-free, penalty-free distributions,
which is age 59 1/2.)

Should you use a Roth IRA at all? Answering this question is tricky
because it depends on your circumstances. In general, experts agree
that if you have a 401(k) plan available to you through your employer,
you should max out that account before looking elsewhere. Otherwise, if
you are allowed to put money in a Roth IRA at all (i.e., if your income
is below the limits), then making contributions to a Roth IRA is always
preferable over making contributions to a nondeductible IRA. You pay
the same amount of taxes now in both cases, because neither is
deductible, but you don't pay taxes on withdrawal from the Roth (unlike
withdrawals from an ordinary IRA). The only exception here is if you're
going to need to pull the money out before the minimum holding period of
5 years.

Holders of ordinary IRA accounts will be permitted to convert their
accounts to Roth IRA accounts if they meet certain criteria. First,
there is a limit on MAGI of $100K for that individual in the year of the
conversion, single or married. Second, taxpayers whose filing status is
married filing separately may not convert their ordinary IRA accounts to
Roth accounts.

Tax is owed on the amount transferred, less any nondeductible
contributions that were made over the years. In more detail: the
current law allows the income (i.e., withdrawal) resulting from a
conversion in 1998 to be divided by 4 and indicated as income in equal
parts on 1998--2001 tax returns (the technical corrections bill changed
this from mandatory to optional). Conversions made in 1999 and
subsequent years will be fully taxed in the year of the conversion.
Deductible contributions and all earnings are taxed; non-deductible
contributions are considered return of capital and are not taxed.

If you convert only a portion of your IRA holdings to a Roth IRA, the
IRS says that these withdrawals are considered to be taken ratably from
each ordinary IRA account. You compute the rate by finding the ratio of
deductible to non-deductible contributions (also known as computing your
IRA basis). This ignores growth or shrinkage of the account's value.
For example, if you stashed $9,000 in deductible contributions and
$3,000 in non-deductible contributions for a total of $12,000 in
contributions to your ordinary IRA, your basis would be 25% of the total
contributions. When you make a withdrawal, 25% will considered to be
from the non-deductible portion and 75% from the deductible portion (and
hence taxable). Not certain whether the proper way to say this is that
your basis is 25% or 75%, but you get the idea.

The technical corrections bill of 1998 added a provision that investors
could unconvert (and possibly recovert) with no penalty to cover the
case of a person who converted, but then became ineligible due to
unexpected income. This opened a loophole: it put no limit on the
number of switches back and forth. With the decline in the markets of
1998, many people unconverted and reconverted to establish a lower cost
basis in their Roth IRA accounts. The IRS issued new regulations in
late October, 1998 that disallow this strategy effective 1 Nov 98, but
grandfather any reconversions that predate the new regulations. Under
the new regulations, IRA holders are allowed just one reconversion.

If you are eligible to convert your ordinary IRA to a Roth IRA, should
you? Again answering this question is non-trivial because each
investor's circumstances are very different. There are some
generalizations that are fairly safe. Young investors, who have many
years for their investments to grow, could benefit handsomely by being
able to withdraw all earnings free of tax. Older people who don't want
to be forced to withdraw funds from their accounts at age 70 1/2 might
find the Roth IRA helpful (this is the estate planning angle). On the
other hand, for people who have significant IRA balances, the extra
income could push them into a higher tax bracket for several years,
cause them to lose tax breaks for some itemized deductions, or increase
taxes on Social Security benefits.

The following illustrated example may help shed light on the benefits of
a Roth IRA and help you decide whether conversion is the right choice
for you. The numbers in this example were computed by Vanguard for
their pages (see the link below). In many situations the differences
between the two types of accounts is quite small, which is perhaps at
odds with the hype you might have seen recently about Roth IRAs. But
let's let the number speak for themselves.

We're going to compare an ordinary deductible IRA with a Roth IRA. Each
begins with $2,000, and we'll let the accounts grow for 20 years with no
further contributions. We'll assume a constant rate of return of 8%,
compounded annually, just to keep things simple. We'll also assume the
contribution to the ordinary IRA was deductible because otherwise the
Roth is a clear winner. Here's the situation at the start; we assume
the 28% tax bracket so you have to start by earning 2,778 just to keep
2,000.
What Ordinary IRA Roth IRA
Gross wages 2,778 2,778
Contributions 2,000 2,000
Taxable income 778 2,778
28% federal tax 218 778
What's left 560 0
So at this point, the ordinary IRA left some money in your pocket, but
the Feds and the Roth IRA took it all. But we're not going to spend
that money, no sir, we're going to invest it at 8% too, although it's
taxed, so it's really like investing it at 72% of 8%, or about 6%.
After 20 years we withdraw the full amount in each account. What's the
situation?
What Ordinary IRA Roth IRA
Account balance 9,332 9,332
28% federal tax 2,613 0
What's left 6,719 9,332
Outside investment 1,716 0
Net result 8,435 9,332
So this worked out pretty well for the Roth IRA. A key assumption was
that the use of the same tax rate at withdrawal time. If the tax rate
had been significantly less, then the Ordinary IRA would have come out
ahead. And of course you had the discipline to invest the money that
the ordinary IRA left in your hands instead of blowing it in Atlantic
City.

I hope that this example illustrated how you might run the numbers for
yourself. Before you do anything, I recommend you seriously consider
getting advice from a tax professional who can evaluate your
circumstances and make a recommendation that is most appropriate for
you.

If you've decided to convert your ordinary IRA to a Roth IRA, here are
some tips offered by Ellen Schultz of the Wall Street Journal
(paraphrased from her article of 9 Jan 1998).

Pay taxes out of your pocket, not out of your IRA account.
If you use IRA funds to pay the taxes incurred on the conversion
(considered a withdrawal from your ordinary IRA), you've lost much
of the potential tax savings. Worse, those funds will be
considered a premature distribution and you may be hit with a 10%
penalty!
Consider converting only part of your IRA funds.
This decision is up to you. There is no requirement to convert all
of your accounts.
Conversion amounts don't affect your conversion eligibility.
When you convert, the withdrawal amount does not count towards the
100k limit on income.


As a final note, you should be careful about any fees that the trustee
of your Roth IRA account might try to impose. For comparison,
Waterhouse offers a no-fee Roth IRA.

Just for the record, a number of changes were made in 1998 to the
original Roth provisions ("technical corrections"). One problem that
was corrected was that the original law included a tax break for
conversion Roth accounts. Specifically, there was no penalty on early
withdrawals from conversion accounts. This means that any money
converted (and any earnings after conversion) to a Roth from an ordinary
IRA could be withdrawn at any time without penalty, so you could roll to
a Roth IRA and use your ordinary IRA money immediately without penalty.
The technical corrections bill corrected this by requiring that 5 years
elapse after conversion before any sums can be withdrawn. Also, under
the wording of the original law, the minimum 5-year holding period for a
Roth conversion account was based on the date of the last deposit into
that account. One of the consequences of the second problem was that
the IRS was insisting on keeping the conversion accounts separate from
contribution (new money) accounts so as to minimize the potential damage
(tax collection-wise) if the correction was not made (but of course it
was). Another change lowered the already low income test for couples
filing MFS from 15k to 10k.

The rules changed in mid 2001 in the following ways:
* The contribution limit of $2,000 per year maximum rises to $3,000
in 2002; reaches $4,000 in 2005, and finally hits $5,000 in 2008.
* Investors over 50 can contribute an extra $500 per year (in 2002)
and eventually an extra 1,000 (in 2006) per year; this is called a
catch-up provision.

Here's a list of sources for additional information, including on-line
calculators that will help you decide whether you should convert an
ordinary IRA to a Roth IRA.

* Kaye Thomas maintains a site with an enormous wealth of information
about the Roth IRA.

* Brentmark Software offers a Roth IRA site that provides technical
and planning information on Roth IRAs.

* The Roth IRA Advisor provides guidelines for IRA owners and 401(k)
participants to optimize the benefits of their retirement plans.
Written by James Lange, CPA.

* Vanguard offers a considerable amount of information about the new
tax laws and Roth IRA provisions, including detailed analyses of
the two accounts, on their web site:

Also see the Vanguard page that discusses conversions:

* And also try the Vanguard calculator (no, they're not sponsoring me
:-)


* An article about Roth IRAs from SenInvest:

* A collection of links to sites with yet more information about Roth
IRAs, with emphasis on mutual fund holders:

* A conversion calculator from Strong Funds:


For the very last word on the rules and regulations of Roth IRA
accounts, get IRS Publication 553.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Retirement Plans - SEP IRA

Last-Revised: 16 Feb 2003
Contributed-By: Edward Lupin, Daniel Lamaute (
)

A simplified employee pension (SEP) IRA is a written plan that allows an
employer to make contributions toward his or her own (if self-employed)
or employees' retirement, without becoming involved in more complex
retirement plans (such as Keoghs). The SEP functions essentially as a
low-cost pension plan for small businesses.

As of this writing, employers can contribute a maximum of 25% of an
employee's eligible compensation or $40,000, whichever is less. Be
careful not to exceed the limits; a non-deductible penalty tax of 6% of
the excess amount contributed will be incurred for each year in which an
excess contribution remains in a SEP-IRA.

Employees are able to exclude from current income the entire SEP
contribution. However, the money contributed to a SEP-IRA belongs to
the employee immediately and always. If the employee leaves the
company, all retirement contributions go with the employee (this is
known as portability).

The IRS regulations state that employers must include all eligible
employees who are at least age 21 and have been with a company for 3
years out of the immediately preceding 5 years. However, employers have
the option to establish less-restrictive participation requirements, if
desired.

An employer is not required to make contributions in any year or to
maintain a certain level of contributions to a SEP-IRA plan. Thus,
small employers have the flexibility to change their annual
contributions based on the performance of the business.

For calendar year corporations with a March 15, 2003 tax filing
deadline, SEP-IRA contributions must be made by the employer by the due
date of the companyÂ’s income tax return, including extensions. The
contributions are deductible for tax year 2002 as if the contributions
had actually been contributed within tax year 2002.

Sole proprietors have until April 15, 2003, or to their extension
deadline, to make their SEP-IRA contribution if they want a 2002 tax
deduction.

The SEP-IRA enrollment process is an easy one. ItÂ’s generally a two
page application process. The employer completes Form 5305-SEP. The
employee completes the IRA investment application usually supplied by a
mutual fund company or some other financial institution which will hold
the funds. Nothing has to be filed with the IRS to establish the
SEP-IRA or subsequently, unlike many other retirement plans that require
IRS annual returns.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 8 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:44 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part8
Version: $Id: part08,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 8 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Insurance - Annuities

Last-Revised: 20 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Barry Perlman, Chris Lott ( contact me ), Ed Zollars
(ezollar at mindspring.com)

An annuity is an investment vehicle sold primarily by insurance
companies. Every annuity has two basic properties: whether the payout
is immediate or deferred, and whether the investment type is fixed or
variable. An annuity with immediate payout begins payments to the
investor immediately, whereas the deferred payout means that the
investor will receive payments at a later date. An annuity with a fixed
investment type offer a guaranteed return on investment by investing in
government bonds and other low-risk securities, whereas a variable
investment type means that the return on the annuity investment will
depend on performance of the funds (called sub-accounts) where the money
is invested. Based on these two properties with two possibilities each,
there are four possible combinations, but the ones commonly seen in
practice are an annuity with immediate payout and fixed investments
(often known as a fixed annuity), and an annuity with deferred payout
and variable investments (usually called a variable annuity). This
article discusses fixed annuities briefly and variable annuities at some
length, and includes a list of sources for additional information about
annuities.

Fixed Annuities
The idea of a fixed annuity is that you give a sum of money to an
insurance company, and in exchange they promise to pay you a fixed
monthly amount for a certain period of time, either a fixed period or
for your lifetime (the concept of 'annuitization'). So essentially you
are converting a lump sum into an income stream. Whether you choose
period-certain or annuitization, the payment does not change, even to
account for inflation.

If a fixed-period is chosen (also called a period-certain annuity), the
annuity continues to pay until that period is reached, either to the
original investor or to the investor's estate or heirs. Alternatively,
if the investor chooses to annuitize, then payments continue for a
variable period; namely until the investor's death. For an investor who
annuitized, the insurance company pays nothing further after the
investor's death to the estate or heirs (neither principal nor monthly
payments), no matter how many (or how few) monthly payments you
received.

Fixed annuities allow you some access to your investment; for example,
you can choose to withdraw interest or (depending on the company etc.)
up to 10% of the principal annually. An annuity may also have various
hardship clauses that allow you to withdraw the investment with no
surrender charge in certain situations (read the fine print). When
considering a fixed annuity, compare the annuity with a ladder of
high-grade bonds that allow you to keep your principal with minimal
restrictions on accessing your money.

Annuitization can work well for a long-lived retiree. In fact, a fixed
annuity can be thought of as a kind of reverse life insurance policy.
Of course a life insurance contract offers protection against premature
death, whereas the annuity contract offers protection for someone who
fears out-living a lump sum that they have accumulated. So when
considering annuities, you might want to remember one of the original
needs that annuitities were created to address, namely to offer
protection against longevity.

Another situation in which a fixed annuity might have advantages is if
you wish to generate monthly income and are extremely worried about
someone being able to steal your capital away from you (or steal
someone's capital away from them). If this is the case, for whatever
reason, then giving the capital to an insurance company for management
might be attractive. Of course a decent trust and trustee could
probably do as well.

Variable Annuities
A variable annuity is essentially an insurance contract joined at the
hip with an investment product. Annuities function as tax-deferred
savings vehicles with insurance-like properties; they use an insurance
policy to provide the tax deferral. The insurance contract and
investment product combine to offer the following features:
1. Tax deferral on earnings.
2. Ability to name beneficiaries to receive the balance remaining in
the account on death.
3. "Annuitization"--that is, the ability to receive payments for life
based on your life expectancy.
4. The guarantees provided in the insurance component.

A variable annuity invests in stocks or bonds, has no predetermined rate
of return, and offers a possibly higher rate of return when compared to
a fixed annuity. The remainder of this article focuses on variable
annuites.

A variable annuity is an investment vehicle designed for retirement
savings. You may think of it as a wrapper around an underlying
investment, typically in a very restricted set of mutual funds. The
main selling point of a variable annuity is that the underlying
investments grow tax-deferred, as in an IRA. This means that any gains
(appreciation, interest, etc.) from the annuity are not taxed until
money is withdrawn. The other main selling point is that when you
retire, you can choose to have the annuity pay you an income
("annuitization"), based on how well the underlying investment
performed, for as long as you live. The insurance portion of the
annuity also may provide certain investment guarantees, such as
guaranteeing that the full principal (amount originally contributed to
the account) will be paid out on the death of the account holder, even
if the market value was low at that time.

Unlike a conventional IRA, the money you put into an annuity is not
deductible from your taxes. And also unlike an IRA, you may put as much
money into an annuity as you wish.

A variable annuity is especially attractive to a person who makes lots
of money and is trying, perhaps late in the game, to save aggressively
for retirement. Most experts agree that young people should fully fund
IRA plans and any company 401(k) plans before turning to variable
annuities.

Should you buy an annuity?
The basic question to be answered by someone considering this investment
is whether the cost of the insurance coverage is justified for the
benefits that are paid. In general, the answer to that question is one
that only a specific individual can answer based on his or her specific
circumstances. Either a 'yes' or 'no' answer is possible, and there may
be much support for either position. People who oppose use of annuities
will point out that it is unlikely (less than 50% probability) that the
insurance guarantees will pay off, so that the guarantees are expected
to reduce the overall return. People who favor use of annuities tend to
suggest that not buying the guarantees is always an irresponsible step
because the purchaser increases risk. Both positions can be supported.
But the key issue is whether the purchaser is making an informed
decision on the matter.

Now it's time for some cautionary words about the purchase of annuities.
Many experts feel that annuities are a poor choice for most people when
examined in close detail. The following discussion compares an annuity
to an index fund (see also the article on index funds elsewhere in this
FAQ).

Variable annuities are extremely profitable for the companies that sell
them (which accounts for their popularity among sales people), but are a
terrible choice for most people. Most people are much better off in an
equity index fund. Index funds are extremely tax efficient and provide,
overall, a much more favorable tax situation than an annuity.

The growth of an annuity is fully taxable as income, both to you and
your heirs. The growth of an index fund is taxable as capital gains to
you (which is good because capital gains taxes are always lower than
ordinary income) and subject to zero income tax to your heirs. This
last point is because upon inheritance the asset gets a "stepped up
basis." In plain English, the IRS treats the index fund as though your
heirs just bought it at the value it had when you died. This is a major
tax advantage if you care about leaving your wealth behind. (By
contrast the IRS treats the annuity as though your heirs just earned it;
they must now pay income tax on it!)

If you remove some money from the index fund, the cost basis may be the
cost of your most recent purchase (or if the law is changed as the
administration currently recommends, the average cost of your index
investments). By contrast, any money you remove from an annuity is
taxed at 100% of its value until you bring the annuity's value down to
the size of what you put in. (The law is more favorable for annuities
purchased before 1982, but that's another can of worms.)

Tax considerations aside, the index fund is a better investment. Try to
find some annuities that outperformed the S&P 500 index over the past
ten or twenty years. Now, do you think you can pick which one(s) will
outperform the index over the next twenty years? I don't.

Annuities usually have a sales load, usually have very high expenses,
and always have a charge for mortality insurance. The expenses can run
to 2% or more annually, a much higher load than what an index fund
charges (frequently less than 0.5%). The insurance is virtually
worthless because it only pays if your investment goes down AND you die
before you "annuitize". (More about that further on.) Simple term
insurance is cheaper and better if you need life insurance.

Annuities invest in funds that are difficult to analyze, and for which
independent reports, such as Morningstar, are not always available.

Annuity contracts are very difficult for the average investor to read
and understand. Personally, I don't believe anyone should sign a
contract they don't understand.

Annuities offer the choice of a guaranteed income for life. If you
choose to annuitize your contract (meaning take the guaranteed income
for life), two things happen. One is that you sacrifice your principal.
When you die you leave zero to your heirs. If you want to take cash out
for any reason, you can't. It isn't yours anymore.

In exchange for giving all your money to the insurance company, they
promise to pay you a certain amount (either fixed or tied to investment
performance) for as long as you live. The problem is that the amount
they pay you is small. The very small payoff from annuitizing is the
reason that almost no one actually does it. If you're considering an
annuity, ask the insurance company what percentage of customers ever
annuitize. Ask what the payoff is if you annuitize and you'll see why.
Compare their payoff to keeping your principal and putting it into a
ladder of U.S. Treasuries, or even tax-free munis. Better yet, compare
the payoff to a mortgage for the duration of your expected lifespan. If
you expect to live to 85, compare the payoff at age 70 to a 15-year
mortgage (with you as the lender).

For a fixed payout you would be better off putting your money into US
Treasuries and collecting the interest (and keeping the principal).

Now let's consider a variable payout, determined by the performance of
your chosen investments. The problem here is the Assumed Interest Rate
(AIR), typically three or four percent. In plain English, the insurance
company skims off the first three to four percent of the growth of your
investments. They call that the AIR. Your monthly distribution only
grows to the extent that your investment grows MORE than the AIR. So if
your investment doesn't grow, your monthly payment shrinks (by the AIR).
If your investment grows by the AIR, your monthly payment stays the
same. When the market has a down year, your monthly payment shrinks by
the market loss plus the AIR.

If you do decide to go with an annuity, buy one from a mutual fund
company like T. Rowe Price or Vanguard. They have far superior
products to the annuities offered by insurance companies.

Annuities in IRAs?
Occasionally the question comes up about whether it makes sense to buy a
variable annuity inside a tax-deferred plan like an IRA. Please refer
to the list of four features provided by annuities that appears at the
top of this article.

The first, income deferral, is utterly irrelevant if the annuity is held
in an IRA or retirement account. The IRA and plan already provides for
the deferral and, in fact, distributions are governed by the provisions
of Section 72 applicable to IRA retirement plans, not the general
annuity provisions. I would go so far as to tell anyone who has someone
trying to sell them one of these products in a plan based on the tax
benefits to run as fast as possible away from that adviser. S/he is
either very misinformed or very dishonest.

The second, beneficiary designation, is also a nonissue for annuities in
a retirement account. IRAs and qualified plans already provide for
beneficiary designations outside of probate, for better or worse.

The third, annuitization, is potentially valid, since that is one method
to convert the IRA or plan balance to an income stream. Of course,
nothing prevents you from simply purchasing an annuity at the time you
desire the payout rather than buying a product today that gives you the
option in the future.

I suppose it is possible that the options in the product you buy today
may be superior to those that you expect would be available on the open
market at the time you would decide to "lock it in" or you may at least
feel more comfortable having some of these provisions locked in.

Finally, the fourth feature involves the actual guarantees that are
provided in the annuity contract. To take care of an obvious point
first: the guarantees are provided by the insurance carrier, so clearly
it's not the level of FDIC insurance that is backed by the US
Government. But, then again, only deposits in banks are backed by this
guarantee, and the annuity guarantees have generally been good when
called upon.

Normally, any guarantee comes at some cost (well, at least if the
insurer plans to stay in business [grin]) and the cost should be
expected to rise as the guarantee becomes more likely to be invoked.
Some annuities are structured to be low cost, and tend to provide a bare
minimum of guarantees. These products are set up this way to
essentially, provide the insurance "wrapper" to give the tax deferral.

I would note that if, in fact, the guarantees are highly unlikely to be
triggered and/or would only be triggered in cases where the holder
doesn't care, then any cost is likely "excessive" when the guarantee no
longer buys tax deferral, as would be the case if held in a qualified
plan. Note that the "doesn't care" case may be true if the guarantee
only comes into play at the death of the account holder, but the holder
is primarily interested in the investment to fund consumption during
retirement.

What this means is that you need a) a full and complete understanding of
exactly what promise has been made to you by the guarantees in the
contract and b) a full understanding of the costs and fees involved, so
that you can make a rational decision about whether the guarantees are
worth the amount you are paying for them.

It's theoretically possible to find a guarantee that would fit a
client's circumstance at a cost the client would deem resaonable that
would make the annuity a "good fit" in a retirement plan. Some problems
that arise are when clients are led to believe that somehow the annuity
in the retirement plan gives them a "better" tax deferral or somehow
creates a situation where they "avoid probate" on the plan. A good
agent is going to specifically discuss the annuitization and investment
guarantee features when considering an annuity in a plan or IRA and will
explicitly note that the first two (tax deferral and beneficiary
designation) don't apply because it's in the plan or IRA.

Additional Resources
1. Raymond James offers a free and independent resource with
comprehensive information about annuities.

2. Client Preservation & Marketing, Inc. operates a web site with
in-depth information about fixed annuities.

3. Scott Burns wrote an article "Why variable annuities are no match
for index funds" at MSN Money Central on 15 June 2001.

4. TheStreet.com rated annuity comparison shopping sites on 5 May 00.
Also look for the links to two articles by Vern Hayden with
arguments for and against variable annuities.

5. Cornerstone Financial Products offers a site with complete
information about variable annuities, including quotes,
performance, and policy costs.

6. "Annuities: Just Say No" in the July/August 1996 issue of Worth
magazine.
7. "Five Sad Variable Annuity Facts Your Salesman Won't Tell You" in
the April 5, 1995 Wall Street Journal quarterly review of mutual
funds.
8. WebAnnuities.com helps investors choose annuities with instant
quotes and an annuity shopper's library that has extensive
information about annuities.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Insurance - Life

Last-Revised: 30 Mar 1994
Contributed-By: Joe Collins

[ A note from the FAQ compiler: I believe that this article offers sound
advice about life insurance for the average middle-class person.
Individuals with a high net worth may be able to use life insurance to
shelter their assets from estate taxes, but those sorts of strategies
are not useful for people with an estate that falls under the tax-free
amount of about a million dollars. Your mileage may vary. ]

This is my standard reply to life insurance queries. And, I think many
insurance agents will disagree with these comments.

First of all, decide WHY you want insurance. Think of insurance as
income-protection, i.e., if the insured passes away, the beneficiary
receives the proceeds to offset that lost income. With that comment
behind us, I would never buy insurance on kids, after all, they don't
have income and they don't work. An agent might say to buy it on your
kids while its cheap - but run the numbers, the agent is usually wrong,
remember, agents are really salesmen/women and its in their interest to
sell you insurance. Also - I am strongly against insurance on kids on
two counts. One, you are placing a bet that you kid will die and you
are actually paying that bet in premiums. I can't bet my child will
die. Two, it sounds plausible, i.e., your kid will have a nest egg when
they grow up but factor inflation in - it doesn't look so good. A
policy of face amount of $10,000, at 4.5% inflation and 30 years later
is like having $2,670 in today's dollars - it's NOT a lot of money. So
don't plan on it being worth much in the future to your child as an
investment. In summary, skip insurance on your kids.

I also have some doubts about insurance as investments - it might be a
good idea but it certainly muddies the water. Why not just buy your
insurance as one step and your investment as another step? - its a lot
simpler to keep them separate.

So by now you have decided you want insurance, i.e., to protect your
family against you passing away prematurely, i.e., the loss of income
you represent (your salary, commissions, etc.).

Next decide how LONG you want insurance for. If you're around 60 years
old, I doubt you want to get any at all. Your income stream is largely
over and hopefully you have accumulated the assets you need anyway by
now.

If you are married and both work, its not clear you need insurance at
all if you pass on. The spouse just keeps working UNLESS you need both
incomes to support your lifestyle (more common these days). Then you
should have one policy on each of you.

If you are single, its not clear you need life insurance at all. You
are not supporting anyone so no one cares if you pass on, at least
financially.

If you are married and the spouse is not working, then the breadwinner
needs insurance UNLESS you are independently wealthy. Some might argue
you should have insurance on your spouse, i.e., as homemaker, child care
provider and so forth. In my oponion, I would get a SMALL policy on the
spouse, sufficient to cover the costs of burying them and also
sufficient to provide for child care for a few years or so. Each case
is different but I would look for a small TERM policy on the order of
$50,000 or less. Get the cheapest you can find, from anywhere. It
should be quite cheap. Skip any fancy policies - just go for term and
plan on keeping it until your child is own his/her own. Then reduce the
insurance coverage on your spouse so it is sufficient to bury your
spouse.

If you are independently wealthy, you don't need insurance because you
already have the money you need. You might want tax shelters and the
like but that is a very different topic.

Suppose you have a 1 year old child, the wife stays home and the husband
works. In that case, you might want 2 types of insurance: Whole life
for the long haul, i.e., age 65, 70, etc., and Term until your child is
off on his/her own. Once the child has left the stable, your need for
insurance goes down since your responsibilities have diminished, i.e.,
fewer dependents, education finished, wedding expenses done, etc

Mortgage insurance is popular but is it worthwhile? Generally not
because it is far too expensive. Perhaps you want some sort of Term
during the duration of the mortgage - but remember that the mortgage
balance DECLINES over time. But don't buy mortgage insurance itself -
much too expensive. Include it in the overall analysis of what
insurance needs you might have.

What about flight insurance? Ignore it. You are quite safe in airplanes
and flight insurance is incredibly expensive to buy.

Insurance through work? Many larger firms offer life insurance as part
of an overall benefits package. They will typically provide a certain
amount of insurance for free and insurance beyond that minimum amount is
offered for a fee. Although priced competitively, it may not be wise to
get more than the 'free' amount offered - why? Suppose you develop a
nasty health condition and then lose your job (and your benefit-provided
insurance)? Trying to get reinsured elsewhere (with a health condition)
may be very expensive. It is often wiser to have your own insurance in
place through your own efforts - this insurance will stay with you and
not the job.

Now, how much insurance? One rule of thumb is 5x your annual income.
What agents will ask you is 'Will your spouse go back to work if you
pass away?' Many of us will think nobly and say NO. But its actually
likely that your spouse will go back to work and good thing - otherwise
your insurance needs would be much larger. After all, if the spouse
stays home, your insurance must be large enough to be invested wisely to
throw off enough return to live on. Assume you make $50,000 and the
spouse doesn't work. You pass on. The Spouse needs to replace a
portion of your income (not all of it since you won't be around to feed,
wear clothes, drive an insured car, etc.). Lets assume the Spouse needs
$40,000 to live on. Now that is BEFORE taxes. Lets say its $30,000 net
to live on. $30,000 is the annual interest generated on a $600,000
tax-free investment at 5% per year (e.g., munibonds). So this means you
need $600,000 of face value insurance to protect your $50,000 current
income. These numbers will vary, depending on interest rates at the
time you do your analysis and how much money you spouse will need,
factoring in inflation. But the point is that you need at least another
$600,000 of insurance to fund if the survivng spouse doesn't and won't
work. Again, the amount will vary but the concept is the same.

This is only one example of how to do it and income taxes, estate taxes
and inflation can complicate it. But hopefully you get the idea.

Which kind of insurance, in my humble opinion, is a function of how long
you need it for. I once did an analysis of TERM vs WHOLE LIFE and based
on the assumptions at the time, WHOLE LIFE made more sense if I held the
insurance more than about 20-23 years. But TERM was cheaper if I held
it for a shorter period of time. How do you do the analysis and why
does the agent want to meet you? Well, he/she will bring their fancy
charts, tables of numbers and effectively lead you into thinking that
the biggest, most expensive policy is the best for you over the long
term. Translation: lots of commissions to the agent. Whole life is
what agents make their money on due to commissions. The agents
typically gets 1/2 of your first year's commissions as his pay. And he
typically gets 10% of the next year's commissions and likewise through
year 5. Ask him (or her) how they get paid.

If he won't tell you, ask him to leave. In my opinion, its okay that
the agents get commissions but just buy what you need, don't buy some
huge policy. The agent may show you compelling numbers on a $1,000,000
whole life policy but do you really need that much? They will make lots
of money on commissions on such a policy, but they will likely have sold
you the "Mercedes Benz" type of policy when a Ford Taurus or a Saturn
sedan model would also be just fine, at far less money. Buy the life
insurance you need, not what they say.

What I did was to take their numbers, review their assumptions (and
corrected them when they were far-fetched) and did MY analysis. They
hated that but they agreed my approach was correct. They will show you
a 12% rate of return to predict the cash value flow. Ignore that - it
makes them look too good and its not realistic. Ask him/her exactly
what they plan to invest your premium money in to get 12%. How has it
done in the last 5 years? 10? Use a number between 4.5% (for TBILL
investments, quite conservative) and 8-10% (for growth stocks, more
risky), but not definitely not 12%. I would try 8% and insist it be
done that way.

Ask each agent these questions:
1. What is the present value of the payment stream represented by the
premiums, using a discount rate of 4.5% per year (That is the
inflation average since 1940). This is what the policy costs you,
in today's dollars. Its very much like paying that single number
now instead of a series of payments over time. If they disagree
with 4.5%, remind them that since 1926, inflation has averaged 3.5%
(Ibbotson Associates) and then suggest they use 3.5% instead. They
may then agree with the 4.5% (!) The lower the number, the more
expensive the policy is.
2. What is the present value of the the cash value earned (increasing
at no more than 8% a year) and discounting it back to today at the
same 4.5%. This is what you get for that money you just paid, in
cash value, expressed in today's dollars, i.e., as if you got it
today in the mail.
3. What is the present value of the life insurance in force over that
same period, discounted back to today by 4.5%, for inflation. That
is the coverage in effect in today's dollars.
4. Pick an end date for comparing these - I use age 60 and age 65.

With the above in hand from various agents, you can see fairly quickly
which is the better policy, i.e., which gives you the most for your
money.

By the way, inflation is slippery and sneaky. All too often we see
$500,000 of insurance and it sounds great, but at 4.5% inflation and 30
years from now, that $500,000 then is like $133,500 now - truly!

Have the agent do your analysis, BUT you give him the rates to use,
don't use his. Then you pick the policy that is the best value, i.e.,
you get more for your money. Factor in any tax angles as well. If the
agent refuses to do this analysis for you, get rid of him/her.

If the agent gets annoyed but cannot fault your analysis, then you have
cleared the snow away and gotten to the truth. If they smile too much,
you may have missed something. And that will cost you money.

Never agree to any policy unless you understand all the numbers and all
the terms. Never 'upgrade' policies by cashing in a whole life for
another whole life. That just depletes your cash value, real cash
available to you. And the agent gets to pocket that money, literally,
through new commissions. Its no different that just writing a personal
check, payable to the agent.

Check out the insurer by going to the reference section of a big
library. Ask for the AM BEST guide on insurance. Look up where the
issuer stands relative to the competition, on dividends, on cash value,
on cost of insurance per premium dollar.

Agents will usually not mention TERM since they work on commission and
get much more money for Whole Life than they do for term. Remember, The
agents gets about 1/2 of your 1st years premium payments and 10% or so
for all the money you send in over the following 4 years. Ask them to
tell you how they are paid- after all, its your money they are getting.

Now why don't I like UNIVERSAL or VARIABLE? Mainly because with Whole
Life and with TERM, you know exactly what you must pay because the
issuer must manage the investments to generate the appropriate returns
to provide you with the insurance (and with cash value if whole life).
With UNIVERSAL and VARIABLE, it becomes YOU who must decide how and
where to invest your premium income. If you guess badly, you will have
to pay a higher premium to cover those bad decisions. The insurance
companies invented UNIVERSAL and VARIABLE because interest rates went
crazy in the early 80's and they lost money. Rather than taking that
risk again, they offered these new policies to transfer that risk to
you. Of course, UNIVERSAL and VARIABLE will be cheaper in the short
term but BE CAREFUL - they can and often will increase later on.

Okay, so what did I do? I bought both term and whole life. I plan to
keep the term until my son graduates from college and he is on his own.
That is about 10 years from now. I also bought whole life (NorthWestern
Mutual Life, Milwaukee, WI) which I plan to keep forever, so to speak.
NWML is apparently the cheapest and best around according to A.M. BEST.
At this point, after 3 years with NWML, I make more in cash value each
year than I pay into the policy in premiums. Thus, they are paying me
to stay with them.

Where do you buy term? Just buy the cheapest policy since you will tend
to renew the policy once a year and you can change insurers each time.
Check your local savings bank as one source.

Suppose an agent approaches you about a new policy and wishes to update
your old ones and switch you into the new policy or new financial
product they are offering? BE CAREFUL: When you switch policies, you
close out the old one, take out its cash value and buy a new one. But
very often you must start paying those hidden commissions all over
again. You won't see it directly but look carefully at how the cash
value grows in the first few years. It won't grow much because the
'cash' is usually paying the commissions again. Bottom line: You
usually pay commissions twice - once on the old policy and again on the
new policy - for generally the same insurance. Thus you paid twice for
the same product. Again - be careful and make sure it makes sense to
switch policies.

A hard thing to factor in is that one day you may become uninsurable
just when you need it, i.e., heart attack, cancer and the like. I would
look at getting cheap term insurance but add in the options of
'guaranteed convertible' (to whole life) and 'guarranteed renewable'
(they must provide the insurance). It will add somewhat to the cost of
the insurance.

Last thought. I'll bet you didn't you know that you are 3x more likely
to become disabled during your working career than you to die during
your working career. How is your short term disability insurance
looking? Get a policy that has a waiting period before it kicks in.
This will keep it cheaper. Look at the exclusions, if any.

These comments are MY opinion and not my employers. All the usual
disclaimers apply and your mileage may vary depending on individual
circumstances.

Sources for additional information:
* Consumers Reports printed an in-depth, three-part series in their
Jul/Aug/Sep 1993 issues.
* Many sites on the web offer life insurance quotes. Here are a few
that have been rated highly by consumer advocates. Also see the
article in the New York Times of 1 August 2001.
Insweb.com , NetQuote.com , Quicken.com , Quotesmith.com ,
Youdecide.com , Term4sale.com .


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Insurance - Viatical Settlements

Last-Revised: 19 Aug 1998
Contributed-By: Gloria Wolk ( www.viatical-expert.net ), Chris Lott (
contact me )

A viatical settlement is a lump sump of cash given to terminally ill
people (viators) in exchange for the death benefits of their life
insurance. Along with so much of the English language, the name has its
origins in a Latin word, viaticum , which means provisions for a journey
..

These settlements are attractive to a viator (seller) because the person
gets a significant amount of money that will ease the financial stress
of their final days. Viatical settlements are attractive to investors
for their potentially high -- but not guaranteed -- rates of return.

The way it works in the simplest case is the investor pays some
percentage of the face value of the policy, let's say 50% just to pick a
number, and in return becomes the beneficiary of the policy. The
investor is then responsible for paying the premiums associated with the
life insurance policy. Upon the demise of the viator, the investor
receives the death benefit of the life insurance policy. If the viator
dies shortly after the transaction is completed, the investor makes a
large amount of money. If the viator survives several years past the
predicted life expectancy, the investor will lose money.

Like any other deal, there are risks to both parties. For the viator,
the main risk is settling at too low a price. For the investor, there
are risks of not receiving the full death benefit if the insurance
company goes bankrupt, not receiving any death benefit if the insured
committed fraud on the insurance application, etc.

As of this writing, a few honest and a number of less-than-scrupulous
companies market viatical settlements to viators and investors. Be
careful! This investment is not regulated, so there is little or no
protection for investors.

Here are a few tips for potential viators.

* Are you holding back from medical treatment, thinking this will
give you a larger viatical settlement? Don't. It won't get you
more money. Viatical providers take into account Investigational
New Drugs (INDs) when they price policies. Even if you never took
any and don't plan to, they expect viators will try anything that
gives hope, and they price accordingly.
* Was your policy resold by the viatical company? If so, you have no
obligation to a second buyer -- unless you signed an agreement to
extend obligations to future owners. This is like selling a car:
If you sell the car to B and B resells it to C, you have no
obligation to C.
* Be sure to check with your insurer to find out if your policy
includes Accelerated Death Benefits. If so, and if you qualify,
you will get much more money -- and it will be paid faster. This
applies to some group term life as well as individual policies.
* Are you are a member of a Credit Union? Credit Unions may be a
source of information about and referrals to licensed viatical
providers.
* Don't apply to only one viatical company -- even if the referral
was made by your doctor, lawyer, insurance agent, social worker, or
credit union. If you ignore this advice, you're likely to get
thousands of dollars less. Here are a few tips for potential
investors in viatical settlements.
* Are you thinking of using your IRA for viatical investments? Don't.
No matter what viatical sales promoters tell you, life insurance as
an IRA investment is prohibited by the Internal Revenue Code. And,
if you have a self-directed IRA, you are fully responsible for
investment decisions.
* Are you thinking of buying a policy that is within the
contestability period? Don't. If the viator committed fraud on the
application and the insurer discovers this, you could be left with
nothing more than a return of premiums. Gloria Wolk's site offers
much information about viatical settlements.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Insurance - Variable Universal Life (VUL)

Last-Revised: 26 Jun 2000
Contributed-By: Ed Zollars (ezollar at mindspring.com), Chris Lott (
contact me ), Dan Melson (dmelson at home.com)

This article explains variable universal life (VUL) insurance, and
discusses some of the situations where it is appropriate.

Variable universal life is a form of life insurance, specifically it's a
type of cash-value insurance policy. (The other types of cash value
life insurance are whole, universal, and variable life.) Like any life
insurance policy, there is a payout in case of death (also called the
death benefit). Like whole-life insurance, the insurance policy has a
cash value that enjoys tax-deferred growth over time, and allows you to
borrow against it. Unlike either term or traditional whole-life
insurance, VUL policies allow the insured to choose how the premiums are
invested, usually from a universe of 10-25 funds. This means that the
policy's cash value as well as the death benefit can fluctuate with the
performance of the investments that the policy holder chose.

Where does the name come from? To take the second part first, the
"universal" component refers to the fact the premium is not a "set in
stone" amount as would be true with traditional whole life, but rather
can be varied within a range. As for the first part of the name, the
"variable" portion refers to the fact that the policy owner can direct
the investments him/herself from a pool of options given in the policy
and thus the cash value will vary. So, for instance, you can decide the
cash value should be invested in various types of equities (while it can
be invested in nonequities, most interest in VUL policies comes from
those that want to use equities). Obviously, you bear the risk of
performance in the policy, and remember we have to keep enough available
to fund the expenses each year. So bad performance could require
increasing premiums to keep the policy in force. Conversely, you gain
if you can invest and obtain a better return (at least you get more cash
value).

If a VUL policy holder was fortunate enough to choose investments that
yield returns anything like what the NASDAQ saw in 1999, the policy's
cash value could grow quite large indeed. The cash value component of
the policy may be in addition to the death benefit should you die (you
get face insurance value *plus* the benefit) *OR* serve to effectively
reduce the death benefit (you get the face value, which means the cash
value effectively goes to subsidize the death benefit). It all depends
on the policy.

A useful way to think about VUL is to think of buying pure term
insurance and investing money in a mutual fund at the same time. This
is essentially what the insurance company that sells you a VUL is doing
for you. However, unlike your usual mutual fund that may pass on
capital gains and other income-tax obligations annually, the investments
in a VUL grow on a tax-deferred basis. Uncle Sam may get a taste
eventually (if the policy is cashed in or ceases to remain in force),
but not while the funds are growing and the policy is maintained.

We can talk about the insurance component of a VUL and about the
investment component. The insurance component obviously provides the
death benefit in the early years of the policy if needed. The
investment component serves as "bank" of sorts for the amounts left over
after charges are applied against the premium paid, namely charges for
mortality (to fund the payouts for those that die with amounts paid
beyond the cash values), administrative fees (it costs money to run an
insurance company (grin)) and sales compensation (the advisor has to
earn a living). How this amount is invested is the principal difference
between a VUL and other insurance policies.

If you own a VUL policy, you can borrow against the cash value build-up
inside the policy. Because monies borrowed from a VUL policy that is
maintained through the insured's life are technically borrowed against
the death benefit, they work out tax free. This means a VUL owner can
borrow money during retirement against the cash value of the policy and
never pay tax on that money. It sounds almost too good to be true, but
it's true.

A policy holder who choose to borrow against the death benefit must be
extremely careful. A policy collapses when the cash value plus any
continuing payments aren't enough to keep the basic insurance in force,
and that causes the previously tax-free loans to be viewed as taxable
income. Too much borrowing can trigger a collapse. Here's how it can
happen. As the insured ages, Cost of Insurance (COI) per thousand
dollars of insurance rises. With a term policy, it's no big deal - the
owner can just cancel or let it lapse without tax consequences, they
just have no more life insurance policy. But with a cash value policy
such as VUL there is the problem of distributions that the owner may
take. Say on a policy with a cash value of $100,000 I start taking
$10,000 per year withdrawals/loans. Say I keep doing this for 30 years,
and then the variability of the market bites the investment and the cash
value gets exhausted. I may have put say 50,000 into the policy -
that's my cost basis, and I took that much out as withdrawals. But the
other $250,000 is technically a loan against the death benefit, and I
don't have to pay taxes on it - until there's suddenly no death benefit
because there's no policy. So here's $250,000 I suddenly have to pay
taxes on.

Once the policy is no longer in force, all the money borrowed suddenly
counts as taxable income, and the policy holder either has taxable
income with no cash to show for it, or a need to start paying premiums
again. At the point of collapse, the owner could be (reasonably likely)
destitute anyway, so there may be very little in the way of real
consequences, but if there are still assets, like a home, other monies,
etcetera, you see that there could be problems. Which is why cash value
life insurance should be the *last* thing you take distributions from in
most cases (The more tax-favored they are, the longer you put off
distributions.) What all this means is that the cash surrender value of
the VUL really isn't totally available at any point in time, since
accessing it all will result in a tax liability. If you want to
consider the real cash value, you need realistic projections of what can
be safely borrowed from the policy.

This seems like a good time to mention one other aspect of taxes and
life insurance, namely FIFO (first-in first-out) treatment. In other
words, if a policy holder withdraws money from a cash-value life
insurance policy, the withdrawal is assumed to come from contributions
first, not earnings. Withdrawals that come from contributions aren't
taxable (unless it's qualified money, a rare occurence). After the
contributions are exhausted, then withdrawals are assumed to come from
earnings.

Computing the future value of a VUL policy borders on the impossible.
Any single line projection of the VUL is a) virtually certain to be
wrong and b) without question overly simplistic. This is a rather
complex beast that brings with it a wide range of potential outcomes.
Remember that while we cannot predict the future, we know pretty much
for sure that you won't get a nice even rate of return each year (though
that's likely what all VUL examples will assume). The date when returns
are earned can be far more important than the average return earned. To
compare a VUL with other choices, you need to do a lot of "what ifs"
including looking at the impacts of uneven returns, and understand all
the items in the presentation that may vary (including your date of
death (grin)).

While I hate to give "rules of thumb" in these areas, the closest I will
come is to say that VUL normally makes the most sense when you can
heavily fund the policy and are looking at a very long term for the
funds to stay invested. The idea is to limit the "drag" on return from
the insurance component, but get the tax shelter.

Another issue is that if you will have a taxable estate and helping to
fund estate taxes is one of the needs you see for life insurance, the
question of the ownership of the insurance policy will come into play.
Note that this will complicate matters even further (and you probably
already thought it was bad enough (grin)), because what you need to do
to keep it out of your estate may conflict with other uses you had
planned for the policy.

Note that there are "survivor VULs", insuring two lives, which are
almost always sold for either estate planning or retirement plan
purposes (or both). The cost of insurance is typically less than an
annuity's M&E charges until the younger person is in their fifties.

A person who is considering purchasing a VUL policy needs to think
clearly about his or her goals. Those goals will determine both whether
a VUL is right tool and how it should be used. Potential goals include:
* Providing a pool of money that will only be tapped at my death, but
will be used by my spouse.
* Providing a pool of money that will only be used at my death, but
which we want to use to pay estate taxes.
* Providing a pool of money that I plan to borrow from in old age to
live on, and which will, in the interim, provide a death benefit
for my spouse.

Once the goals are clear, and you've then determined that a VUL would be
something that could fulfill your goals, you then have to find the right
VUL.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Basics

Last-Revised: 11 Aug 1998
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article offers a basic introduction to mutual funds. It can help
you decide if a mutual fund might be a good choice for you as an
investment.

If you visit a big fund company's web site (e.g., www.vanguard.com),
they'll tell you that a mutual fund is a pool of money from many
investors that is used to pursue a specific objective. They'll also
hasten to point out that the pool of money is managed by an investment
professional. A prospectus (see below) for any fund should tell you
that a mutual fund is a management investment company. But in a
nutshell, a mutual fund is a way for the little guy to invest in, well,
almost anything. The most common varieties of mutual funds invest in
stocks or bonds of US companies. (Please see articles elsewhere in this
FAQ for basic explanations of stocks and bonds.)

First let's address the important issue: how little is our proverbial
little guy or gal? Well, if you have $20 to save, you would probably be
better advised to speak to your neighborhood bank about a savings
account. Most mutual funds require an initial investment of at least
$1,000. Exceptions to this rule generally require regular, monthly
investments or buying the funds with IRA money.

Next, let's clear up the matter of the prospectus, since that's about
the first thing you'll receive if you call a fund company to request
information. A prospectus is a legal document required by the SEC that
explains to you exactly what you're getting yourself into by sending
money to a management investment company, also known as buying into a
mutual fund. The information most useful to you immediately will be the
list of fees, i.e., exactly what you will be charged for having your
money managed by that mutual fund. The prospectus also discloses things
like the strategy taken by that fund, risks that are associated with
that strategy, etc. etc. Have a look at one, you'll quickly see that
securities lawyers don't write prose that's any more comprehensible than
other lawyers.

The worth of an investment with an open-end mutual fund is quoted in
terms of net asset value. Basically, this is the investment company's
best assessment of the value of a share in their fund, and is what you
see listed in the paper. They use the daily closing price of all
securities held by the fund, subtract some amount for liabilities,
divide the result by the number of outstanding shares and Poof! you have
the NAV. The fund company will sell you shares at that price (don't
forget about any sales charge, see below) or will buy back your shares
at that price (possibly less some fee).

Although boring, you really should understand the basics of fund
structure before you buy into them, mostly because you're going to be
charged various fees depending on that structure. All funds are either
closed-end or open-end funds (explanation to follow). The open-end
funds may be further categorized into load funds and no-load funds.
Confusingly, an open-end fund may be described as "closed" but don't
mistake that for closed-end.

A closed-end fund looks much like a stock of a publically traded
company: it's traded on some stock exchange, you buy or sell shares in
the fund through a broker just like a stock (including paying a
commission), the price fluctuates in response to the fund's performance
and (very important) what people are willing to pay for it. Also like a
publically traded company, only a fixed number of shares are available.

An open-end fund is the most common variety of mutual fund. Both
existing and new investors may add any amount of money they want to the
fund. In other words, there is no limit to the number of shares in the
fund. Investors buy and sell shares usually by dealing directly with
the fund company, not with any exchange. The price fluctuates in
response to the value of the investments made by the fund, but the fund
company values the shares on its own; investor sentiment about the fund
is not considered.

An open-end fund may be a load fund or no-load fund. An open-end fund
that charges a fee to purchase shares in the fund is called a load fund.
The fee is called a sales load, hence the name. The sales load may be
as low as 1% of the amount you're investing, or as high as 9%. An
open-end fund that charges no fee to purchase shares in the fund is
called a no-load fund.

Which is better? The debate of load versus no-load has consumed
ridiculous amounts of paper (not to mention net bandwidth), and I don't
know the answer either. Look, the fund is going to charge you something
to manage your money, so you should consider the sales load in the
context of all fees charged by a fund over the long run, then make up
your own mind. In general you will want to minimize your total
expenses, because expenses will diminish any returns that the fund
achieves.

One wrinkle you may encounter is a "closed" open-end fund. An open-end
fund (may be a load or a no-load fund, doesn't matter) may be referred
to as "closed." This means that the investment company decided at some
point in time to accept no new investors to that fund. However, all
investors who owned shares before that point in time are permitted to
add to their investments. (In a nutshell: if you were in before, you
can get in deeper, but if you missed the cutoff date, it's too late.)

While looking at various funds, you may encounter a statistic labeled
the "turnover ratio." This is quite simply the percentage of the
portfolio that is sold out completely and issues of new securities
bought versus what is still held. In other words, what level of trading
activity is initiated by the manager of the fund. This can affect the
capital gains as well as the actual expenses the fund will incur.

That's the end of this short introduction. You should learn about the
different types of funds , and you might also want to get information
about the various fees that funds can charge , just to mention two big
issues. Check out the articles elsewhere in this FAQ to learn more.

Here are a few resources on the 'net that may also help.
* Brill Editorial Services offers Mutual Funds Interactive, an
independent source of information about mutual funds.

* FundSpot offers mutual fund investors the best information
available for free.

* The Mutual Fund Investor's Center, run by the Mutual Fund Education
Alliance, offers profiles, performance data, links, etc.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Average Annual Return

Last-Revised: 24 Jun 1997
Contributed-By: Jack Piazza (seninvest at aol.com)

The average annual return for a mutual fund is stated after expenses.
The expenses include fund management fees, 12b-1 fees (if applicable),
etc., all of which are a part of the fund's expense ratio. Average
annual returns are also factored for any reinvested dividend and capital
gain distributions. To compute this number, the annual returns for a
fixed number of years (e.g., 3, 5, life of fund) are added and divided
by the number of years, hence the name "average" annual return. This
specifically means that the average annual return is not a compounded
rate of return.

However, the average annual returns do not include sales commissions,
unless explictly stated. Also, custodial fees which are applied to only
certain accounts (e.g., $10 annual fee for IRA account under a stated
amount, usually $5,000) are not factored in annual returns.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Mutual Funds - Buying from Brokers versus Fund Companies

Last-Revised: 28 Dec 1998
Contributed-By: Daniel Pettit (dalacap at dalacap.com), Jim Davidson
(jdavidso at xenon.stanford.edu), Chris Lott ( contact me ), Michael
Aves (michaelaves at hotmail.com)

Many discount brokerage houses now offer their clients the option of
purchasing shares in mutual funds directly from the brokerage house.
Even better, most of these brokers don't charge any load or fees if a
client buys a no-load fund. There are a few advantages and
disadvantages of doing this.

Here are a few of the advantages.
1. One phone call/Internet connection gets you access to hundreds of
funds.
2. One consolidated statement at the end of the month.
3. Instant access to your money for changing funds and or families,
and for getting your money in your hand via checks (2-5 days).
4. You can buy on margin, if you are so inclined.
5. Only one tax statement to (mis)file.
6. The minimum investment is sometimes lower.

And the disadvantages:
1. Many discount brokerage supermarket programs do not even give
access to whole sectors of the market, such as high-yield bond
funds, or multi-sector (aka "Strategic Income") bond funds.
2. Most discount brokers also will not allow clients to do an exchange
between funds of different families during the same day (one trade
must clear fist, and the the trade can be done the next day).
3. Many will not honor requests to exchange out of funds if you call
after 2pm. EST. (which of course is 11am in California). This is
a serious restriction, since most fund families will honor an
exchange or redemption request so long as you have a rep on the
phone by 3:59pm.
4. You pay transaction fees on some no-load funds.
5. The minimum investment is sometimes higher.

Of course the last item in each list contradict each other, and deserve
comment. I've seen a number of descriptions of funds that had high
initial minimums if bought directly (in the $10,000+ range), but were
available through Schwab for something like $2500. I think the same is
true of Fidelity. Your mileage may vary.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 16 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:45 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part16
Version: $Id: part16,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 16 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Non-Resident Aliens and US Holdings

Last-Revised: 26 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Vladimir Menkov (vmenkov at cs.indiana.edu), Chris Lott
( contact me ), Enzo Michelangeli (em at who.net)

Non-resident aliens can hold investments in the United States quite
easily. A "non-resident alien" (NRA) is the U.S. government's name for
a citizen of a country other than the U.S. who also lives outside the
U.S. The only thing non-resident aliens have to be concerned about if
they have U.S. investments is taxation.

For example, if a non-U.S. national works in the U.S. for some period
of time and amasses a nice portfolio of stocks while here, that person
can hang on to the portfolio forever, no matter whether they continue to
live in the U.S. or not. But they will have to continue to deal with
the U.S. tax authority, the IRS.

Thanks to the U.S. Congress, the tax laws are complicated, and a
resident or nonresident alien must look carefully to find a tax advisor
who understands all the issues. Here's an overview.

A person is considered non-resident in the years when that person is in
the US fewer than 183 days; the actual rule is a little more complex,
and takes prior years into account; see IRS publication 519 for details.
Anyhow, in the years when a non-US citizen is considered a non-resident
for tax purposes, that person files the US tax return on form 1040 NR,
instead of regular 1040 (EZ, A), and pays tax on investment income
according to the following special rules.

* No tax on capital gains. This means that a brokerage or a mutual
fund should withhold nothing when selling shares. With respect to
mutual funds, long-term capital gain distributions are exempt as
well.
* No tax on bank interest. This means regular accounts with credit
unions, savings and loans, etc.
* No tax on portfolio interest. (It's not always easy to figure out
interest on what bonds qualifies as "portfolio interest", though.
Some readers have reported that brokerage firms are confused on
this issue, unfortunately.)
* 30% flat-rate tax on dividends. Generally this includes dividend
and short-term cap gain distributions by mutual funds. This rate
may be reduced by a tax treaty with your country of residence.
(Progressive taxation does not apply to NRAs; i.e., the first and
last dollars are taxed at the same rate.)
* 30% flat-rate tax on interest that neither is paid by a bank nor
qualifies as "portfolio interest." This rate may be reduced by a
tax treaty with the person's country of residence.
* No personal exemption or deductions can be applied against
investment income (which is, technically, "income not effectively
connected with your US trade or business"). Further, according to
the IRS, "if your sole U.S. business activity is trading
securities through a U.S. resident broker or other agent, you are
not engaged in a trade or business in the United States" so the
income is not effectively connected with a US trade or business.
* If the alien is a non-resident for the tax purposes in a given
year, but spends 183 days or more in the country, any capital gains
are also subject to the 30% flat tax. This is a fairly rare but
possible situation.

The issue of an investment paying dividends versus paying interest is
simple in case of stocks (dividends) and basic savings accounts
(interest), but what about money market accounts? Well, money-market
mutual funds pay dividends , while money-market bank accounts pay
interest , for the purposes of 1040 NR. However, if you have a money
market fund with a bank and the bank reports the income as dividends, it
is probably simplest to report the income exactly as the institution
reported it rather than try to fight it. I don't know why this isn't
straightforward, but for some reason it is not. For more information,
see IRS Publication 550, "Investment Income and Expenses." In the 2000
edition, the relevant language appears in the first column of page 5, in
the section "Interest Income," subsection "Taxable Interest - General."

Tax treaties are very important. If the individual's country of
residence has an agreement (tax treaty) with the US government, those
rules pretty much supersede the standard rules set by the Internal
Revenue Code. In particular, they often reduce the tax rate on interest
and dividend income.

While you are a non-resident alien, you are supposed to file Form W-8BEN
(it replaces older Forms W-8 and 1001) with each of your mutual funds or
brokers every 3 or 4 years, so that they will automatically withhold tax
from your investment income. Since you have to indicate your country of
residence for tax purposes on this form, the investment income payor
will know what tax treaty, if any, applies. In the spring, the payor
will send you a form 1042-S reporting your income, its type, and the tax
withheld.

If Forms W-8BEN have been filed and the appropriate tax has been
withheld, you won't need to send any money to the IRS with your 1040 NR
in April; in fact, you won't even need to file 1040 NR at all if you
don't have other US-source income. Note also that as a non-resident you
will not be eligible to claim standard deduction, or to claim married
status, or file form 1116 (foreign tax credit).

The IRS enacted some rules in late 2000 to establish "Qualified
Intermediary" status for foreign financial institutions. The rules did
not change tax liabilities, just made it more difficult for a person to
escape paying tax. To summarize, a financial institution must withhold
money from payments of US-source income to individuals outside the US
unless the institution qualifies for the newly introduced status of
"qualified intermediary", or unless the institution agrees to disclose
the list of all beneficiaries to the IRS. A financial institution is
eligible to apply for qualified intermediary status if it is in a
country that has been approved by the IRS as having acceptable
'know-your-customer' rules.

None of this discussion applies to resident aliens or to US citizens
living abroad. Once you are considered a bona fide resident of the
U.S., the tax rules that apply to U.S. citizens also apply to you.

Here are some IRS resources that offer all the details:
* IRS Publication 515, "Withholding of Tax on Non-Resident Aliens"

* IRS Publication 519, "U.S. Tax Guide for Aliens"

* IRS Publication 901, "Tax Treaties"

* IRS Tax Topic 851, "Resident and Nonresident Aliens"

* The IRS web site "Digital Daily" has a collection of information
for the International Taxpayer.

* The Digital Daily's area includes this article which focuses on the
taxation of capital gains Of nonresident aliens (the link is
unfortunately buried in another article).



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Reporting Option Trades

Last-Revised: 16 Aug 2000
Contributed-By: Michael Beyranevand (mlb2 at bryant.edu)

This article summarizes the rules for reporting gains and losses from
trading stock options. Like any other security transaction, even if you
get cash up front as in the case of shorting a stock or writing an
option, you do not declare a profit or loss until the transaction has
been closed out. Also note that ordinary options expire in 6 months or
less, so most gains or losses are short-term (but see below for an
exception in the case of writing covered calls). However, LEAPS can
have a lifetime of over 2 years (also see the article elsewhere in this
FAQ ), so gains or losses might be long-term for the purpose of the tax
code.



Buyers of Options
There are three different tax treatments that could occur when you
decide to buy a put or call option. The first is that you reverse
your position (sell the option) before the exercise date. If this
is the case, then you will have either a short-term (if held for
under 1 year) or long-term (if held for more than 1 year) capital
gain/loss to report.

The second tax treatment occurs if you allow the option to expire
unexercised. It would then be treated as either a short-term or
long-term loss based on the holding period of the option at the
expiration date.

The third tax treatment for buying options occurs when you decide
to exercise either your put or call option. If you exercise your
call (the right to buy stock) you add the cost of the call to the
cost basis of your stock. If you exercise a put (the right to sell
stock) then the cost of the put reduces your total amount realized
when figuring gain or loss on the sale of that stock.


Sellers of Options
There are also three tax treatments that could occur when you sell
a put or call option. The first possibility is that you reverse
your position on an option that you wrote. Then it would become
either be a short-term gain or loss. The difference between what
you sold it and bought it back at will determine the gain/loss
status.

The second possibility is that the option expires (it is not
exercised before the expiration date). In this scenario you would
report the premium received as a short-term capital gain in the
year the option expires.

The third situation is when the option is exercised (you are called
or put). In the case of a call, you add the premium to the sale
proceeds of the stock to determine a gain or loss on the sale of
the stock. The holding period of the stock (not the option!) will
determine if the gain is short term or long term. So if it was a
covered call, it might be short or long term. If it was a naked
call, the holding period will be brief (minutes?) and so it's a
short-term gain. In the case of a put that is exercised, the tax
situation is significantly more complex as compared to a call. To
determine if the premuim counts as income when the put is exercised
or if it just lowers the cost basis of the stock is determined by
many factors, just one of which is whether the put was in the money
or out of the money when it was written, and to what extent.
Novice put writers should consult with a professional tax advisor
for assistance.


For the last word on the tax implications of trading options, get IRS
Publication 550, _Investment Income and Expenses_.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Short Sales Treatment

Last-Revised: 13 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

Gains from a short-sale stock transaction are considered short-term
capital gains regardless of how long the position is held open. This
actually makes a kind of sense, since the only time you actually held
the stock was between when you bought the stock to cover the position
and when you actually delivered that stock to actually close the
position out. This length of time is somewhere from minutes to a few
days. (Please see articles elsewhere in this FAQ explaining short
sales, as well as long- and short-term capital gains.)

What do you do if a short sale is open at the end of a calendar year?
Brokerage houses report all sales (normal or short) on Form 1099-B as
"sales", so you might think that you have to report it on your Schedule
D to make the total sales number equal that reported to the IRS. But
since the position is still open, the sale was not a taxable event. You
sure don't want to pay tax on the amount of money you received when you
went short!

Here's one way to proceed. You can attach a statement along the
following lines to your Schedule D:



Attachment to 1998 Form 1040 Schedule D (Names & Social
security #)

Explanation of the difference between Forms 1099-B and
Schedule D Sales totals:

Forms 1099-B include $XXXX of short sales which were opened in
1998 and remained open on 31 December 1998.


Forms 1099-B Totals: $YYYY
less short positions
opened during 1998
remnaining open 12/31/98 ( $XXXX )
_______
Adjustment (if any) $WWWW
________
Schedule D Sales Totals $ZZZZ


Note that when the short positions are finally closed out, the brokerage
house will not make any indication on that year's 1099-B, but that's the
year when you have to report the gains or losses realized in the
transaction.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Tax Swaps

Last-Revised: 12 Aug 1996
Contributed-By: Bill Rini (bill at moneypages.com), and other anonymous
contributors

A tax swap is an investment strategy usually designed for municipal bond
portfolios. It is designed to allow you to take a tax loss in your
portfolio while at the same time adjusting factors such as credit
quality, maturity, etc. to better meet your current needs and the
outlook of the market. A tax swap can create a capital loss for tax
purposes, can maintain or enhance the overall credit quality of your
portfolio, and can increase current income.

It's important to note that tax swaps are not for everyone. And as
always, you should consult with a tax professional before making any
investment desicion that is designed to produce tax benefits.

Here is an example of a hypothetical tax swap. I have not factored
accrued interest to keep the calculations fairly simple.

Current Bond - You will sell this bond to generate a capital loss.

$10,000 par value "ABC" Tax Free bond, A rated, with a coupon of 4.70%.
maturing 09/01/03 originally purchased for $10,000 (100) but with a
current market value of only $9030 (90.30).

Replacement Bond - The bond you will buy to replace your current bond.

$10,000 par value "XYZ" Tax Free bond, AAA rated, with a coupon of 5.20%
maturing 12/01/12 The current selling price of this bond is $8724
(87.24)
Sell "ABC" Bond $9030.00
Buy "XYZ" Bond $8724.00
--------
Difference: $306.00
The tax swap accomplished the following. First, you received $306.00
cash. Second, you upgraded the credit quality of your single-bond
portfolio from A to AAA. Third, you generated a capital loss of $970.00
(original purchase price minus the selling price). Fourth, you've
increased the bond's maturity and coupon, so its duration will be
greater. This swap will increase the portfolio's sensitivity to
interest rate changes, which may or may not be what the investor had in
mind. In particular, it might be not appropriate for a short-term
investment. If the bond is held to maturity, then no risk is assumed
other than default risk. (Although unrealized value would change
wildly, and perhaps that's taxable in some circumstance).

Portions of this article are copyright 1995 by Bill Rini.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA)

Last-Revised: 15 Feb 2001
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Aaron Schindler, Mark
Eckenwiler, Brian Mork, Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at
animato.arlington.ma.us)

The Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA), called the Uniform Transfers to
Minors Act (UTMA) in some states, is simply a way for a minor to own
securities.

The UGMA/UTMA setup is commonly used to give monies to a minor. IRS
regulations allows a person to give many thousands of dollars per year
to any other person with no tax consequences (please see the FAQ article
on Estate and Gift Tax for current numbers). If the recipient is a
minor, the UGMA provides a way for the minor to own the assets without
involving an attorney to establish a special trust. When giving assets
to a minor using a UGMA/UTMA, the donor must appoint a custodian (the
trustee).

An UGMA/UTMA is a trust like any other trust except that the terms of
the trust are set in the state statute instead of being drawn up in a
trust document. Should a trustee fail to comply with the terms of the
UGMA/UTMA, this would expose the trustee to the same actions as a
trustee who fails to comply with the terms of a special drawn-up trust.

Why is a UGMA useful? The UGMA/UTMA offers a straightforward way for a
minor to own securities. In most (all?) states, minors do not have the
right to contract. So a minor could not be bound by any broker's
account agreement. If a broker took a minor's account, the minor, upon
reaching majority, could repudiate any losing trades and make the broker
eat them. Thus brokers and fund companies once refused to take minor's
accounts. UGMA/UTMA was basically a way of providing a form of
ownership that got around this problem, without forcing people to go
through the expense of having an attorney draw up a special trust.

To establish a UGMA/UTMA account, go to your friendly neighborhood
stockbroker, bank, mutual fund manager, or (close your eyes now: S&L),
etc. and say that you wish to open a Uniform Gifts (in some states
"Transfers") to Minors Act account.

You register it as:

[ Name of Custodian ] as custodian for [ Name of Minor ] under
the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act - [ Name of State of
Minor's residence ]



You use the minor's social security number as the taxpayer ID for this
account. When you fill out the W-9 form for this account, it will show
this form. The custodian should certify the W-9 form.

The money now belongs to the minor and the custodian has a legal
fiduciary responsibility to handle the money in a prudent manner for the
benefit of the minor.

Handling the money "in a prudent manner" means that the custodian can
buy common stocks but cannot write naked options. The custodian cannot
"invest" the money on the horses, planning to donate the winnings to the
minor. And when the minor reaches the age at which the UGMA becomes
property of the minor (who is either 18 or 21 depending on the state and
not a minor any loger), the minor can claim all of the funds even if
that's against the custodian's wishes. Neither the donor nor the
custodian can place any conditions on those funds once the minor becomes
an adult.

You may be concerned about preventing a minor from blowing the college
fund on a Trans Am the moment the minor attains the turnover age and the
money is under their control. Legally there is nothing the custodian
(or anyone else) can do. Some may sugggest that a UGMA account can be
hidden from a minor, but this is a problem for two reasons. First, any
minor over age 14 is expected to sign his or her tax return and thus has
a good chance to notice the income from the account. Second and more
seriously, if the custodian fails to turn over money that is due to the
UGMA beneficiary, he or she breaches the statutory trust terms and is
liable for the consequences of that failure, just as any other trustee
would be, which may include surcharges and other sanctions from a court.

If it is any consolation, some states allow the donor to establish a
"turnover" age of 21 (instead of the default 18) by making an express
statement to that effect when the account is created. In other states,
the turnover age is 21 by default, and an express statement is required
to establish a lower turnover age.

The trustee can transfer funds between UGMA/UTMA accounts at will. For
example, this might be attractive if a UGMA seems to be underperforming
similar type accounts or if it lacks the services of other UGMA accounts
such as online access. The custodian is managing the funds on behalf of
the minor, and part of management is deciding where to place the funds
and with which bank, broker, or other fiduciary. The custodian must be
certain to maintain a paper trail showing that every dollar withdrawn
from one account was transferred to another account. If the UGMA
account is with a broker or mutual fund manager, and a transfer is
desired, contact the new broker or manager and they will arrange all the
paperwork for a direct transfer.

Given all the warnings above, there is a way to give money to a minor
and restrict the minor's access until you feel he or she is ready. The
mechanism is not a UGMA, however, but another sort of trust. Contact
American Century Investments for information about their GiftTrust fund.
The fund is entirely composed of trusts like this. The trust pays its
own taxes. Unfortunately, this company may not keep the trust as quiet
as you would like. When opening a Gift Trust, confirmation is sent to
the donor, but in their words, "Subsequent confirmations are sent to the
beneficiary's address." Further, they insist that Form 709 must be
filed, it's a future interest and does not qualify for 10,000 exclusion;
taxes must be paid now or consume part of lifetime $600,000 exemption.

A future interest is just what it says: an interest in something that a
person does not own until some time in the future. The American Century
GiftTrust is an example of that. I believe the terms of the account
state that money cannot be taken out of the account for any reason
(except death of beneficiary) until the account has been open for at
least 10 years. So the beneficiary does not actually truly own the
assets until some time in the future. However, in certain situations,
the *dis*qualified exemption of a future interest doesn't apply. In
other words a Form 709 is *sometimes* not necessary and the lifetime
$600K (which is crawling upwards these days) isn't dented. The IRS regs
list these disqualifications of the disqualifications (don't you just
love tax law?).

In contrast, a minor is considered to own (though he or she does not
control) the assets of an UGMA/UTMA account from the second assets are
placed into the account -- the assets can be used for his or her benefit
immediately. Therefore, gifts to an UGMA/UTMA are gifts of a present
interest and do qualify for the $10,000 annual gift exclusion.

With respect to gifts of a future interest (that are not eligible for
the $10K annual exclusion) or for gifts that are eligible but are over
$10K, a donor does not have the choice between paying gift tax and using
up some of his or her unified credit. The donor is required to use
unified credit first, only paying the gift tax once the unified credit
is exhausted. See the article elsewhere in this FAQ on estate and gift
taxes for more information.

Note that if the trustee acts in such a way as to give the IRS cause to
believe that no true gift was ever actually made, the IRS takes the
position that no gift was made and taxes all the income to the parent
instead of to the minor. But this is not unique to UGMA/UTMA.

On a related note, some accountants advise that one person should make
the gift and that a different person should be the custodian. The
reason is that if the donor and custodian are the same person, that
person is considered to exercise sufficient control over the assets to
warrant inclusion of the UGMA in his/her estate. For more info, see
Lober, Louis v. US, 346 US 335 (1953) (53-2 USTC par. 10922); Rev Ruls
57-366, 59-357, 70-348.

All of these are cited in the RIA Federal Tax Coordinator 2d, volume
22A, paragraph R-2619, which says (among other things) "Giving cash,
stocks, bonds, notes, etc., to children through a custodian may result
in the transferred property being included in the donor's gross estate
unless someone other than the donor is named as custodian."

Finally, a word about taxes. Income that accrues to a minor, such as
income from a UGMA account, is taxed as follows in tax year 2000.
Assuming the child has no other income and is under age 14, the first
$700 of investment income falls into the child's zero bracket. The next
$700 is taxed at 15%, and the rest is taxed at the parents' top bracket
.. (The expected numbers for tax year 2001 are both $750.) The tax on a
child's income imposed at the parents' top bracket is the so-called
"kiddie tax." If the child is 14 or over, the parent's tax situation
does not come into play at all. All the income is on the child's return
and he or she is taxed as an entity unto himself/herself. Always check
the Form 1040 instructions for the appropriate number to use for a given
tax year. Also note that IRS regulations require all minors 14 or older
to sign their own tax returns. Finally, please note that these tax
rules are for earned and unearned income for a minor; there is no
special tax treatment for UGMA accounts.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Wash Sale Rule

Last-Revised: 11 Mar 2000
Contributed-by: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr
at animato.arlington.ma.us)

A "wash sale" describes the situation in which you sell shares of some
security at a loss, and within 30 days you purchase substantially
identical securities. At face value, it looks like you took a loss on
an investment (would would be deductible from your gross income when you
do your taxes), yet you still own that investment, you just now have a
lower cost basis. Unfortunately, the IRS does not consider the loss
resulting from such a transaction to be deductible. If a sale is
considered to be a wash sale, the loss cannot be treated as a capital
loss on your federal tax return. In fact, the cost basis of the
securities purchased is increased by the amount of that disallowed loss.
The goal is to prevent someone from converting a paper loss into a real
loss while actually hanging onto that same position.

For the word from the horses mouth, here's a quote from IRS publication
550, "Investment Income and Expenses" (1990), p. 37:

Wash Sales:
You cannot deduct losses from wash sales or trades of stock or
securities. However, the gain from these sales is taxable.

A wash sale occurs when you sell stock or securities at a loss and
within 30 days before or after the sale you buy or acquire in a fully
taxable trade, or acquire a contract or option to buy, substantially
identical stock or securities. If you sell stock and your spouse or a
corporation you control buys substantially identical stock, you also
have a wash sale. You add the disallowed loss to the basis of the new
stock or security.

This rule includes normal purchases followed by sales (i.e., you go
long, then sell at a later date) as well as short sales and later
purchases.

Here's an extended example that may help clarify how the math must be
done. The rule is actually rather simple, but when lots of trades are
involved it can lead to very complicated situations.
1. 4/01/99 bought 100 at 120.
2. 5/01/99 sold 100 at 110
The loss was 10 x 100 = $1000.
3. 5/02/99 bought 100 at 95.
Causes a wash sale of loss on 5/01/99.
4. 5/03/99 sold 100 at 100.
The gain was 5 x 100 = $500, but you must add the wash sale $1000
into the basis of the purchase on 5/02/99, therefore this turns
into a loss of $500.
5. 5/10/99 bought 100 at (any price).
The sale on 5/03/99 is considered a wash sale even though it became
a loss by adding in a wash sale from a previous sale. Stated
differently, wash sales can create subsequent wash sales.

The IRS publication goes on explaining all those terms (substantially
identical, stock or security, ...). It runs on several pages, too much
to type in. You should definitely call IRS for the most updated ones
for detail. Phone number: 800-TAX-FORM (800-829-3676). Or visit their
web site at


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Basics

Last-Revised: 27 Jan 1998
Contributed-By: Maurice Suhre, Neil Johnson

The following material introduces technical analysis and is intended to
be educational. If you are intrigued, do your own reading. The answers
are brief and cannot possibly do justice to the topics. The references
provide a substantial amount of information.

First, the references; the links point to Amazon, where you can buy the
books if you're really interested.

1. John J. Murphy
Technical Analysis of the Futures Markets
2. Martin J. Pring
Technical Analysis Explained
3. Stan Weinstein
Stan Weinstein's Secrets for Profiting in Bull and Bear Markets

Now we'll introduce technical analysis and explain some commonly
mentioned aspects.

1. What is technical analysis?
Technical analysis attempts to use past stock price and volume
information to predict future price movements. Note the emphasis.
It also attempts to time the markets.


2. Does it have any chance of working, or is it just like reading tea
leaves?
There are a couple of plausibility arguments. One is that the
chart patterns represent the past behavior of the pool of
investors. Since that pool doesn't change rapidly, one might
expect to see similar chart patterns in the future. Another
argument is that the chart patterns display the action inherent in
an auction market. Since not everyone reacts to information
instantly, the chart can provide some predictive value. A third
argument is that the chart patterns appear over and over again.
Even if I don't know why they happen, I shouldn't trade or invest
against them. A fourth argument is that investors swing from
overly optimistic to excessively pessimistic and back again.
Technical analysis can provide some estimates of this situation.

A contrary view is that it is just coincidence and there is little,
if any, causality present. Or that even if there is some sort of
causality process going on, it isn't strong enough to trade off of.

A very contrary view: The past and future performance of a stock
may be correlated, but that does not mean or imply causality. So,
relying on technical analysis to buy/sell a stock is like relying
on the position of the stars in the atmosphere or the phases of the
moon to decide whether to buy or sell.


3. I am a fundamentalist. Should I know anything about technical
analysis?
Perhaps. You should consider delaying purchase of stocks whose
chart patterns look bad, no matter how good the fundamentals. The
market is telling you something is still awry. Another argument is
that the technicians won't be buying and they will not be helping
the stock move up. On the other hand (as the economists say), it
makes it easy for you to buy in front of them. And, of course, you
can ignore technical analysis viewpoints and rely solely on
fundamentals.


4. What are moving averages?
Observe that a period can be a day, a week, a month, or as little
as 1 minute. Stock and mutual fund charts normally are daily
postings or weekly postings. An N period (simple) moving average
is computed by summing the last N data points and dividing by N.
Moving averages are normally simple unless otherwise specified.

An exponential moving average is computed slightly differently.
Let X[i] be a series of data points. Then the Exponential Moving
Average (EMA) is computed by:
EMA[i] = (1 - sm) * EMA[i-1] + sm * X[i]

where sm = 2/(N+1), and EMA[1] = X[1].

"sm" is the smoothing constant for an N period EMA. Note that the
EMA provides more weighting to the recent data, less weighting to
the old data.


5. What is Stage Analysis?
Stan Weinstein [ref 3] developed a theory (based on his
observations) that stocks usually go through four stages in order.
Stage 1 is a time period where the stock fluctuates in a relatively
narrow range. Little or nothing seems to be happening and the
stock price will wander back and forth across the 200 day moving
average. This period is generally called "base building". Stage 2
is an advancing stage characterized by the stock rising above the
200 and 50 day moving averages. The stock may drop below the 50
day average and still be considered in Stage 2. Fundamentally,
Stage 2 is triggered by a perception of improved conditions with
the company. Stage 3 is a "peaking out" of the stock price action.
Typically the price will begin to cross the 200 day moving average,
and the average may begin to round over on the chart. This is the
time to take profits. Finally, the Stage 4 decline begins. The
stock price drops below the 50 and 200 day moving averages, and
continues down until a new Stage 1 begins. Take the pledge right
now: hold up your right hand and say "I will never purchase a stock
in Stage 4". One could have avoided the late 92-93 debacle in IBM
by standing aside as it worked its way through a Stage 4 decline.


6. What is a whipsaw?
This is where you purchase based on a moving average crossing (or
some other signal) and then the price moves in the other direction
giving a sell signal shortly thereafter, frequently with a loss.
Whipsaws can substantially increase your commissions for stocks and
excessive mutual fund switching may be prohibited by the fund
manager.


7. Why a 200 day moving average as opposed to 190 or 210?
Moving averages are chosen as a compromise between being too late
to catch much move after a change in trend, and getting whipsawed.
The shorter the moving average, the more fluctuations it has.
There are considerations regarding cyclic stock patterns and which
of those are filtered out by the moving average filter. A
discussion of filters is far beyond the scope of this FAQ. See
Hurst's book on stock transactions for some discussion.


8. Explain support and resistance levels, and how to use them.
Suppose a stock drops to a price, say 35, and rebounds. And that
this happens a few more times. Then 35 is considered a "support"
level. The concept is that there are buyers waiting to buy at that
price. Imagine someone who had planned to purchase and his broker
talked him out of it. After seeing the price rise, he swears he's
not going to let the stock get away from him again. Similarly, an
advance to a price, say 45, which is repeatedly followed by a
pullback to lower prices because a "resistance" level. The notion
is that there are buyers who purchased at 45 and have watched a
deterioration into a loss position. They are now waiting to get
out even. Or there are sellers who consider 45 overvalued and want
to take their profits.

One strategy is to attempt to purchase near support and take
profits near resistance. Another is to wait for an "upside
breakout" where the stock penetrates a previous resistance level.
Purchase on anticipation of a further move up. [See references for
more details.]

The support level (and subsequent support levels after rises) can
provide information for use in setting stops. See the "About
Stocks" section of the FAQ for more details.


9. What would cause these levels to be penetrated?
Abrupt changes in a company's prospects will be reacted to in the
stock market almost immediately. If the news is extreme enough,
the reaction will appear as a jump or gap in prices. More modest
changes will result, in general, in more modest changes in price.


10. What is an "upside breakout"?
If a stock has traded in a narrow range for some time (i.e. built
a base) and then advances above the resistance level, this is said
to be an "upside breakout". Breakouts are suspect if they do not
occur on high volume (compared to average daily volume). Some
traders use a "buy stop" which calls for purchase when a stock
rises above a certain price.


11. Is there a "downside breakout"?
Not by that name -- the opposite of upside breakout is called
"penetration of support" or "breakdown". Corresponding to "buy
stops," a trader can set a "sell stop" to exit a position on
breakdown.


12. Explain breadth measurements and how to use them.
A breadth measurement is something taken across a market. For
example, looking at the number of advancing stocks compared to
declining stocks on the NYSE is a breadth measurement. Or looking
at the number of stocks above their 200 day moving average. Or
looking at the percentage of stocks in Stage 1 and 2
configurations. In general, a technically healthy market should
see a lot of stocks advancing, not just the Dow 30. If the breadth
measurements are poor in an advancing sense and the market has been
advancing for some time, then this can indicate a market turning
point (assuming that the advancing breadth is declining) and you
should consider taking profits, not entering new long positions,
and/or tightening stops. (See the divergence discussion.)


13. What is a divergence? What is the significance?
In general, a divergence is said to occur when two readings are not
moving generally together when they would be expected to. For
example, if the DJIA moves up a lot but the S&P 500 moves very
little or even declines, a divergence is created. Divergences can
signify turning points in the market. At a major market low, the
"blue chip" stocks tend to move up first as investors becoming
willing to purchase quality. Hence the S&P 500 may be advancing
while the NYSE composite is moving very little. Divergences, like
everything else, are not 100 per cent reliable. But they do
provide yellow or red alerts. And the bigger the divergence, the
stronger the signal. Divergence and breadth are related concepts.
(See the breadth discussion.)


14. How much are charting services and what ones are available?
Commercial services aren't cheap. Daily Graphs (weekly charts with
daily prices) is $465 for the NYSE edition, $432 for the AMEX/OTC
edition. Somewhat cheaper for biweekly or monthly. Mansfield
charts are weekly with weekly prices. Mansfield shows about 2.5
years of action, Daily Graphs shows 1 year or 6 months for the less
active stocks. Of course there are many charts on the web. See
the article elsewhere in the technical analysis section of this FAQ
about free charts.

S&P Trendline Chart Guide is about $145 per year. It provides over
4,000 charts. These charts show one year of weekly price/volume
data and do not provide nearly the detail that Daily Graphs do.
You get what you pay for. There are other charting services
available. These are merely representative examples.


15. Can I get charts with a PC program?
Yes. There are many programs available for various prices. Daily
quotes run about $35 or so a month from Dial Data, for example. Or
you can manually enter the data from the newspaper.


16. What would a PC program do that a charting service doesn't?
Programs provide a wide range of technical analysis computations in
addition to moving averages. RSI, MACD, Stochastics, etc., are
routinely included. See Murphy's book [Ref 1] for definitions.
Frequently you can change the length of the moving averages or
other parameters. As another example, AIQ StockExpert provides an
"expert rating" suggesting purchase or short depending on the
rating. Intermediate values of the rating are less conclusive.


17. What does a charting service do that a PC doesn't?
Charts generally contain a fair amount of fundamental information
such as sales, dividends, prior growth rates, institutional
ownership.


18. Can I draw my own charts?
Of course. For example, if you only want to follow a handful of
mutual funds of stocks, charting on a weekly basis is easy enough.
EMAs are also easy enough to compute, but will take a while to
overcome the lack of a suitable starting value.


19. What about wedges, exhaustion gaps, breakaway gaps, coils, saucer
bottoms, and all those other weird formations?
The answer is beyond the scope of this FAQ article. Such patterns
can be seen, particularly if you have a good imagination. Many
believe they are not reliable. There is some discussion in Murphy
[ref 1].


20. Are there any aspects of technical analysis that don't seem quite
so much like hokum or tea leaf reading?
The oscillator set known as "stochastics" (a bit of a misnomer) is
based on the observation that a stock which is advancing will tend
to close nearer to the high of the day than the low. The reverse
is true for declining stocks. It compares today's close to the
highest high and lowest low of the last five days. This indicator
attempts to provide a number which will indicate where you are in
the declining/advancing stage.


21. Can I develop my own technical indicators?
Yes. The problem is validating them via some sort of backtesting
procedure. This requires data and work. One suggestion is to
split the data into two time periods. Develop your indicator on
one half and then see if it still works on the other half. If you
aren't careful, you end up "curve fitting" your system to the data.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Bollinger Bands

Last-Revised: 12 Oct 2000
Contributed-By: John Bollinger (BBands at BollingerBands.com)

While there are many ways to use Bollinger Bands, following are a few
rules that serve as a good beginning point.
1. Bollinger Bands provide a relative definition of high and low.
2. That relative definition can be used to compare price action and
indicator action to arrive at rigorous buy and sell decisions.
3. Appropriate indicators can be derived from momentum, volume,
sentiment, open interest, inter-market data, etc.
4. Volatility and trend have already been deployed in the construction
of Bollinger Bands, so their use for confirmation of price action
is not recommended.
5. The indicators used should not be directly related to one another.
For example, you might use one momentum indicator and one volume
indicator successfully, but two momentum indicators aren't better
than one.
6. Bollinger Bands can also be used to clarify pure price patterns
such as "M" tops and "W" bottoms, momentum shifts, etc.
7. Price can, and does, walk up the upper Bollinger Band and down the
lower Bollinger Band.
8. Closes outside the Bollinger Bands are continuation signals, not
reversal signals. (This has been the basis for many successful
volatility breakout systems.)
9. The default parameters of 20 periods for the moving average and
standard deviation calculations, and two standard deviations for
the bandwidth are just that, defaults. The actual parameters
needed for any given market/task may be different.
10. The average deployed should not be the best one for crossovers.
Rather, it should be descriptive of the intermediate-term trend.
11. If the average is lengthened the number of standard deviations
needs to be increased simultaneously; from 2 at 20 periods, to 2.5
at 50 periods. Likewise, if the average is shortened the number of
standard deviations should be reduced; from 2 at 20 periods, to 1.5
at 10 periods.
12. Bollinger Bands are based upon a simple moving average. This is
because a simple moving average is used in the standard deviation
calculation and we wish to be logically consistent.
13. Make no statistical assumptions based on the use of the standard
deviation calculation in the construction of the bands. The sample
size in most deployments of Bollinger Bands is simply too small for
statistical significance.
14. Finally, tags of the bands are just that, tags not signals. A
tag of the upper Bollinger Band is NOT in-and-of-itself a sell
signal. A tag of the lower Bollinger Band is NOT in-and-of-itself
a buy signal. For a free tutorial on Bollinger Bands, please visit



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Black-Scholes Model

Last-Revised: 10 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Kevin Lee (kevsterdtn at aol.com)

Black and Scholes are the mathmeticians who developed a model (formula)
that determines theoretical value of an option based on volatility and
time to expiration. Although this valuation is a theoretical value, it
is essentially the industry standard.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Commodity Channel Index

Last-Revised: 1 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: (anonymous), contact Chris Lott ( contact me )

The Commodity Channel Index (CCI) is a timing tool that works best with
seasonal or cyclical contracts. It keeps trades neutral in a sideways
moving market, and helps get in the market when a breakout occurs. A
moving average of the CCI can also be displayed. A constant number is
entered in the parameter screen to adjust the sensitivity of the index.
This will change the visual amplitude of the index lines.
FORMULAS: AVE = SUM OF LAST N PRICES / D
MEAN DEVIATION = SUM OF LAST (PRICE - AVE) / D
CCI = C * (PRICE - AVE) / MEAN DEVIATION
CCIAVE = OLD.CCIAVE + (SF * (CCI - OLD.CCIAVE))
SF: Smoothing Factor = 2 / (N + 1) where N = periods in ave,
or Smoothing Factor = 0 < SF < 1

PARAMETERS: 1st: Number of bars in the AVE average (ie. 5A).
Use the H,L,M,A study modifiers.
2nd: Multiplier constant C (usually 50-150).
3rd: Optional number of bars in the CCI average (ie. 3).
Example: 8,150,3

SCALE: Grid lines at the +100, 0 and -100 levels.

COLOR: 1st: CCI 2nd: Exponential average of CCI

HOW TO USE: Buy when CCI crosses ABOVE the +100 scale line.
Sell when CCI crosses BELOW the -100 scale line.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Charting Services

Last-Revised: 27 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Joseph Shandling (jshandl at ucs.net)

Thanks to the many free quote servers on the net, you don't need to
subscribe to a data service or charting service just to get basic
charts. The following sites offer a whole range of charts for a
particular stock, as well as a lot of other information.

* Yahoo! Quotes at
Offers 3-month, 1-year, 2-year and 5-year charts. No registration
is required. Pages for a stock include links to research, SEC
filings, etc, etc.
* DailyStocks at
Offers various screens and many charts. No charge but registration
is required.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Data Sources

Last-Revised: 18 May 2002
Contributed-By: Zeyu Vicki Pei, Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article lists some sources of historical data. Note that
currencies are traded over-the-counter, there are no central exchanges
or market makers. Thus, currency closing prices are really just noisy,
"best guesses" collected from a number of different exchanges and
transactions.

* Yahoo has a fair amount of data, both for individual issues and for
indexes.

For information about what they provide, surf here:



* Investors Alliance
219 Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308, 305-491-5100,



* Micro Data
Offers closing prices on stocks, futures, indexes, mutual funds,
and money market funds in zipped ascii files, all for just $200 per
year.



* Bull & Bear of Italy offers historical data and end-of-date updates
for markets in Great Britain, Germany, France, Italy, Switzerland,
Holland, Belgium, Spain, Finland, USA, Japan, Australia, and
Singapore. Annual subscription is Euro400. Please visit their
site at


* Ed Savage (contact egsavage at yahoo.com) maintains a collection of
data. Stated purpose: "To collect publicly available market data
in one place so people can access it easily." Donate "freely
redistributable" data or access same at this URL:
It is NOT a
real-time, 15-min delay, or close-of-day quote server.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Elliott Wave Theory

Last-Revised: 12 Dec 1996
Contributed-By: (Original author unknown), Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article introduces Elliott Wave Theory.

background

R. N. Elliott "discovered" the wave theory in the early 1934. It is a
method for explaining stock market movements. Actually, Elliott wave
theory helps explain economics in general, but the stock market tends to
have three attributes that make it quite applicable:
1. It is a true free market (i.e., prices are not fixed by the
supplier, but rather set by the consumer).
2. It provides consistent and regular metrics that can be measured.
3. It is manipulated by a statistically significantly large group of
people.

Assumptions behind Elliott Wave theory

* The market is NOT efficient. Rather it is an inefficient market
place that is controlled by the whims of the masses. The masses
consistently overreact and will make things over and under priced
consistently. This was, and until recently, in direct opposition
to prevailing theories that the market place was an efficient
mechanism. The efficient marketplace was the theory that was
taught in B-schools and often continues to be taught until this
day.
* That if the above is true, then you should be able to do a
"sociological" survey of stock prices independent of other news
that effects stock prices. ie., you will be measuring the global
effects that the masses will have on the stock. (An interesting
aside. We have all observed that stock prices move independently
or in the opposite direction that news about the company, the
economy, or the stock would tend to let us believe. The general
explanation for this behavior is that the masses tend to listen for
the news they are ready to hear, and that the movement that
actually happens depends on other effects.)

General Principle of Elliott Waves

There are many things that have to be accounted for when doing e-wave
studies of stocks, and that one of the most difficult things to overcome
is the personal ability to separate your own emotions from affecting
your analysis. You as a person have the same types of fear/greed
internal mechanisms that affect the entire market place as a whole and
without being able to work to dismiss those emotions you will not be
able to sit in a position that allows you to understand and profit from
the sociological effects that you are measuring. That basic fear/greed
mechanism is so inbred to our existence that will keep the Elliott wave
a valid study regardless the number of people that know and understand
it.

This is an important point: Elliott Theory measures sociological
performance of the masses and these sociological functions are so
ingrained that even if individuals or many individuals are able to
understand and dismiss those actions the majority of the people will not
be able to.

Elliott waves describe the basic movement of stock prices. It states
that in general there will be 5 waves in a given direction followed by
usually what is termed and ABC correction or 5 waves in the opposite
direction.

Wave Description

The following wave description applies to a market moving upwards. In a
down market (perhaps the stock is truly overpriced and the market has
turned), you will generally see the same types of behavior in reverse
that you saw watching the stock on the way up.



Wave 1
The stock makes its initial move upwards. This is usually caused
by a relatively small number of people that all of the sudden (for
a variety of reasons real or imagined) feel that the previous price
of the stock was cheap and therefore worth buying, causing the
price to go up.
Wave 2
The stock is considered overvalued. At this point enough people
who were in the original wave consider the stock overvalued and
take profits. This causes the stock to go down. However in
general the stock will not make it to it's previous lows before the
stock is considered cheap again.
Wave 3
This is usually the longest and strongest wave. More people have
found out about the stock, more people want the stock and they buy
it for a higher and higher price. This wave usually exceeds the
tops created at the end of wave 1.
Wave 4
At this point people again take profits because the stock is again
considered expensive. This wave tends to be weak because their are
usually more people that are still bullish on the stock and after
some profit taking comes wave 5.
Wave 5
This is the point that most people get on the stock, and is most
driven by hysteria. People will come up with lots of reasons to
buy the stock, and won't listen to reasons not to. At this point
contrarians will probably notice that the stock has very little
negative news and start shorting the stock. And at this point is
where the stock becomes the most overpriced. At this point the
stock will move into one of two patterns, either an ABC correction
or starting over with wave 1.

An ABC correction is when the stock will go down/up/down in
preparing for another 5 way cycle up. During this time frame
volatility is usually much less then the previous 5 wave cycle, and
what is generally happening is the market is taking a pause while
fundamentals catch up. It is interesting to note here that you can
have many ABC corrections happening. For instance if the
fundamentals do not catch up you will have two ABC corrections and
then the stock will have a 5 wave down cycle. (Odd number of ABC
corrections lead to the stock going up, even numbers lead to the
stock going down.)


Length and quantity of the moves

People tend to think of something being too expensive or cheap for the
very same reasons that they think something is attractive or not
attractive. This subjective judgement is called aesthetics. A measure
of what is aesthetically pleasing has to do with fibonacci sequences.
They are all around us, they describe art, snail shells, galaxies,
flower petals, and yes, our own internal feelings of value.

The quantity of time and movement of a stock through a wave cycle tends
to measured reasonably well by fibonacci sequences. The measurement and
prediction of waves tends to be bound by these numbers and by the
fibonacci fractions (Roughly 5/8 and 1 5/8 and their inverses)

For more information, visit the Elliott Wave site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 13 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:45 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part13
Version: $Id: part13,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 13 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - The Dow Jones Industrial Average

Last-Revised: 10 Mar 2003
Contributed-By: Norbert Schlenker, Chris Lott ( contact me )

The Dow Jones averages are computed by summing the prices of the stocks
in the average and then dividing by a constant called the "divisor".
The divisor for the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) is adjusted
periodically to reflect splits in the stocks making up the average. The
divisor was originally 30 but has been reduced over the years to a value
far less than one. The current value of the divisor is about 0.20; the
precise value is published in the Wall Street Journal and Barron's (also
see the links at the bottom of this article).

According to Dow Jones, the industrial average started out with 12
stocks in 1896. For all of you trivia buffs out there, those original
stocks and their fates are as follows: American Cotton Oil (traces
remain in CPC International), American Sugar (eventually became Amstar
Holdings), American Tobacco (killed by antitrust action in 1911),
Chicago Gas (absorbed by Peoples Gas), Distilling and Cattle Feeding
(evolved into Quantum Chemical), General Electric (the only survivor),
Laclede Gas (now Laclede Group but not in the index), National Lead (now
NL Industries but not in the index), North American (group of utilities
broken up in 1940s), Tennesee Coal and Iron (gobbled up by U.S. Steel),
U.S. Leather preferred (vanished around 1952), and U.S. Rubber (became
Uniroyal, in turn bought by Michelin). The number of stocks was
increased to 20 in 1916. The 30-stock average made its debut in 1928,
and the number has remained constant ever since.

Here are some of the recent changes.
* On 17 March 1997, Hewlett-Packard, Johnson & Johnson, Travelers
Group, and Wal-Mart joined the average, replacing Bethlehem Steel,
Texaco, Westinghouse Electric and Woolworth.
* In 1998, Travelers Group merged with CitiBank, and the new entity,
CitiGroup, replaced the Travelers Group.
* On 1 November 1999, Home Depot, Intel, Microsoft, and SBC
Communications joined the average, replacing Union Carbide,
Goodyear Tire & Rubber, Sears, and Chevron.
* Several stocks in the index have merged and/or changed names since
the last round of changes: Exxon became Exxon-Mobil after their
merger; Allied-Signal merged with Honeywell and kept the Honeywell
name; JP Morgan became JP Morgan Chase after their merger;
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing offically became 3M Corp; and
Philip Morris renamed itself Altria.

The Dow Jones Industrial Average is computed from the following 30
stocks. The links on the ticker symbols will take you to the a page at
Yahoo that offers current quotes and charts, and the links on the names
will take you to the respective company's home page.

Ticker Company Name
MMM 3M Corporation
AA Alcoa
MO Altria (was Philip Morris)
AXP American Express
T AT&T
BA Boeing
CAT Caterpillar
C CitiGroup
KO Coca Cola
DD E.I. DuPont de Nemours
EK Eastman Kodak
XOM Exxon Mobil
GE General Electric
GM General Motors
HPQ Hewlett-Packard
HD Home Depot
HON Honeywell
INTC Intel
IBM International Business Machines
IP International Paper
JPM JP Morgan Chase
JNJ Johnson & Johnson
MCD McDonalds
MRK Merck
MSFT Microsoft
PG Procter and Gamble
SBC SBC Communications
UTX United Technologies
WMT Wal-Mart Stores
DIS Walt Disney


Here are a few resources from Dow Jones and Company:
* Dow Jones Indexes develops, maintains, and licenses over 3,000
market indexes for investment products.

* The current list of companies in the DJIA and their weightings.

* Frequently Asked Questions about the DJIA.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Other Indexes

Last-Revised: 27 Jan 1998
Contributed-By: Rajiv Arora, Christiane Baader, J. Friedl, David Hull,
David W. Olson, Steven Pearson, Steven Scroggin, Chris Lott ( contact
me )

US Indexes:

AMEX Composite
A capitalization-weighted index of all stocks trading on the
American Stock Exchange.
NASDAQ 100
The 100 largest non-financial stocks on the NASDAQ exchange.
NASDAQ Composite
Midcap index made up of all the OTC stocks that trade on the Nasdaq
Market System. 15% of the US market.
NYSE Composite
A capitalization-weighted index of all stocks trading on the NYSE.
Russell 1000
The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000
smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents
approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of the Russell
3000 Index. As of the latest reconstitution, the average market
capitalization was approximately $421 million; the median market
capitalization was approximately $352 million. The largest company
in the index had an approximate market capitalization of $1.0
billion. Visit their web site for more information:

Russell 2000
Designed to be a comprehensive representation of the U.S.
small-cap equities market. The index consists of the smallest 2000
companies out of the top 3000 in domestic equity capitalization.
The stocks range from $40M to $456M in value of outstanding shares.
This index is capitalization weighted; i.e., it gives greater
weight to stocks with greater market value (i.e., shares * price).
Visit their web site for more information:

Russell 3000
The 3000 largest U.S. companies. Visit their web site for more
information:

Standard & Poor's 500
Made up of 400 industrial stocks, 20 transportation stocks, 40
utility, and 40 financial. Market value (#of common shares * price
per share) weighted. Dividend returns not included in index.
Represents about 70% of US stock market. Cap range 73 to 75,000
million.
Standard & Poor's 400 (aka S&P Midcap)
Tracks 400 industrial stocks. Cap range: 85 million to 6.8
billion.
Standard & Poor's 100 (and OEX)
The S&P 100 is an index of 100 stocks. The "OEX" is the option on
this index, one of the most heavily traded options around.
Value Line Composite
See Martin Zweig's Winning on Wall Street for a good description.
It is a price-weighted index as opposed to a capitalization index.
Zweig (and others) think this gives better tracking of investment
results, since it is not over-weighted in IBM, for example, and
most individuals are likewise not weighted by market cap in their
portfolios (unless they buy index funds).
Wilshire 5000
The Wilshire 5000 consists of all US-headquartered companies for
which prices are readily available. This historically has excluded
pink sheet companies, but as the technology for data delivery has
improved, so has the list of names in the index, now over 7000.
Needless to say, some of these are quite small. The index is
capitalization weighted. Since several companies included in the
S&P 500 are headquartered outside of the U.S., it is not true that
the Wilshire 5000 contains the S&P 500. For more information about
the Wilshire indexes, visit their web site:


Non-US Indexes:

CAC-40 (France)
The CAC-Quarante, this is 40 stocks on the Paris Stock Exchange
formed into an index. The futures contract on this index is
probably the most heavily traded futures contract in the world.
DAX (Germany)
The German share index DAX tracks the 30 most heavily traded stocks
(based on the past three years of data) on the Frankfurt exchange.
FTSE-100 (Great Britain)
Commonly known as 'footsie'. Consists of a weighted arithmetical
index of 100 leading UK equities by market capitalization.
Calculated on a minute-by-minute basis. The footsie basically
represents the bulk of the UK market activity.
Nikkei (Japan)
"Nikkei" is an abbreviation of "nihon keizai" -- "nihon" is
Japanese for "Japan", while "keizai" is "business, finance,
economy" etc. Nikkei is also the name of Japan's version of the
WSJ. The nikkei is sometimes called the "Japanese Dow," in that it
is the most popular and commonly quoted Japanese market index.
JPN JPN is a modified price-weighted index that measures the aggregate
performance of 210 common stocks actively traded on the Tokyo Stock
Exchange that are representative of a broad cross section of
Japanese industries. Japanese prices are translated without a
currency conversion, so the index is not directly affected by
dollar/yen changes. JPN is closely related, but not identical, to
the Nikkei Index. Options are traded on US exchanges.
Europe, Australia, and Far-East (EAFE)
Compiled by Morgan Stanley.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Market Volatility Index (VIX)

Last-Revised: 26 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Jack Krupansky (jack "at" finaxyz.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

The Market Volatility Index (VIX) is a measure of implied volatility in
trading of S&P 100 futures (specifically the OEX futures contract) on
The Chicago Board Options Exchange. The index is calculated based on
the prices of 8 calls and puts on the OEX that expire in approximately
30 days. Values for VIX tend to be between 5 and 100.

So what is 'implied volatility'? To understand this, first consider the
factors that go into the pricing of options. One of them is
'volatility'. It's simply the extent to which the price of something
has changed over a year, measured as a percentage. An option on a more
volatile stock or future will be more expensive. But options are just
like any other asset and as really priced based on the law of supply and
demand. If there is an excess of supply compared to demand, the price
will drop. Conversely, if there is an excess of demand, the price
rises. Since all the other parameters of the option price are
predictable or measurable, the piece that relates to demand can be
isolated. It's called the 'implied volatility'. Any excess or deficit
of demand would suggest that people have a difference in expectation of
the future price of the underlying asset. In other words, the future or
'expected volatility' will tend to be different from the 'historic
volatility'.

The CBOE has a rather complex formula for averaging various options for
the S&P 100 futures to get a hypothetical, normalized, 'ideal' option.
The volatility component can be isolated from the the price of this
ideal option. That's VIX. Although both 'put' and 'call' options are
included in the calculation, it is the 'put' options that lead to most
of the excess demand that VIX measures.

The VIX is said to to measure market sentiment (or, more interestingly,
to indicate the level of anxiety or complacency of the market). It does
this by measuring how much people are willing to pay to buy options on
the OEX, typically 'put' options which are a bet that the market will
decline. When everything is wonderful in the world, nobody wants to buy
put insurance, so VIX has a low value. But when it looks like the sky
is falling, everybody wants insurance in spades and VIX heads for the
moon. Practically, even in the most idyllic of times, VIX may not get
below 12 or 13. And even in the worst of panics, in 1998, VIX did not
break much above 60.

Many view the VIX as a contrarian indicator. High VIX values such as 40
(reached when the stock market is way down) can represent irrational
fear and can indicate that the market may be getting ready to turn back
up. Low VIX values such as 14 (reached when the market is way up) can
represent complacency or 'irrational exuberance' and can indicate the
the market is at risk of topping out and due for a fair amount of profit
taking. There's no guarantee on any of this and VIX is not necessarily
by itself a leading indicator of market action, but is certainly an
interesting indicator to help you get a sense of where the market is.

Here are some additional resources for the VIX:
* The current VIX number from Yahoo Finance

* A brief explanation from the CBOE
Options Corner of 30 Aug 2001
* James B. Bittman's book (at Amazon.com) on Trading Index Options

For more insights from Jack Krupansky, please visit his web site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Investor Rights Movement

Last-Revised: 24 Jun 1997
Contributed-By: Bob Grumbine (rgrumbin at nyx.net), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

The investor rights movement (sometimes called shareholder rights or
shareholder activism) involves people who try to use their shares to
make publically traded companies more accountable to their shareholders.
(Please don't confuse this issue with the topic of the rights of an
individual investor with respect to the broker or brokerage firm in case
of disputes, etc.) One of the most common goals that current investor
rights activists aim for is changing the election process of company
boards of directors so that each and every director is elected at once,
as opposed to the stagger system that is commonly used.

This article will give you a sense of the flavor, color, and some of the
directions of what's currently going on in the area of stockholder
rights. The key points: (1) you must have your shares registered in
your own name to have any real chance of participating; (2) having
gotten your shares registered, you need to read in detail every proposal
in the proxy statements sent by the companies (or by others in some
cases), to determine how to vote your own shares; and (3) if you have
the time and energy to attend some annual meetings personally, you
yourself can become a stockholder rights activist, voting not only your
own shares but any others for which you obtain proxies and, subject to
certain rules and procedures, even having your proposal(s) printed in
the annual proxy statements for other shareholders to read and vote
upon.

Ok, now the details. The absolute best sources of information about
investor rights activists are the proxy statements which each and every
one of the companies in which you own stock are required to send to you
each and every year as part of their process of getting their in-house
chosen directors elected. Some names stand out clearly as being the
kind of people you are looking for.

Ever since I was knee-high to a ticker tape, I have admired the work of
the Gilbert brothers and Wilma Soss, three of the longest-term most
dedicated activists for investor rights ever to grace the annual
meetings of major corporations. It has been more than 35 years since I
was knee-high to a ticker tape, so Lewis D. Gilbert and Wilma Soss have
both passed on. However, John J. Gilbert remains alive, well, and
active in promoting the stockholder right of cumulative voting for
directors, so that even in the most monolithic corporations held largely
by trustees indifferent to the legitimate interests of the real owners
of the shares, there can be elected at least some voice for the rights
and interests of actual owners.

A more recent activist on the single crucial issue of reinstating the
election of directors annually , instead of the stagger system, has been
Mrs. Evelyn Y. Davis, Watergate Office Building, 2600 Virginia Avenue
N.W., Suite 215, Washington, D.C. 20037. As in fact it has been used
in far too many instances, the stagger system facilitates incompetent or
malicious managers keeping effective control of boards of directors for
at least two years and sometimes longer beyond the time it becomes
obvious to stockholders that the existing board is acting outrageously
against the interests of the owners of the company. As she points out
in one of her proxy proposals, "the great majority of New York Stock
Exchange listed corporations elect all their directors each year" which
"insures that all directors will be more accountable to all shareholders
each year and to a certain extent prevents the self-perpetuation of the
Board." Rationally behaving directors have no legitimate worry about
getting elected every year. It is only those who are doing wrong
against the owners, or who intend to do so, who have any need for the
"stability" hogwash that so many staggered board companies spew forth as
justification for their anti-stockholder provisions.

Along with the general purpose activists, there are frequently holders
of stock in particular companies, sometimes even former officers or
directors, who conclude that the current actions or inactions of the
existing set of officers and directors are just plain wrong and need to
be redirected or changed, usually in some quite specific ways. To find
out about any of these you really must have your shares in all of the
companies that you own registered in your own name , so that you
yourself appear on the stockholder lists. To be sure, some of the
better quality brokers do make an effort to pass along mailings which
they are requested to send to you by the companies you own but in which
they hold the actual shares. Even those better quality people are
usually very delayed and you're going to miss most or all of the
individual company activists who see brokerage house shares as being
owned by people who just plain don't care about the real companies and
who aren't likely to read or understand any of the issues involved.
Rightly or wrongly, that does seem to be their view, and if you are
someone who actually does care about the companies you own, getting your
shares registered in your own name is the only way you're really going
to have a chance of being kept informed about what's going on.

Along with some who really are, or who have purported to be, concerned
about investor rights, you will also find many things included in the
proxy statements which look to me to be part of an "investor wrongs"
movement. I refer to things such as religious bigot groups insisting
that no American company do business with the nationals of any nation
which does not welcome their peculiar bigotries with open arms. I've
run across (and seen in action at annual meetings) so many of those
malicious anti-business twits, that I do feel the need to caution you
that not every proponent of issues for the annual stockholder's meeting
has even considered (1) the best interests of the company, (2) the best
interests of any stockholders other than their own peculiar set of
bigots, or (3) the fundamentally rational requirements for business
organizations to do business anywhere, let alone on a multinational
scale of activities. Just a cautionary note that I think desirable,
having referred you to the proxy statements as a source of contacts.

For more information on shareholder rights and activism, try these
sites:
* Corporate Governance: enhancing wealth creation through increased
accountability.

* Greenway Partners, shareholder activism for the 1990's and beyond.

* Infoseek's index.

* LENS is an activist money manager.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)

Last-Revised: 7 Nov 1995
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Bill Rini (bill at
moneypages.com)

This article is divided into four parts:
1. Introduction to IPOs
2. The Mechanics of Stock Offerings
3. The Underwriting Process
4. IPO's in the Real World

1. Introduction to IPOs

When a company whose stock is not publicly traded wants to offer that
stock to the general public, it usually asks an "underwriter" to help it
do this work. The underwriter is almost always an investment banking
company, and the underwriter may put together a syndicate of several
investment banking companies and brokers. The underwriter agrees to pay
the issuer a certain price for a minimum number of shares, and then must
resell those shares to buyers, often clients of the underwriting firm or
its commercial brokerage cousin. Each member of the syndicate will
agree to resell a certain number of shares. The underwriters charge a
fee for their services.

For example, if BigGlom Corporation (BGC) wants to offer its privately-
held stock to the public, it may contact BigBankBrokers (BBB) to handle
the underwriting. BGC and BBB may agree that 1 million shares of BGC
common will be offered to the public at $10 per share. BBB's fee for
this service will be $0.60 per share, so that BGC receives $9,400,000.
BBB may ask several other firms to join in a syndicate and to help it
market these shares to the public.

A tentative date will be set, and a preliminary prospectus detailing all
sorts of financial and business information will be issued by the
issuer, usually with the underwriter's active assistance.

Usually, terms and conditions of the offer are subject to change up
until the issuer and underwriter agree to the final offer. The issuer
then releases the stock to the underwriter and the underwriter releases
the stock to the public. It is now up to the underwriter to make sure
those shares get sold, or else the underwriter is stuck with the shares.

The issuer and the underwriting syndicate jointly determine the price of
a new issue. The approximate price listed in the red herring (the
preliminary prospectus - often with words in red letters which say this
is preliminary and the price is not yet set) may or may not be close to
the final issue price.

Consider NetManage, NETM which started trading on NASDAQ on Tuesday, 21
Sep 1993. The preliminary prospectus said they expected to release the
stock at $9-10 per share. It was released at $16/share and traded two
days later at $26+. In this case, there could have been sufficient
demand that both the issuer (who would like to set the price as high as
possible) and the underwriters (who receive a commission of perhaps 6%,
but who also must resell the entire issue) agreed to issue at 16. If it
then jumped to 26 on or slightly after opening, both parties
underestimated demand. This happens fairly often.

IPO Stock at the release price is usually not available to most of the
public. You could certainly have asked your broker to buy you shares of
that stock at market at opening. But it's not easy to get in on the
IPO. You need a good relationship with a broker who belongs to the
syndicate and can actually get their hands on some of the IPO. Usually
that means you need a large account and good business relationship with
that brokerage, and you have a broker who has enough influence to get
some of that IPO.

By the way, if you get a cold call from someone who has an IPO and wants
to make you rich, my advice is to hang up. That's the sort of IPO that
gives IPOs a bad name.

Even if you that know a stock is to be released within a week, there is
no good way to monitor the release without calling the underwriters
every day. The underwriters are trying to line up a few large customers
to resell the IPO to in advance of the offer, and that could go faster
or slower than predicted. Once the IPO goes off, of course, it will
start trading and you can get in on the open market.

2. The Mechanics of Stock Offerings

The Securities Act of 1933, also known as the Full Disclosure Act, the
New Issues Act, the Truth in Securities Act, and the Prospectus Act
governs the issue of new issue corporate securities. The Securities Act
of 1933 attempts to protect investors by requiring full disclosure of
all material information in connection with the offering of new
securities. Part of meeting the full disclosure clause of the Act of
1933, requires that corporate issuers must file a registration statement
and preliminary prospectus (also know as a red herring) with the SEC.
The Registration statement must contain the following information:

* A description of the issuer's business.
* The names and addresses of the key company officers, with salary
and a 5 year business history on each.
* The amount of ownership of the key officers.
* The company's capitalization and description of how the proceeds
from the offering will be used.
* Any legal proceedings that the company is involved in.

Once the registration statement and preliminary prospectus are filed
with the SEC, a 20 day cooling-off period begins. During the
cooling-off period the new issue may be discussed with potential buyers,
but the broker is prohibited from sending any materials (including Value
Line and S&P sheets) other than the preliminary prospectus.

Testing receptivity to the new issue is known as gathering "indications
of interest." An indication of interest does not obligate or bind the
customer to purchase the issue when it becomes available, since all
sales are prohibited until the security has cleared registration.

A final prospectus is issued when the registration statement becomes
effective (when the registration statement has cleared). The final
prospectus contains all of the information in the preliminary prospectus
(plus any amendments), as well as the final price of the issue, and the
underwriting spread.

The clearing of a security for distribution does not indicate that the
SEC approves of the issue. The SEC ensures only that all necessary
information has been filed, but does not attest to the accuracy of the
information, nor does it pass judgment on the investment merit of the
issue. Any representation that the SEC has approved of the issue is a
violation of federal law.

3. The Underwriting Process

The underwriting process begins with the decision of what type of
offering the company needs. The company usually consults with an
investment banker to determine how best to structure the offering and
how it should be distributed.

Securities are usually offered in either the new issue, or the
additional issue market. Initial Public Offerings (IPO's) are issues
from companies first going public, while additional issues are from
companies that are already publicly traded.

In addition to the IPO and additional issue offerings, offerings may be
further classified as:

* Primary Offerings: Proceeds go to the issuing corporation.
* Secondary Offerings: Proceeds go to a major stockholder who is
selling all or part of his/her equity in the corporation.
* Split Offerings: A combination of primary and secondary offerings.
* Shelf Offering: Under SEC Rule 415 - allows the issuer to sell
securities over a two year period as the funds are needed.

The next step in the underwriting process is to form the syndicate (and
selling group if needed). Because most new issues are too large for one
underwriter to effectively manage, the investment banker, also known as
the underwriting manager, invites other investment bankers to
participate in a joint distribution of the offering. The group of
investment bankers is known as the syndicate. Members of the syndicate
usually make a firm commitment to distribute a certain percentage of the
entire offering a nd are held financially responsible for any unsold
portions. Selling groups of chosen brokerages, are often formed to
assist the syndicate members meet their obligations to distribute the
new securities. Members of the selling group usually act on a " best
efforts" basis and are not financially responsible for any unsold
portions.

Under the most common type of underwriting, firm commitment, the
managing underwriter makes a commitment to the issuing corporation to
purchase all shares being offered. If part of the new issue goes
unsold, any losses are distributed among the members of the syndicate.

Whenever new shares are issued, there is a spread between what the
underwriters buy the stock from the issuing corporation for and the
price at which the shares are offered to the public (Public Offering
Price, POP). The price paid to the issuer is known as the underwriting
proceeds. The spread between the POP and the underwriting proceeds is
split into the following components:

* Manager's Fee: Goes to the managing underwriter for negotiating and
managing the offering.
* Underwriting Fee: Goes to the managing underwriter and syndicate
members for assuming the risk of buying the securities from the
issuing corporation.
* Selling Concession - Goes to the managing underwriter, the
syndicate members, and to selling group members for placing the
securities with investors.

The underwriting fee us usually distributed to the three groups in the
following percentages:

* Manager's Fee 10% - 20% of the spread
* Underwriting Fee 20% - 30% of the spread
* Selling Concession 50% - 60% of the spread

In most underwritings, the underwriting manager agrees to maintain a
secondary market for the newly issued securities. In the case of "hot
issues" there is already a demand in the secondary market and no
stabilization of the stock price is needed. However many times the
managing underwriter will need to stabilize the price to keep it from
falling too far below the POP. SEC Rule 10b-7 outlines what steps are
considered stabilization and what constitutes market manipulation. The
managing underwriter may enter bids (offers to buy) at prices that bear
little or no relationship to actual supply and demand, just so as the
bid does not exceed the POP. In addition, the underwriter may not enter
a stabilizing bid higher than the highest bid of an independent market
maker, nor may the underwriter buy stock ahead of an independent market
maker.

Managing underwriters may also discourage selling through the use of a
syndicate penalty bid. Although the customer is not penalized, both the
broker and the brokerage firm are required to rebate the selling
concession back to the syndicate. Many broke rages will further
penalize the broker by also requiring that the commission from the sell
be rebated back to the brokerage firm.

4. IPO's in the Real World

Of course knowing the logistics of how IPO's come to market is all fine
and dandy, but the real question is, are they a good investment? That
does tend to be a tricky issue. On one hand there are the Boston
Chickens and Snapples that shoot up 50% or 100%. But then there is the
research by people like Tim Loughran and Jay Ritter that shows that the
average return on IPO's issued between 1970 and 1990 is a mere 5%
annually.

How can the two sides of this issue be so far apart? An easy answer is
that for every Microsoft, there are many stocks that end up in
bankruptcy. But another answer comes from the fact that all the
spectacular stories we hear about the IPO market are usually basing the
percentage increase from the POP, and the Loughran and Ritter study uses
purchase prices based on the day after the offering hit the market.

For most investors, buying shares of a "hot" IPO at the POP is next to
impossible. Starting with the managing underwriter and all the way down
to the investor, shares of such attractive new issues are allocated
based on preference. Most brokers reserve whatever limited allocation
they receive for only their best customers. In fact, the old joke about
IPO's is that if you get the number of shares you ask for, give them
back, because it means nobody else wants it.

While the deck may seem stacked against the average investor. For an
active trader things may not be as bad as they appear. The Loughram and
Ritter study assumed that the IPO was never sold. The study does not
take into account an investor who bought an issue like 3DO (THDO -
NASDAQ), the day after the IPO and sold it in the low to mid 40's,
before it came crashing down. Obviously opportunities exist, however
it's not the easy money so often associated with the IPO market.

Portions of this article are copyright 1995 by Bill Rini.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Mergers

Last-Revised: 9 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: George Regnery (regnery at yahoo.com)

When one firm takes another over, or merges with another, a number of
things can happen to the firm's shares. The answer is, it depends.

In some cases, the shares of one company are converted to shares of the
other company. For instance, 3Com announced in early 1997 that it was
going to purchase US Robotics. Every US Robotics shareholder will
receive 1.75 shares of 3Com stock.

In other cases, one company simply buys all of the other company's
shares. It pays cash for these shares.

Another possibility, not very common for large transactions, is for one
company to purchase all the assets of another company. Company X buys
all of Company Y's assets for cash, which means that Company Y will have
only cash (and debt, if they had debt before). Of course, then company
Y is merely a shell, and will eventually move into other businesses or
liquidate.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Market Capitalization

Last-Revised: 11 Mar 1997
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

The market capitalization (or "cap") of a stock is simply the market
value of all outstanding shares and is computed by multiplying the
market price by the number of outstanding shares. For example, a
publically held company with 10 million shares outstanding that trade at
US$20 each would have a market capitalization of 200 million US$.

The value for a stock's "cap" is used to segment the universe of stocks
into various chunks, including large-cap, mid-cap, small-cap, etc.
There are no hard-and-fast rules that define precisely what it means for
a company to be in one of these categories, but there is some general
agreement. The Motley Fool offers these guidelines:
* Large-cap: Over $5 billion
* Mid-cap: $500 million to $5 billion
* Small-cap: $150 million to $500 million
* Micro-cap: Below $150 million According to these rules, the example
listed above would be a small-cap stock.

When reading a mutual fund prospectus, you may see the term "median
market cap." This is just the median of the capitalization values for
all stocks held by the fund. The median value is the middle value;
i.e., half the stocks in the fund have a market capitalization value
below the median, and the other half above the median. This value helps
you understand whether the fund invests primarily in huge companies, in
tiny companies, or somewhere in the middle.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Outstanding Shares and Float

Last-Revised: 30 Jan 2001
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Data that are frequently reported about a stock are the number of shares
outstanding and the float. These two bits of information are not the
same thing, although they are closely related. In a nutshell, the
outstanding shares are those held by the public (but possibly restricted
from trading), and the float is the number of shares held by the public
and available to be traded.

If that was not clear, let's begin at the beginning. When a company
incorporates, the articles of incorporation state how many shares are
authorized. For example, the company NotLosingMoney.com could
incorporate and have 1,000,000 (one million) shares. This is the number
of authorized shares. At the moment of incorporation, these shares are
held in the company treasury (at least that's what people say); the
number of outstanding shares and the float are both zero.

Next our example company sells some percentage of the authorized shares
to the public, possibly via an inital public offering (IPO). The
company chooses to sell 10% of the authorized shares to the public. In
addition, as part of going public, the company grants 10% of the
authorized shares to employees etc., but these people cannot sell their
shares for six months. So after the IPO, the public (i.e., not the
company) holds 200,000 shares, and the rest is in the treasury. So we
say that the number of shares outstanding is 200,000. However, due to
various restrictions placed on the employees, their share holdings
cannot be traded. While the restriction on insiders (commonly called a
lockup) is in force, just 100,000 shares are available for trading, and
the float is just 100,000 shares.

You may have heard the term "thin float" in connection with an IPO.
This refers to the practice of allowing just a small percentage of the
authorized shares to be sold to the public in the IPO. In cases where
demand was high (and the supply was artificially low), the result was
large jumps in price on the first day of trading.

When a company buys back its own shares on the open market and returns
these shares to the company treasury, this reduces both the float and
the number of outstanding shares. If a company has sufficient cash to
purchase shares, in theory these purchases could eventually buy all the
shares outstanding, which is essentially the same as taking the company
private.

Perhaps it is obvious, but when a company splits its shares, the number
of authorized shares is affected by the split. For example, if a large
company had 100 million shares authorized and implemented a 2 for 1
split, then after the split the company has 200 million shares
authorized.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Preferred Shares

Last-Revised: 22 Oct 97
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com)

Preferred stocks combine characteristics of common stocks and bonds.
Garden-variety preferred shares are a lot like general obligation
bonds/debentures; they are called shares, but carry with them a set
dividend, much like the interest on a bond. Preferred shares also do
not normally vote, which distinguishes them from the common shares.
While today there are a lot of different kinds of hybrid preferred
issues, such as a call on the gold production of Freeport McMoran Copper
and Gold to the point where they will deliver it, this article will
consider characteristics of the most ordinary variety of preferred
shares.

In general, a preferred has a fixed dividend (as a bond pays interest),
a redemption price (as a bond), and perhaps a redemption date (like a
bond). Unlike a stock, it normally does not participate in the
appreciation (or drop) of the common stock (it trades like a bond).
Preferreds can be thought of as the lowest-possible grade bonds. The
big point is that the dividend must be paid from after-tax money, making
them a very expensive form of capitalization.

One difference from bonds is that in liquidation (e.g. following
bankruptcy), bond holder claims have priority over preferred shares,
which in turn have priority over common shares (in that sense, the
preferred shares are "preferred"). These shares are also preferred
(hence the name) with respect to payment of dividends, while common
shares may have a rising, falling or omitted dividends. Normally a
common dividend may not be paid unless the preferred shares are fully
paid. In many cases (sometimes called "cumulative preferred"), not only
must the current preferred dividend be paid, but also any missed
preferred dividends (from earlier time periods) must be made up before
any common dividend may be paid. (My father once got about a $70
arrearage paid just because Jimmy Ling wanted to pay a $0.10 dividend on
his common LTV shares.)

Basically, preferreds stand between the bonds and the common shares in
the pecking order. So if a company goes bankrupt, and the bond holders
get paid off, the preferreds have next call on the assets - and unless
they get something, the common shareholders don't either.

Some preferred shares also carry with them a conversion privilege (and
hence may be called "convertible preferred"), normally at a fixed number
of shares of common per share of preferred. If the value of the common
shares into which a preferred share may be converted is low, the
preferred will perform price-wise as if it were a bond; that is often
the case soon after issue. If, however, the common shares rise in value
enough, the value of the preferred will be determined more by the
conversion feature than by its value as a pseudo-bond. Thus,
convertible preferred might perform like a bond early in its life (and
its value as a pseudo-bond will be a floor under its price) and, if all
goes well, as a (multiple of) common stock later in its life when the
conversion value governs.

And as time has gone on, even more elaborate variations have been
introduced. The primary reason is that a firm can tailor its cost of
funds between that of the common stock and bonds by tailoring a
preferred issue. But it isn't a bond on the books - and it costs more
than common stock.

In general, you won't find a lot of information on the preferred shares
anywhere. Since they are in a never-never land, it is hard to analyze
them (they are usually somewhere low on the equity worth scale from the
common and bonds). So they can't really carry a P/E and the like.
Unfortunately, most come with the equivalent of the bonds indenture -
that is the "fine print" and you may have to get and read it to see just
what you have. (I once had preferreds that paid dividends in more
shares of itself and in shares of another preferred, but how Interco got
itself into bankruptcy is another story.)

There are other reasons why preferreds are issued and purchased. A lot
of convertibles are held by people who want to participate in the rise
of a hot company, but want to be insulated from a drop should it not
work out. Here's a different strategy. For example, I've got some
Williams Brothers Preferreds. They pay about 8.5% and are callable in
Fall, 1997. When I bought them (some years ago), they had just been
issued and were unrated (likely still are not). But Williams itself is
a well-run company with strong cash flow that then needed the money fast
to buy out a customer who was in trouble. So I bought these shares more
as I'd buy a CD. The yield is high, the firm solid - and likely they
will pull my investment out from under me someday. Meanwhile, it forms
a bit of my "ready cash" account. And I can always sell it if I want
to.

Problem is, with so many variants, there isn't always a preferred that
you'd want to buy at the current price to carry out some specific
strategy. Naturally, not every firm has them, the issues are often
thinly traded and may not trade on the exchange of the parent firms
common (or even be listed on any exchange).

If the preferred shares get called (i.e., converted), you normally
collect just as if common shares are bought out - in cash, no deduction.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Price Basis

Last-Revised: 28 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: George Regnery (regnery at yahoo.com)

This article presents a bit of finance theory, namely the basis for a
stock's price.

A stock's price is equal to the net present value (NPV) of all expected
future dividends. (See the article elsewhere in the FAQ for an
explanation of the time value of money and NPV.) A company will plow its
earnings back into the company when it believes it can use this money
better than its investors, i.e., when the investment opportunities it
has are better than its investors have available. Eventually, the
company is going to run out of such projects: it simply won't be able to
expand forever. When it gets to the point where it cannot use all of
its earnings, either the company will pay dividends, it will build up a
cash mountain, or it will squander the money. If a company builds a
cash mountain, you'll see some investors demand higher dividends, and/or
the company management will waste the money. Look at Kerkorian and
Chrysler.

Sure, there are some companies that have recently built up a cash
mountain. Microsoft, for instance. But Gates owns a huge chunk of
Microsoft, and he'd have to pay 39.6% tax on any dividend, whereas he'd
have to pay only 28% (or perhaps 20%) on capital gains. But eventually,
Microsoft is going to pay a dividend on its common shares.

From a mathematical perspective, it's quite clear that a stock price is
equal to the NPV of all future dividends. For instance, the stock price
today is equal to the NPV of the dividends during the first year, plus
the discounted value of the stock in a year's time. In other words,
P(0) = PV (Div 1) + P(1). But the price in a year is equal to the NPV
of dividends paid during the second year plus the PV of the stock at the
end of two years. If you keep applying this logic, then the stock price
will become equivalent to the NPV of all future dividends. Stocks don't
mature like bonds do.

Of course it's also true that a stock's price is equal to whatever the
market will bear, pure supply and demand. But this doesn't mean a
stock's price, or a bond's price for that matter, can't have a price
that is determined by a formula. (Unfortunately, no formula is going to
tell you what dividend a company will pay in 5 years.) A bond's price is
equal to the NPV of all coupon payments plus the PV of the final
principal payment. (You discount at an appropriate rate for the risk
involved). Any investment's price is going to be equal to the NPV of
all future cash flows generated by that investment, and of course you
have to discount at the correct discount rate. The only cash flows that
investors in stocks get are from the dividends. If the price is not
equal to the NPV of all future cash flows, then someone is leaving money
on the table.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Price Tables in Newspapers

Last-Revised: 21 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Bruce A. Werner (BruceWerner at yahoo.com), Chris Lott
( contact me )

Stock prices from the previous day's trading are printed in tables in
most newspapers Tuesday through Saturday, and the week's activity is
commonly summarized on Sunday. These tables use an extremely
abbreviated format, including footnotes to indicate various situations.
The tables are distributed by the Associated Press.

This article lists the most commonly used footnotes about stock prices,
the stock itself, and dividends (three parts in the following table), so
if your newspaper doesn't explain its tables, this might help. Sources
consulted for this information include the Baltimore Sun, the New Jersey
Star-Ledger, and others; your local paper will probably be similar,
although typesetting tricks like boldface etc. may vary across
different papers. The long and the short of it is you want your
companies to have lots of u's and never anything that starts with v (you
have to wonder about the use of adjacent letters).

Footnote Explanation
Price
d Price is a new 52-week low
u Price is a new 52-week high
x Ex-dividend (ex-rights) price
y Ex-dividend and sales in full
z Sales in full
Stock
g Dividend or earnings in Canadian currency
n New issue in the past 52 weeks (i.e., the high/low aren't true 52-week
figures)
pf Preferred shares
pp Holder owes installments of purchase price
rt Rights
s Split or stock dividend of more than 25% in the past 52 weeks
un Units
v Trading was halted on the primary market
vj Bankrupt, reorganizing, etc.
wd When distributed
wi When issued
wt Warrants
ww With warrants
xw Without warrants
Dividend
a Also extra(s)
b Annual rate plus stock div.
c Liquidating div.
e Declared or paid in preceding 12 months.
f Annual dividend rate increased.
i Declared or paid after stock dividend or split up
j Paid this year, div. omitted, deferred or no action taken at last
div. meeting.
k Declared or paid this year, an accumulative issue with div. in
arrears
r Declared or paid in preceding 12 months plus stock div.
t Paid in stock in preceding 12 months, est. cash value on ex-div. or
ex-dist. date
Other
boldface Stock's price changed 5% or more from previous day
underline Stock's trading volume equalled or exceeded 2 percent of the
total number of shares outstanding.
triangle Stock reached a 52-week high (pointing up) or low (pointing
down)



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Price Data

Last-Revised: 30 Jan 2002
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Many people have asked me "how can I get the closing price for stock XY
on date Z." A common variant is to get the close of the Dow Jones
Industrial Average (or other stock index) for some given date or range.
The answer is that you need to find a provider of historical data (also
called historical quotes). If all you need is the open, close, and
volume for a stock on some date, you're in luck, because this is
available at no charge on the web (see below). However, if you want
detailed data suitable for detailed analysis, such as the full report of
every trade, you probably will have to pay for it.

Don't forget that the most reliable way to find a stock's price on a
given day is to visit a library with good newspaper archives. Look up
the newspaper for the following day (most likely on microfilm) and print
the section from the financial pages where the closing price appears.
Print that page, and be sure to print the portion of the page showing
the date. This may be the best way for people who are trying to
establish a cost basis for some shares of stock.

Yahoo's historical stock price data goes back to about 1970. You can
download the data in spreadsheet format. They even use friendly ticker
symbols for the stock indexes (e.g., the ticker for the Dow Jones
Industrial Average is DJIA).



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Replacing Lost Certificates

Last-Revised: 19 Feb 1998
Contributed-By: Richard Sauers (rsauers at enter.net), Bob Grumbine
(rgrumbin at nyx.net), Chris Lott ( contact me )

If a stock holder loses a stock certificate through fire, theft, or
whatever, shares registered in the stock holder's name (as opposed to
so-called "street name") can be replaced fairly quickly and easily.

To replace a lost certificate, begin by contacting the company's stock
transfer agent. If you don't know the transfer agent, contact the
company to find out; Value Line or Standard & Poor's Corporation Records
(probably available at your friendly local library) are a good source
for the contact addresses of the company itself.

Tell the transfer agent the approximate date the certificate was issued.
The transfer agent will ask you to post a bond, called a surety bond,
that indemnifies the transfer agent. The cost of the surety bond
required is typically 3% of the value of the certificate. (The transfer
agent will be able to recommend a surety company.) Once the bond is
posted, the transfer agent should be able to reissue the missing
certificate with no further ado.

If you hold shares in your name, you might consider preparing yourself
for this eventuality by keeping a copy of the stock certificate (it will
show the number, transfer agent, etc.) separate from the original.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Stocks - Repurchasing by Companies

Last-Revised: 11 Nov 1996
Contributed-By: Bob Bose (bobbose at sover.net)

Companies may repurchase their own stock on the open market, usually
common shares, for many reasons. In theory, the buyback should not be a
short term fix to the stock price but a rational use of cash, implying
that a company's best investment alternative is to buy back its stock.
Normally these purchases are done with free cash flow, but not always.
What happens is that if earnings stay constant, the reduced number of
shares will result in higher earnings per share, which all else being
equal will result, should result, in a higher stock price.

But note that there is a difference between announcing a buyback and
actually buying back stock. Just the announcement usually helps the
stock price, but what really counts is that they actually buy back
stock. Just don't be fooled into believing that all "announced share
buybacks" are actually implemented. Some are announced just for the
short term bounce that usually comes with the announcement. Those types
of companies I would avoid as management is out to deceive their
shareholders.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 15 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:46 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part15
Version: $Id: part15,v 1.61 2003/03/17 02:44:30 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 15 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2003 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Strategy - Survey of Stock Investment Strategies

Last-Revised: 20 Jan 2000
Contributed-By: John Price (johnp at sherlockinvesting.com)

This article offers a brief survey of several strategies that investors
use to guide their stock purchases and sales.

Before we start the survey, here's a golden rule of investing: Know why
you are buying a particular stock -- donÂ’t wait until its price goes up
or down to think about it. Many investors are not sure why they bought
a stock in the first place, so when a dramatic fall in price happens,
they're not sure what to do next.

Here's an example. Let's say you bought Intel. When you know why you
bought Intel you will have a stronger basis for knowing what to do when
its price goes up, or down, or even stays the same. So if Intel starts
to go down in price and you bought it as a momentum play, then you will
probably want to sell as quickly as possible. But if you bought it as
an undervalued stock, and if the fundamentals have not changed, then you
might want to buy more."

Of course, every investor and every stock presents a different reason
for contacting your broker. But we have to start somewhere, so here is
my analysis of the six main investment styles.



Brother-in-law investor
Your brother-in-law phones, or perhaps your stockbroker or the
investment writer for the regional newspaper. He has the scoop on
a great stock but you will have to act quickly. If you are likely
to buy in this situation, then you are a "brother-in-law investor."
Brother-in-law investors rely on the advice of other people to make
their decisions.


Technical investor
Moving averages, candlestick patterns, Gann charts and resistance
levels are the sort of things the technical investor deals with.
Technical investors were once called chartists because their
central activity was making and studying charts of stock prices.
Nowadays this is usually done on a computer where advanced
mathematics combines with grunt power to unlock past patterns and
correlations. The hope is that they will carry into the future.


Economist investor
This type of investor bases his decisions on forecasts of economic
parameters. A typical statement is "The dollar will strengthen
over the next six months, unemployment will decrease, interest
rates will climb -- a great time to get into bank stocks." Random
walk investor This is the area of the academic investor and is part
of what is called Modern Portfolio Theory. "I have no idea whether
stock XYZ will go up or down, but it has a high beta. Since I
donÂ’t mind the risk, IÂ’ll buy it since I will, on the average, be
compensated for this risk." At the core of this strategy is the
Efficient Market Hypothesis EMH. There are a number of versions of
it but they all end up at the same point: the current price of a
stock is what you should buy, or sell, it for. This is the fair
price and no amount of analysis will enable you to do any better,
says the EMH. With the Efficient Market Hypothesis, stock prices
are assumed to follow paths that can be described by tosses of a
coin.


Scuttlebutt investor This approach to investing was pioneered by
Philip Fisher and consists of piecing together information on
companies obtained informally through wide-ranging conversations,
interviews, press-reports and, simply, gossip. In his book Common
Stocks and Uncommon Profits, Fisher wrote:

Go to five companies in an industry, ask each of them
intelligent questions about the points of strength and
weakness of the other four, and nine times out of ten a
surprisingly detailed and accurate picture of all five
will emerge.

Fisher also suggests that useful information can be obtained from
vendors, customers, research scientists and executives of trade
associations.


Value Investor
In the fourth edition of the investment classic _Security
Analysis_, the authors Benjamin Graham, David Dodd, and Sydney
Cottle speak of the "attempts to value a stock independently of its
current market price". This independent value has many names such
as `intrinsic value,Â’ `investment value,Â’ `reasonable value,Â’ `fair
value,Â’ and `appraised value.Â’ They go on to say:

A general definition of intrinsic value would be "that
value which is justified by the facts, e.g., assets,
earnings, dividends, [and] definite prospects, including
the factor of management." The primary objective in using
the adjective "intrinsic" is to emphasize the distinction
between value and current market price, but not to invest
this "value" with an aura of permanence.

Value investing is the name given to the method of deciding on
individual investments on the basis of their intrinsic value as
contrasted with their market price.

This, however, is not the standard definition. Most authors refer
to value investing as the process of searching for stocks with
attributes such as a low ratio of price to book value or a low
price-earnings ratio. In contrast, stocks with high price to book
value or a high price-earnings ratio are called growth stocks.
Investors searching for stocks from within this universe of stocks
are called growth investors. These two approaches are usually seen
to be in opposition.

Not so, declared Warren Buffett. In the 1992 Annual Report of
Berkshire Hathaway he wrote, "the two approaches are joined at the
hip: Growth is always a component in the calculation of value,
constituting a variable whose importance can range from negligible
to enormous and whose impact can be negative as well as positive."


Conscious Investor
This type of investor overlaps the six types just mentioned.
Increasingly investors are respecting their own beliefs and values
when making investment decisions. For many, quarterly earnings are
no longer enough. For example, so many people are investing in
socially responsible mutual funds that the total investment is now
over one trillion dollars. Many others are following their own
paths to clarify their investment values and act on them. The
process of bringing as much honesty as possible into investment
decisions we call conscious investing.


Most people invest for different reasons at different times. Also they
donÂ’t fall neatly into a single category. In 1969 Buffett described
himself as 85 percent Benjamin Graham [Value] and 15 percent Fisher
[Scuttlebutt].

Whatever approach, or approaches, you take, the most important thing is
know why you bought a particular stock. If you bought a stock on the
recommendation of your neighbor, be happy about it and recognize that
this is why you bought it. Then you will be more likely to avoid the
"investor imperative," namely the following behavior: If your stock
rises, claim it as your ability; if it falls, pass on the blame.

Do all that you can to avoid going down this path. Write down why you
bought a stock. Tell your spouse your reasons. Tape them on your
bathroom mirror. Above all, if you want to be a successful investor,
donÂ’t kid yourself.

For more insights from John Price, visit his site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Strategy - Value and Growth

Last-Revised: 23 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

Investors will frequently read about value stocks (or value strategies)
as well as growth stocks (and growth strategies). These terms describe
reasons why people believe certain stocks will increase in value. This
article gives a brief summary.

The value strategy attempts to find shares of companies that represent
good value (i.e., value stocks). In other words, their stock prices are
lower than comparable companies, perhaps because the shares are out of
favor with Wall Street. Eventually, they believe, the market will
recognize the true value of the stock and run up the price. People who
believe in this strategy are sometimes called fundamentalists because
they focus on the fundamentals of the company. The grand champion of
this strategy is (was) Benjamin Graham, author of two classic investment
books, Security Analysis and The Intelligent Investor. Measures of
value may be a company's book value, earnings, revenue, brand
recognition, etc, etc.

The growth strategy attempts to find shares of companies that are
growing and will continue to grow rapidly (i.e., growth stocks). In
other words, their earnings are increasing nicely and the stock price is
increasing along with those earnings. People who believe in this
strategy are sometimes called momentum investors. They are sometimes
criticized for paying high prices for growth and ignoring fundamentals.
Measures of growth usually focus on the earnings growth.

With just a little bit of looking, it's easy to find mutual funds that
take one, the other, or a combined strategy.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Backup Withholding

Last-Revised: 20 Mar 1997
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com)

Once the IRS declares you a "Bad Boy" (for having underpaid or been
negligent on your tax filings in other ways) they stick you with "Backup
Withholding."

What this means, essentially, is that any firm that deals with your
money in taxable tranactions is required to withhold (and submit to IRS)
31% of the proceeds of ANY transaction (on the assumption that the
entire amount is a taxable gain). Then, next year when you file, they
have all this money of yours, and you might be able to get it back if it
is in excess of your actual tax liability once they have themselves
determined it is indeed excess.

So if you trade often, 31% disappears each time and soon all of your
capital is held by the IRS.

I think that your time in the "penalty box" lasts for 5 years (I'm not
sure) if you remain faultlessly clean and petition to have it lifted.

In short - this is not something you want to get into. By the way,
there is a substantial penalty if you lie to the broker about whether
you are subject to this treatment.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Capital Gains Cost Basis

Last-Revised: 7 Jan 2000
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

This article discusses how to determine the cost basis of a security
according to the rules of the US tax code. The most common need for the
cost basis of a security like stock is to report the proper gain or loss
when that security is sold. This article sketches the issues for the
simple case (you bought a security) and a couple less simple cases (you
are given or inherit a security). Of course you might have not just one
share but instead many hundreds; the word "security" is used here for
simplicity.



You bought the security
The cost basis is simply the money you paid when you bought the
security, including any commissions that you paid to acquire that
security. For example, if you bought 10 shares of IBM at 100 and
paid $29.95 in commission to do so, your cost basis would be
1029.95. This example lists just a single purchase of a security.
If you accumulated stock over the course of many purchases, the
total cost basis is still just the cost of all the purchases
including commissions. The situation gets a bit more complex if
you sell only a portion of an investment; see the FAQ article about
computing capital gains for more information about this.


You were given the security
To oversimplify the issue, if the shares are given away at a gain,
the donor's cost basis and acquisition date are used. If the
shares are given away at a loss, the fair market value as of the
date of gift must be used to calculate a subsequent sale at a loss,
while the donor's cost basis must be used to calculate a subsequent
sale at a gain. In the case of a gift at a loss, which is later
sold at a loss, the date of the gift is used as the "acquisition
date" of that stock. All of this means that an individual can
transfer a gain but not a loss to another individual. Read on for
all the details.

The date when the gift is made is important. To figure the cost
basis, the fair market value (FMV) of the gift on the gift date
must be determined. A local library's microfilm archive might be
the best resource to find the value of shares on a particular date.
But be cautious about stock splits and other stock dividends! It's
wise to consult the S&P stock guide, the Value Line Investment
Survey, or the company that issued the shares for a history of the
stock price, stock splits and dividends, etc.

In the happiest and simplest case, the donor bought shares for a
pittance, and donated them to some lucky individual, maybe you,
after the shares had appreciated dramatically. That individual
immediately sold the shares. The fair market value (FMV) of the
shares on the gift date far exceeded the original cost basis, so
the recipient's cost basis is the same as the donor's cost basis
(possibly small, but definitely NOT zero).

For example, the donor's cost basis is $20, and the FMV on the date
of the gift is $100. The cost basis that the recipient must use is
$20. On the other hand if the shares were sold for only $5, the
same cost basis is used, and the loss is $15. In both cases, the
acquisition date that must be reported is the same as the donor's
acquisition date.

The other possibility, of course, is that the share's FMV on the
gift date was less than the original cost basis thanks to some
decline in value. In this case, the gift assumes a dual cost basis
that is not determined until the shares are sold. The donor's cost
basis must be used to determine the gain if the shares are sold at
a gain. The FMV on the date of the gift must be used if the shares
are sold at a loss.

For example, the donor's cost basis is $20, and the FMV on the date
of the gift is $10, thus establishing a dual cost basis. Here are
three possibilities.
* Case 1: If the shares are subsequently sold for $25, this is a
gain with respect to the donor's original cost basis and the
FMV, so the recipient consequently reports a gain of $5,
namely $25 (sales price) less 20 (donor's cost basis).
* Case 2: If the shares are sold for $8, this is a loss with
respect to the donor's original cost basis and the FMV, so the
recipient consequently reports a loss of $2, namely $8 (sales
price) less $10 (FMV on gift date).
* Case 3: Here's where it gets complicated. If the shares are
sold for $15, representing a loss with respect to the donor's
cost basis but a gain with respect to the FMV on the gift
date, what cost basis should the recipient use?
* If the donor's cost basis of $20 is used, this would
produce a loss for the recipient. However, the $20 can
be used only when the recipient has a gain, so that's
out.
* If the FMV of $10 is used, this would produce a gain for
the recipient. However, the $10 can be used only when
the recipient has a loss, so that's out too. Result: The
recipient has neither a gain or loss.

The acquisition date that must be reported depends on the cost
basis, and is pretty straightforward. If the donor's cost basis is
used, use the donor's acquisition date, and if the FMV on the date
of the gift is used, use the date of the gift.

The IRS is light on advice as to how to report a transaction where
the stock was given at a loss, and the sale produces neither gain
nor loss. If you report the net sales price and then show the cost
basis equal to the sales price, you end up with no gain. You can
choose to use either the date of gift or original date as your
acquisition date, since no gain or loss makes it a pretty much
"don't care" condition.


You inherit a security
The cost basis is simply the value of the security on the date of
the person's death who bequeathed that security to you. (The
accountant lingo for this is "when the stock was inherited, its
cost basis was stepped up to fair market value on date of death".)
The easiest way to get this is probably to look in a library's
archive (probably on microfiche or CD-ROM) of the Wall Street
Journal or the New York Times. Don't forget about stock splits
while doing the research.

In rare cases, the executor will choose to use an "alternate
valuation date" instead of date of death. The alternate valuation
date, always 6 months after death, can be chosen only when it will
reduce the estate tax, and if chosen, must be used for all property
of the estate. An executor who makes this election should notify
the heirs of the value used.

Note that when figuring capital gains taxes, inherited property is
always long term, per se. In fact if you glance at Pub 550 it asks
you to not use an acquisition date for inherited property but to
write "INH" to indicate it is inherited property.


Be careful of reinvested dividends! If a stock paid dividends and the
dividends were reinvested, computation of a fair cost basis requires a
bit of work. All reinvested dividends need to be added to the cost
basis, otherwise the cost basis will be much too low and the person who
sells the security will pay too much tax. If the dividend payment and
reinvestment records are not available, you need to reconstruct them.
Find out from old Wall Street Journals or New York Times financial
sections how much the dividend was each year since the stock was
acquired or inherited, and use the number of shares and price per share
on the dividend pay date. You might use a spreadsheet to show number of
shares each year, amount of dividend, price at time of reinvestment,
etc. This requires a good deal of researching the dividend amounts and
the share price.

If computing the cost basis of some security looks hopeless, here's an
alternative to consider: donate some or all the shares to charity. If
you normally make donations to your church, alumni association, or other
charity, it is quite easy to persuade them to accept stock instead of
cash. By doing so, you never have to calculate gains nor list the sale
as income on your tax return. Moreover, if the stock was held more than
a year (long-term gain), you get to itemize the charitable deduction at
fair market value on the date of gift. Note that stock gifted to
charity and held short term can be deducted at the lower of cost basis
or fair market value. This implies that stock bought with reinvested
dividends within a year of the gift would be limited to the lower of
fair market value or cost basis.

For the last word on the cost basis issue, see IRS Publication 551,
"Basis of Assets."


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Capital Gains Computation

Last-Revised: 4 Aug 1998
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com), Art Kamlet
(artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact me ), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr
at animato.arlington.ma.us)

Gains made on equities (i.e., stocks or mutual funds) are subject to
capital gains taxes. In the simplest case, you bought a lot of shares
(either stocks or mutual funds) at some date, made no further
investments (took your dividends in cash), and finally sold the shares
at some later date. Your gain is simply the difference between your net
cost and net income, and you report that as a capital gain. This
article focuses on computing the amount of the gain (but not the amount
of tax you'll have to pay, see the article on capital gains tax rates
elsewhere in the FAQ for that).

Note that this article discusses only realized capital gains. Tax is
only due on a realized capital gain, never (at least not as of this
writing) on an unrealized capital gain. A realized capital gain is
money in your pocket. If you bought shares at 10 and sold at 20, you
realized a capital gain of $10 per share, and of course Uncle Sam (and
just about every other tax authority out there) wants a piece of the
action. An unrealized capital gain is a gain that you have on paper; in
other words, you bought a stock at 10, still hold the shares, and on
some date it's trading at 20. You have an unrealized capital gain as of
that date of $10 per share, and because it's unrealized, there are no
tax implications.

The first part of computing capital gains and gains taxes is determining
the cost basis of the securities that you sold. For more information on
that, see the FAQ article on computing cost basis . That article
discusses how to compute the cost basis if you inherit or are given some
stock or other equities.

Computing gains is simple for a sale of a single share, or a sale of a
single lot of shares. The situation becomes more complex if you
acquired several lots of shares at different prices. It's not so bad
for stocks, because when you sell shares of stock, you always, always,
always sell specific shares. But when you sell shares in a mutual fund,
things are not as simple. We'll cover these two cases next.
* Selling shares of stock.
For example, say you hold 200 shares of IBM, half of which you
bought at $40 and half at $50 (I should be so lucky). What price
should you use if you sell 100 shares?

In this simple example, it's your choice: either $40 or $50. But,
to be legal, you must specify to your broker precisely which lot
you are selling before you give the sell order. IRS Pub 550
clearly says that adequate specific identification of shares has
been made if you tell the broker at time of sale what shares are
being sold and if the broker so notes it on the confirmation slip.
Many brokers (especially as they now have years of computer
records) are able to mark that on your confirmation slip
automatically. But another way is to tell your broker and then get
him to sign a confirmation letter attesting to that fact. If you
don't do this, the IRS, in an audit, may reverse your decisions.

Note that the broker is under no obligation to accept a specific
shares order, but I personally would take my business to another
broker if I ran into that.

In any case, the key element in identifying specific shares to be
sold is that you've got to convince the IRS that you made your
choice of what shares to sell prior to the trade and convince the
IRS that you informed the broker of that choice (also prior to the
trade).

If you don't tell the broker, and get no information on the
confirmation slip, the specific shares you sell are the oldest
(sometimes called first-in first-out or FIFO).


* Selling shares of a mutual fund.

Mutual fund investors have to choose one of four possible methods
of computing their basis for sold shares. These are as follows.
1. Specific shares -- the investor decides which specific shares
are to be sold.
2. First-in-first-out (FIFO) -- the oldest shares are sold first
(this is actually a kind of specific shares).
3. Average cost, single category -- the basis of a share is the
average basis of all shares.
4. Average cost, double category (may now be triple category,
given the new capital gains law) -- shares are segregated by
holding period, the basis of a share in a given category is
the average basis of all shares in that category.

Investors may switch between (1) or (2) as they like, but once (3)
or (4) is chosen for a security, the investor must stick with that
method until he has entirely liquidated his position in the
security or receives IRS permission to change methods.

The following discussion details the average cost, single category
method (3), which is probably the most commonly used method.

The description that "the basis of a share is the average basis of
all shares" pretty much says it all. Despite this, the calculation
often confuses people, especially when additional purchases are
made subsequent to sales, and it can be laborious to keep track of
everything. Key points to remember are the following.
* Reinvestment of distributions are treated exactly like (and in
fact are) purchases.
* Every time a sale is made, the basis of every remaining share
becomes the average cost used in the sale calculation. A
share has no "memory" of what its previous basis values were.
* For purposes of computing holding period only, you are deemed
to be selling the oldest shares first. You have no choice in
the matter.

Various software packages such as Captool, by Captools Inc
(formerly Techserve) can do the computation for you. If I were
doing it manually (or using a spreadsheet) I'd probably do
something like the following.
1. Divide a piece of paper into six columns. Label them "Date",
"Number of shares", "Cost", "Total Shares", "Total Cost" and
"Average Cost".
2. Fill in the first three columns for all your purchases up to
the point of your first sale.
3. Now fill in the "Total Shares" column. Obviously, for the
first entry this will be equal to the number of shares bought.
For subsequent entries, it will be equal to the "Total Shares"
value of the previous entry plus the "Number of Shares" value
for the current entry.
4. Fill in the "Total Cost" column the same way.
5. Fill in the "Average Cost" value for the final entry by
dividing that entry's "Total Cost" value by its "Total Shares"
value. You could do this for every entry (and that would be
the easier thing to do in a spreadsheet) but only the average
cost as it existed right before a sale matters, and if you're
doing it manually why waste the time computing and writing
down numbers you won't need?
6. Now put in an entry for your first sale.
* Put down the date.
* Put the quantity of shares sold in the "Number of Shares"
entry as a *negative* number (you are selling them, after
all).
* Multiply "Number of Shares" by the average cost you got
in step (5) and enter that in the "Cost" column. This
will be negative -- as well it should -- since a sale
reduces your total basis by the basis of the shares that
are sold.
* Fill in "Total Shares" for this entry like you did in
step (3). Since "Number of Shares" for this entry is
negative, "Total Shares" will decrease as it should.
* Fill in "Total Cost" for this entry like you did in step
(4). Since "Cost" for this entry is negative, "Total
Cost" will decrease as it should.
* Note that your gain (or loss) on the sale is the sum of
your sales proceeds and the "Cost" value (which is a
negative number) of the sale entry.
7. If your next transaction is a sale, do it just like (6). If
your next transaction is a purchase:
* Put down the date.
* Put down the shares bought in the "Number of Shares"
column.
* Put down the cost in the "Cost" column.
* Fill in "Total Shares" as in step (3).
* Fill in "Total Cost" as in step (4).
* If desired, fill in average cost column. You only really
have to do this for a purchase entry that immediately
preceeds a sale entry.
8. Keep the sheet up to date with all purchases and sales as you
make them.

Note that this procedure only tells you the overall gain or loss on
a sale. You still have to determine the holding period for the
shares sold, and if multiple holding periods are involved,
apportion the gain or loss into each holding period.

As previously stated, you must consider the oldest remaining shares
to be the ones sold for this purpose. So if you sell N shares, go
back to your purchase records and mark off (physically or mentally)
the oldest remaining N shares (which may well be from different
purchases) and see what the holding periods are.

Here's an example for all of this:
* On 02/01/97 buy 100sh for $1000.
* On 08/01/97 buy 75sh for $1000.
* On 12/23/97 reinvest $600 of distributions getting 40sh.
* On 12/01/98 sell 200sh for $4000.
* On 12/24/98 reinvest $300 of distributions getting 14sh
* On 06/15/99 buy 100sh for $2000
* On 10/31/99 sell 50sh for $900

Date Nr Shares Cost Total Shares Total Cost AvgCost
02/01/97 100 $1000.00 100 $1000.00
08/08/97 75 $1000.00 175 $2000.00
12/23/97 40 $ 600.00 215 $2600.00 $12.0930
12/01/98 (200) ($2418.60) 15 $ 181.40
12/24/98 14 $ 300.00 29 $ 481.40
06/15/99 100 $2000.00 129 $2481.40 $19.2357
10/31/99 (50) ($961.79) 79 $1519.61


Since the basis of the shares sold on 12/01/98 was $2418.60 while
the proceeds of that sale were $4000, there was a $1581.40 gain on
the sale. The shares that were sold were the 100 shares purchased
02/01/97, the 75 shares purchased 08/08/97, and 25 of the forty
shares purchased 12/23/97. The 100 shares purchased 02/01/97 have
a holding period of over 12 months, the 75 shares purchased
08/08/97 also have a holding period of over 12 months, and the 25
shares sold out of the block of 40 purchased 12/23/97 have a
holding period of less than 12 months. Enter each piece in the
appropriate part of Schedule D, prorating the $2418.60 basis and
the $4000 proceeds across the pieces based on the number of shares
in each piece.

Now, since the basis of the shares sold on 10/31/99 was $961.79
while the proceeds were $900, there was a $61.79 loss on that sale.
The shares that were sold were the remaining 15 shares in the block
of forty purchased 12/23/97, the 14 shares purchased 12/24/98, and
21 shares from the block of 100 purchased 6/15/99. The 15 shares
purchased 12/23/97 have a holding period over 12 months, while both
the 14 shares purchased 12/24/98 and the 21 shares purchased
06/15/99 have holding periods under 12 months. Again, enter each
piece in the appropriate parts of Schedule D, prorating the $961.79
basis and the $900 proceeds.

Finally, there's a reporting shortcut. If you have multiple
purchase blocks in the same holding period category, you can
combine them into a single entry. Just write "various" for the
acquisition date and combine the basis and proceeds of the blocks
to get the basis and proceeds of the single entry. For example,
for the 10/31/99 sale, on the short-term part of Schedule D I would
combine the 14 12/24/98 shares and the 21 6/15/99 shares into a
single entry, reporting 35 shares, acquisition date of "various",
sell date of 10/31/99, basis of $673.25, proceeds of $630.00, and a
loss of $43.25.

And now you see why I use a piece of software to track all this and
generate reports for me :-).

Remember that the averaging method for computing cost basis applies only
to shares of mutual funds and does not apply to conventional stock
sales. A cost basis includes brokerage and all other costs specifically
attributable to holding the security. Be sure to correct your per-share
values for stock splits (see the article elsewhere in the FAQ for more
information about splits) and dividends, as well as any participation in
a DRIP.

Ok, hopefully by now you have computed the total gain on your equity
sales. Now you have to figure out how much tax you owe. Please see the
article in the FAQ on capital gains tax rates for more help.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Capital Gains Tax Rates

Last-Revised: 10 Jan 2001
Contributed-By: Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us)

While reading misc.invest.*, you may have seen people talking about
"long-term gains" or "short-term losses." Despite what it sounds like,
they are not talking about investment strategies, but rather a
potentially important part of the United States tax code. All this
matters because the IRS taxes short- and long-term gains differently.

The "holding period" is the amount of time you held some security before
you sold it. For reasons explained later, the IRS cares about how long
you have held capital assets that you have sold. The holding period is
measured in months. The nominal start of the holding period clock is
the day after the trade date, not the settlement date. (I say nominal
because there are various IRS rules that will change the holding period
in certain circumstances.) For example, if your trade date is March 18,
then you start counting the holding period on March 19. On April 19
your holding period is one month. On May 19 your holding period is two
months, and so on.

With holding period defined, we can say that a short-term gain or
short-term loss is a gain or loss on a capital asset that had a holding
period of 12 months or less, and that a long-term gain or long-term loss
is a gain or loss on a capital asset that had a holding period of more
than 12 months.

Note that a short-sale is considered short-term regardless of how long
the position is held open. This actually makes a kind of sense, since
the only time you actually held the stock was between when you bought
the stock to cover the position and when you actually delivered that
stock to actually close the position out. This length of time is
somewhere from minutes to a few days.

Net capital gains and losses are fully part of adjusted gross income
(AGI), with the exception that if your net capital loss exceeds $3,000,
you can only take $3,000 of the loss in a tax year and must carry the
remainder forward. If you die with carried-over losses, they are lost.
Short-term and long-term loss carryovers retain their short or long-term
character when they are carried over.

Discussions from this point on talk about the various tax rates on
capital gains. It is important to note that these rates are only the
nominal rates. Because capital gains are part of AGI, if your AGI is
such that you are subject to phaseouts and floors on your itemized
deductions, personal exemptions, and other deductions and credits, your
actual marginal tax rate on the gains will exceed the nominal tax rate.

Short-term gains are taxed as ordinary income. Therefore, the nominal
tax rate will be whatever tax bracket you are in.

Long-term gains are a somewhat more complicated. The majority of people
will only have two rates to worry about -- 10% and 20%. Your long-term
gains are taxed at 10% if you are in the 15% bracket overall and 20% if
you are in any other bracket. The long-term gains are included when
figuring out what bracket you're in. However, the 10%/20% rate doesn't
apply to all long-term gains. Long-term gains on collectibles, some
types of restricted stock, and certain other assets are instead subject
to rate that is the lesser of your tax bracket or 28%. And certain
kinds of real estate depreciation recapture are taxed no higher than
25%. I do note that for 1998 only, many average investors will see some
so-called 28% gain. This will be from mutual fund capital gain
distributions made in the 1st quarter of 1998 for gains realized by the
fund in the closing months of 1997, when a different set of rules was in
place. Your fund should provide explanations when you receive 1099-DIV
forms in early 1999.

Another complication in long-term taxation arrives January 1, 2001. As
of that day (unless Congress changes things before than), lower rates
come into effect for gains having a holding period of over 60 months
(called the "ultra-long-term rate" here). The rates are 8% if you are
in the 15% bracket, 18% otherwise.

If the asset was acquired before 1/1/2001 it can never gain 8%/18%
(i.e., ultra-long-term) status (with exceptions) no matter how long it
is held. The exception is that you can mark the asset to market at its
fair market value on 1/1/2001. You will have to declare as income and
pay tax on any unrealized gain (and presumably get to deduct any
unrealized loss) on the asset. The holding period clock will also
reset. (This is the same as selling and repurchasing the asset without
actually doing so. It is currently unclear if wash sale rules will
apply to loss property marked to market).

There is yet another twist to this exception -- if you are in the 15%
bracket, the 8% rate is available to you as of 1/1/01, even if you did
not acquire the asset before 1/1/01. In any case, I strongly advise
researching the issue and talking to a tax professional before doing
something that is subject to this rule.

Here's a summary table:

Tax Bracket S-T Rate L-T Rate U-L-T Rate
15% 15% 10% 8%
28% 28% 20% 18%
31% 31% 20% 18%
36% 36% 20% 18%
39.6% 39.6% 20% 18%


As you can see, the ordinary income and short-term rate is over 100%
higher (39.6% vs. 18%) than the ultra-long-term rate and close to 100%
higher than the long-term rate. While you should never let the income
tax "tail" wag the prudent investing "dog," the ultra/long/short term
distinction is something to keep in mind if you are considering selling
at a gain and are getting close to one of the holding period boundaries,
especially if you are close to qualifying for long-term treatment.

Now what happens if you have both short-term capital gains and losses,
as well as long-term gains and losses? Do short-term losses have to
offset short-term gains? Do long-term losses have to offset long-term
gains? Well, the rules for computing your net gain or loss are as
follows.

1. You combine short-term loss and short-term gain to arrive at net
short-term gain (loss). This happens on Sched D, Part I.
2. You combine long-term loss and long-term gain to arrive at net
long-term gain (loss). This happens on Sched D, Part II.
3. You combine net short-term gain (loss) and net long-term gain
(loss) to arrive at net gain (loss). This happens on Sched D, Part
III.
* If you have both a short-term loss and a long-term loss, your
net loss will have both short-term and long-term components.
This matters if you have a loss carryover (see below).
* If you have both a short-term gain and a long-term gain, your
net gain will have both short-term and long-term components.
This matters because only the long-term piece gets the special
capital gains tax rate treatment.
* If you have a gain in one category and a loss in another, but
have a gain overall, that overall gain will be the same
category as the category that had the gain. If you have a
loss overall, that overall loss will be the same category as
the category that had the loss.
4. If you have a net loss and it is less than $3,000 ($1,500 if
married filing separately) you get to take the whole loss against
your other income. If the loss is more than $3,000, you only get
to take $3,000 of it against other income and must carry the rest
forward to next year. When taking the $3,000 loss, you must take
it first from the ST portion (if any) of your loss. The Capital
Loss Carryover Worksheet in the Sched D instructions takes you
through this.
5. If you have a net gain, the smaller of the net gain or the net
long-term gain will get the special tax rate. This happens on
Sched D, Part IV.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Cashless Option Exercise

Last-Revised: 12 June 2000
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

This article discusses the tax treatment of an employee's income that
derives from stock options, specifically the case in which an employee
exercises non-qualified stock options without putting any money down.

First, a digression. What is a non-qualified option? A non-qualified
stock option is the most popular form of stock option given to
employees. Basically, an employee who exercises a non-qualified option
to buy stock has to report taxable income at the time of the purchase,
and that income is taxed as regular income (not as a capital gain). In
contrast, an incentive stock option (ISO) dodges these tax bullets, but
is more complicated because employees who receive ISOs have to worry
about alternative minimum tax (AMT). Unfortunately some companies are
sloppy about naming, and use the term ISO for what are really
non-qualified stock options, so be cautious.

Next, what is a cashless exercise? Basically, this is a way for an
employee to benefit from his or her stock option without needing to come
up with the money to purchase the shares. Any employee stock option is
basically a call option with a very long expiration; hopefully it's also
deep in the money (also see the FAQ article on the basics of stock
options ). When a call option is exercised, the person who exercises it
has to pay to buy the shares. If, however, the person is primarily
interested in selling the shares again immediately, then a cashless
option becomes interesting. The company essentially lends the person
the money needed for the option exercise for the fraction of a second
that the person owns the shares.

In a typical cashless exercise of non-qualified stock options (you can
tell it is non-qualified because the W-2 form suddenly has a huge amount
added to it for stock option exercise), here is what happens. Let's use
E as the Option Exercise Price and FMV as the fair market value of the
shares. The employee needs to pay E as part of the option exercise.
But this is a cashless exercise, so the company (or, more likely, a
broker acting as the company's agent) lends the employee that amount (E)
for a few moments. The stock is immediately sold, for FMV. The broker
takes back the amount, E, loaned to the employee for the exercise, and
pays out the difference, FMV-E. The broker will almost certainly also
charge a commission.

Ok, now for those fortunate people who are able to do a cashless stock
option exercise, and choose to do so, how do they report the transaction
to the IRS? The company imputes income to the employee of the difference
between fair market value and exercise price, FMV-E. That amount is
added to the employee's W-2 form, and hopefully shows up in Box 14 with
a cryptic note such as STKOPT or whatever. The amount FMV-E is the
imputed income. Again, you will notice FMV-E is not only what the
broker paid out, it is also the imputed income amount that shows up in
the W-2 form.

The Schedule D sales amount reported by the broker is FMV minus any
commission. The employee's cost basis is the FMV. So the FMV is the
sales price, and the Schedule D for this transaction will show zero (if
no commission was charged) or a small loss (due to the commission).

In certain situations, FMV might differ slightly from the price at which
the shares were sold, depending on how the company does it, and if so,
the company should report the FMV to the employee. Then the Schedule D
must be completed appropriately to show the short-term gain or loss (the
difference between the sales price and FMV).

For extensive notes on stock and option compensation, visit the Fairmark
site with articles by Kaye Thomas:


Julia K. O'Neill offers an extensive discussion of the differences
between incentive stock options and non-qualified options:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Deductions for Investors

Last-Revised: 24 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), David Ray

This article offers a brief overview of the deductions that investors
can claim when filing US tax returns.

The most significant one is losses. An investor may deduct up to
US$3,000 in net capital losses each year using the Form 1040 Schedule D.
Additional losses in a calendar year can be carried forward to the
following year. Note the key word in the first sentence: net capital
losses. For example, if you realized $5,000 in capital gains and $9,000
in capital losses during a tax year, you would have a net capital loss
for that year of $4,000. You could deduct $3,000 for that year, and
carry forward $1,000 of net loss to the following year's tax return.
Another example: if you realized a loss of 4,000 in one stock and a net
gain of 4,000 in a second stock, you could not deduct anything because
the net loss was zero.

What about margin interest? If you borrow money to purchase securities
(not tax-exempt instruments), and if you itemize deductions on Schedule
A, you can itemize as investment interest on Schedule A (Interest, not
Misc. deductions) the investment interest you actually paid, but only
to the extent you had that much investment income. Investment interest
that you cannot claim because you didn't have enough investment income
can be carried forward to the next year.

Investment income includes investment interest, dividends, and
short-term capital gains. You can elect to include mid- and long-term
capital gains, but if you do, you cannot choose to elect tax-favored
treatment of those gains.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

aSubject: Tax Code - Estate and Gift Tax

Last-Revised: 6 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us), Art
Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), John Fisher (TaxService at aol.com),
Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article offers an overview of the estate and gift taxes imposed in
the United States. The main issue is the amount of money a person can
"gift" (used as a verb in this context) to another person without tax
consequences, as well as the tax consequences when that amount is
exceeded. The handling of estates is relevant and discussed with gift
taxes because transfers while a person is living (i.e., gifts) can
influence estate taxes.

Here's a brief summary. An estate of less than US$1,000,000 will not be
taxed in 2003 (although it depends on prior gifts, read on). A gift
recipient never has anything to worry about, no matter the size, because
gifts are not taxable income. A gift giver who gives less than $11,000
to any one individual in one year also has nothing to worry about. If a
person gives more than $11,000 to an individual in one year, then the
regulations discussed in the rest of this article must be followed
carefully. Finally, note that gifts are never deductable from a gift
giver's gross income.

A fundamental concept to understand here is the unified credit .
Roughly speaking, this is the amount of wealth that the IRS (well,
really the US Congress) allows a person to transfer without incurring
various tax obligations. As of this writing, the unified credit amount
for tax year 2003 is $1,000,000. But given the annual gift tax
exclusion amount of $11,000 (newly increased in 2002 from 10,000 in
prior years), the total amount that a person can effectively transfer to
another individual without triggering taxes is much larger. The term
"unified credit" is used because the credit is the "unified gift/estate
tax credit". This is a single, combined credit amount that is applied
against both gift and estate tax.

A person can gift fairly large amounts annually without affecting the
unified credit. Basically, any US taxpayer can gift up to $11,000 to a
single person in a tax year and there are no tax consequences: the gift
giver's lifetime unified credit is not affected, and the gift recipient
pays no tax. In fact, a person can make $11,000 gifts to as many
different people in a year as she or he likes with no tax consequences.
(See below; this number is indexed to inflation and will change over
time.) Spouses can give each other gifts of any amount without gift tax
filings. Finally, a husband and wife can gift anyone $22,000 without
gift tax consequences, but unless the husband gives 11,000 and the wife
gives 11,000 (e.g., they both write a check), they should file a Form
709a with the IRS and elect to use gift splitting.

What is gift splitting? Gift splitting means a husband and wife can
elect to treat a gift given by one of them as if half were given by each
of them. The implications are simple: If one spouse gives $22,000 to
someone during the year, and gift splitting is not elected, the IRS can
treat that as a 22,000 gift by just the one spouse, even if the funds
are drawn from a joint account. The IRS Form 709a can be filed for
notifying the IRS that gift splitting is elected. (The instructions for
the form are on the form itself.) This is a bit silly in many cases,
since in community property states, community property is automatically
considered split equally between each spouse, but that requires the IRS
to somehow know it came from community property funds and not from
non-community funds. So they require you to prove it, basically.

If a donor gives away more than $11,000 to a person (not a charity) in a
tax year, then the donor may owe gift tax, depending on the donor's
history of giving. After making a large gift, the donor is responsible
for filing a Form 709 declaring that gift and keeping a running,
lifetime total of the lifetime exclusion used. As long as the exclusion
is below the maximum, no gift tax is due. Once the exclusion reaches
the maximum, the donor calculates the tax due with Form 709 and attaches
a check (payable to the United States Treasury). So in a nutshell,
computation of gift tax is quite easy: just fill out the 709. If there
is some remaining lifetime gift tax exclusion remaining, then there is
no tax due. If there is no exclusion remaining, there is tax due. Note
that there is no way to pay gift tax and somehow "preserve" some amount
of lifetime exclusion; the system simply does not work that way.

Now we'll discuss the lifetime exclusion. Basically, the first $1
million of transfers in life and death are exempt from estate and gift
tax as of 2002 (and remains that way in 2003). However, it is not
handled in quite in the way that most people think. Most people (for
example) think that when someone who made no taxable transfers during
life dies, you total up the estate, subtract off any deductions, and
then subtract $1,000,000 and compute the tax on whatever (if anything)
is left. The way it actually works is that you subtract off any
deductions, compute the tax on that amount, and then apply against the
tax the unified credit of about $300,000 (this number needs to be
checked).

Of course the result is identical for most estates; the first $1 mil of
the estate is not taxed. But look what happens to the first dollar past
the limit. If the tax really was done the first way, the taxable estate
would be $1, and you'd be starting at the bottom of the estate tax
bracket structure. But what actually happens is that you compute the
tax on an estate of $1,000,001, which leaves you in the middle of the
bracket structure, and then subtract off the credit. So your marginal
rate is much higher under the way things actual work than it is under
the "naive" way.

A gift (used as a noun) in this article means a gift of present value .
A gift of present value is an unrestricted gift the receiver can use
immediately (if an adult, or immediately upon becoming an adult).
However, if a trust is set up for a child and the trust is payable to
the child only on the child's 25th birthday provided the child has
graduated from college and has no felony convictions, that gift is
considered restricted (it's not a gift of present value), so a 709 would
have to be filed starting at the first gift dollar.

Note that if securities or other non-cash instrument is given, the fair
market value of the securities on the gift date are used to determine
whether the gift tax rules apply.

Ok, time for an example: If an individual makes a gift of present value
of $41,000 in a year, the 30,000 above the 11k limit reduces the amount
of estate excluded from estate tax to the current limit less the 30,000.

Now another example: What happens if a wealthy married couple (we'll
call them Smith) gifts $44,000 to a less wealthy married couple (let's
call them Doe)? This is perfectly ok and has no tax consequences
provided things are done properly. Let's examine some of the
possibilities. If a single check is drawn on Mr. Smith's account and
deposited into Mrs. Doe's account, the very conservative amongst the
tax folk will point out that the gift was from Mr. Smith and not Mr.
and Mrs. Smith and further, even if the check was to both Doe's, it was
deposited into only one of the Doe's accounts, so it could be a gift of
44,000 from one person to another! Since the gift splitting rule is out
there, the moderately conservative tax experts would have separate
checks written to Mr. Doe and Mrs. Doe. The ultra conservative would
have four checks written of 11k each (the combinations are left as an
excercise for the reader :-). The use of four checks avoids the gift
splitting election as well as the worry about whose account it is
deposited in. (Since a spouse can gift unlimited amounts to the other
spouse, it really should not matter.)

Dramatic changes to the estate tax laws were made by the Economic Growth
and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. In fact, that act repealed
the estate tax -- but with many caveats. The lifetime exclusion numbers
for the next ten years are as follows: $1 million in 2003; 1.5 million
in 2004 and '05, $2 million for 2006, '07, and '08, and finally $3.5
million in 2009. And in 2010, the estate tax is gone. But (don't you
just love Congress), in 2011 the estate tax comes back with a lifetime
exclusion of $1 million. This is how Congress balances its books. It's
anyone's guess what will actually happen by 2011. Note that the gift
tax was not repealed; the lifetime exclusion remains stuck at $1 million
after 2011. And the annual gift tax exclusion amount is $11,000 in
2003; because this number is indexed to inflation, it is difficult to
predict how this value will change in future years.

To recap one important issue, the blessed repicients of a gift never pay
any tax. Stated a bit differently, receipt of a gift is not a taxable
event. Of course if someone gives you securities, and you immediately
sell them, the sale is a taxable event. See the article elsewhere in
the FAQ about calculating cost basis for help with computing the number
used when reporting the sale to the IRS.

For more information about estate issues, visit Robert Clofine's site:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Tax Code - Gifts of Stock

Last-Revised: 20 Dec 1999
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

This article introduces some issues that crop up when making gifts of
stock. Gift taxes are an orthogonal but closely related issue; see the
article elsewhere in the FAQ for more details. Also see the FAQ article
on determining the cost basis of securities for notes on computing the
basis on shares that were received as a gift.

Occasionally the question crops up from a person who has nice stock
gains and would like to give some money to another person. Should the
stockholder sell stock and give cash, or give stock directly? It's best
to seek professional tax advice in this situation. If stock is given,
and the recipient needs cash so sells the shares immediately, the
recipient only keeps about 80% of the value after paying capital gains
tax. I.e., the gift came with a big tax bill. On the other hand, if
the stockholder sells some stock (perhaps to stay under the 10k annual
exclusion), that pushes up that person's annual income. If the
stockholder has a sufficiently high income, then the stock sale could
push that person across various thresholds, one for which itemized
deductions begin to be reduced, and the other where personal exemptions
begin to be phased out. In addition, higher income could possibly
trigger alternate minimum tax (AMT).


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2003 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 17 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:46 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part17
Version: $Id: part17,v 1.62 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 17 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Information Sources

Last-Revised: 12 Dec 1996
Contributed-By: (Original author unknown), Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article lists some sources of information for technical analysis,
including books, magazines, and courses.

Books on Technical Analysis:

* Design, Testing, and Optimization of Trading Systems by Robert
Pardo. Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
* The Disciplined Trader by Mark Douglas of NYIF - 1990. ISBN
0-13-215757-8
* Elliott Wave Principle by A. J. Frost and Robert Prechter, New
Classics Library, ISBN: 0-932750-07-9.
* Encyclopedia of Technical Market Indicators by Robert Colby and
Thomas Meyers, Dow Jones Irwin.
* Market Wizards by Jack Swager
* The Mathematics of Technical Analysis by Clifford Sherry, 1992
Probus Publishing, ISBN 1-55738-462-2
* New Market Wizards by Jack Swager
* Patterns for Profits by Sherman McClellan, Foundation for the Study
of Cycles, 900 W. Valley Rd. Suite 502, Wayne, PA 19087,
215-995-2120.
* Proceedings, Second Annual conference on Artificial Intelligence
Applications on Wall Street, Roy S. Freedman, Ed. NYC, April
19-22, 1993, Pub: Software Engineering Press, 973C Russell Ave,
Gaithersburg, MD 20879, (301) 948-5391.
* Secrets for Profiting in Bull and Bear Markets, by Stan Weinstein,
Dow Jones-Irwin.
* Technical Analysis, by Clifford Sherry, 1992 Probus Publishing,
ISBN 1-55738-462-2.
* Technical Analysis Explained, by Martin J. Pring, McGraw-Hill, 3rd
ed. 1991, ISBN 0-07-051042-3.
* Technical Analysis of the Futures Markets, by John J. Murphy of NY
Institute of Finance, Prentice Hall, 1986, ISBN 0-13-898008-X.
* Study Guide for Technical Analysis of the Futures Markets: A
self-training manual, by John Murphy (the most comprehensive book
on the subject).
* Technical Analysis of Stock Trends, by Edwards and Magee (a serious
study of classical charting techniques).
* The Major Works of R. N. Elliott, edited by Robert Prechter, New
Classics Library.
* Timing the Market: HOW TO PROFIT IN BULL AND BEAR MARKETS WITH
TECHNICAL ANALYSIS, by Weiss Research (a good introductory text for
those using METASTOCK PROFESSIONAL and want to make money with it).

Sources for books on technical analysis:
* TRADERS PRESS, INC., P.O. BOX 10344, Greenville, S.C. 29603,
(800)927-8222, (803)-298-0222, FAX: (803)-298-0221. Offer a 40+
page catalog, nice folks, great service. VI/MC/AX accepted.
* TRADER'S WORLD, 2508 Grayrock Street, Springfield, MO 65810,
(800)288-4266, (417) 298-0221. Puts out a quarterly magazine
(mostly junk) with discounted Technical Analysis books (usually 10%
cheaper than elsewhere). VI/MC/AX accepted.
* New Classics Library, Inc., P.O. Box 1618, Gainesville, GA 30503.

Books on options pricing:

* Continuous Time Finance, by Robert Merton
* The Elements of Successful Trading, by Rotella, Robert P., 1992
* Options as a Strategic Investment, by McMillan, Lawrence G., New
York Inst. of Finance, 2nd edition, 1986, ISBN 0-13-638347-5.
* Options Markets, by Cox, J.C and Rubenstein, M., Prentice-Hall,
1985.
* Options: Essential Trading Concepts and Trading Strategies, Edited
by The Options Intsitute, 1990, Business One Irwin, ISBN
1-55623-102-4.
* Options, Futures, and Other Derivative Securities, by Hull, J.,
Prentice-Hall, 1989.
* Options: Theory, Strategy, and Apllications, by Ritchken, P, Scott,
Foresman, 1987.
* Option Pricing, by Jarrow, R. A., Irwin, 1983.
* Option Volatility and Pricing Strategies, by Natenberg, Shelly
* Theory of Financial Decision Making, by Ingersoll

Magazines on technical analysis:

* Technical Analysis of Stocks & Commodities
4757 California Ave. SW, Seattle, WA 98116-4499, 800-832-4642,
(206) 938-0570. 1 yr. - $64.95 -- 12 issues
Everything explained at the level of the beginner, however you
should complete a course before getting this magazine. Best part
is building a library by buying the bound back issues -- worth
every penny.
* Futures - commodities, options & derivatives
800-221-4352 Ext. 1000
1 yr. - $39.00 - 12 issues
* NeuroVe$t Journal
Pub. by Randall B. Caldwell, PO Box 764, Haymarket, VA
22069-0764, email:
$75(US)/yr, published bi-monthly
* Traders Cataloge and Resource Guide
619-930-1050
$39.50 year.
* Traders World Magazine
1-800-288-4266
Published every 3 months, $15 per year



A self-paced course on technical analysis:

The Technical Analysis Course by Thomas Meyers
An introductory course covering: Stochastics, RSI, Trendline/chanels,
Support/resistance, Point and Figure, Oscillators, Moving averages,
Volume & Open Interest, Chart construction, Gaps, Reversal Patterns, and
Consolidation formations. Easy read for someone new that doesn't want
to be intimidated.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - MACD

Last-Revised: 25 Nov 1998
Contributed-By: (Original author unknown), Chris Lott ( contact me ),
Jack Hershey (jhershey at primenet.com)

The Moving Average Convergence/Divergence (MACD) was invented by Gerald
Appel sometime in the sixties and comes in various flavors, but most are
based on a technique developed by McClellan (which he based on a
technique developed by Haurlan). The technique is to take the
difference between two exponential moving averages (EMA's) with
different periods. This produces what's generally referred to as an
oscillator. An oscillator is so named because the resulting curve
swings back and forth across the zero line.

Appel's version used the difference between a 12-day EMA and a 25-day
EMA to generate his primary series. This series was plotted as a solid
line. Then he took a 9-day EMA of the difference and plotted that as a
dotted line. The 9-day EMA trails the primary series by just a bit, and
trades are signalled whenever the solid line crosses the dotted line.

For more volatile markets, you may want to shorten the periods of the
EMA's. I seem to remember one trader that used an MACD on futures data
with 7-day and 13-day for the primary series and a 5-day EMA of that for
the trailing curve. I also know a fellow who runs an MACD on the adline
(advancing issues minus declining issues).


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - McClellan Oscillator and Summation Index

Last-Revised: 23 Dec 1997
Contributed-By: Tom McClellan

In 1969, Sherman and Marian McClellan developed the McClellan Oscillator
and its companion tool the McClellan Summation Index to gain an
advantage in selecting the better times to enter and exit the stock
market. This article gives a brief overview of the McClellan Oscillator
and Summation Index.

Every day that stocks are traded, financial publications list the number
of stocks that closed higher (advances) and that closed lower
(declines). The difference between these numbers is called the daily
breadth. The running cumulative total of daily breadth is known as the
Daily Advance-Decline Line. It is important because it shows great
correlation to the movements of the stock market, and because it gives
us another way to quantify the movements of the market other than
looking at the price levels of indices.

Another indicator is called the daily breadth. Each tick mark on a
daily breadth chart represents one day's reading of advances minus
declines. In order to identify the trend that is taking place in the
daily breadth, we smooth the data by using a special type of calculation
known as an exponential moving average (EMA). It works by weighting the
most recent data more heavily, and older data progressively less. The
amount of weighting given to the more recent data is known as the
smoothing constant.

We use two different EMAs: one with a 10% smoothing constant, and one
with a 5% smoothing constant. These are known as the 10% Trend and 5%
Trend for brevity. The numerical difference between these two EMAs is
the value of the McClellan Oscillator.

The McClellan Oscillator offers many types of structures for
interpretation, but there are two main ones. First, when the Oscillator
is positive, it generally portrays money coming into the market;
conversely, when it is negative, it reflects money leaving the market.
Second, when the Oscillator reaches extreme readings, it can reflect an
overbought or oversold condition.

While these two characteristics are very important, they merely scratch
the surface of what interpreting the Oscillator can reveal about the
stock market. Many more important structures are outlined in the book
Patterns For Profit by Sherman and Marian McClellan, available from
McClellan Financial Publications.

If you add up all of the daily values of the McClellan Oscillator, you
will have an indicator known as the McClellan Summation Index. It is
the basis for intermediate and long term interpretation of the stock
market's direction and power. When properly calculated and calibrated,
it is neutral at the +1000 level. It generally moves between 0 and
+2000. When outside these levels, the Summation Index indicates that an
unusual condition is taking place in the market. As with the
Oscillator, the Summation Index offers many different pieces of
information in order to interpret the market's action.

Among the most significant indications given by the Summation Index are
the identification of the end of a bear market and the confirmation of a
new bull market. Bear markets typically end with the Summation Index
below -1200. A strong rise from such a level can signal initiation of a
new bull market. This is confirmed when the Summation Index rises above
+2000. Past examples of such a confirmation have resulted in bull
markets lasting at least 13 months, with the average ones lasting 22-24
months.

The McClellans publish a stock market newsletter called The McClellan
Market Report. Sherman McClellan and his wife Marian McClellan were the
originators of the McClellan Oscillator; Tom McClellan is their son.

For more information, please contact Tom McClellan at (800) 872-3737, or
visit the web site at .


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - On Balance Volume

Last-Revised: 27 Feb 1997
Contributed-By: Y. D. Charlap, Scott A. Thompson (satulysses at
aol.com)

On Balance Volume is a momentum indicator that relates volume to price
changes. It is calculated by adding the day's volume to the cumulative
total when the security's price closes up, and subtracting the day's
volume when the price closes down. The scale is not of any value; only
the slope (i.e., the direction) of the line is of value.

The theory is that the trend of this indicator precedes price changes.
This indicator was pioneered by that famous (?) market maven Joseph
Granville.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Relative Strength Indicator

Last-Revised: 17 July 2000
Contributed-By: (Original author unknown), Chris Lott ( contact me ), C.
K. Krishnadas (ckkrish at cyberspace.org)

The Relative Strength Indicator (RSI) was developed by J. Welles Wilder
in 1978. This indicator is one of a family of indicators called
oscillators because it varies (oscillates) between fixed upper and lower
bounds. This particular indicator is supposed to track price momentum.

Wilkder's relative strength indicator is based on the observation that a
stock which is advancing will tend to close nearer to the high of the
day than the low. The reverse is true for declining stocks.

It's easy to confuse Wilder's relative strength indicator with other
relative strength figures that are published. Wilder's indicator
compares the price performance of a stock to that of itself and might be
more appropriately called an "internal strength index". Other similarly
named indicators compare a stock's price to some stock market index or
to another stock.

This indicator has evolved into several forms, but Wilder's RSI is
generally regarded as the most useful. The oscillator is indexed from 0
to 100, and like all oscillators it indicates overbought and oversold
readings. The RSI oscillator is most useful in a trading channel,
especially those with deeply pronounced crests and troughs. Trending
prices tend to distort overbought and oversold signals because indicator
readings will be skewed off-center from a neutral reading of "50".

Very basically, "buy" signals are considered to be readings of 30 or
less (the security is considered oversold) and "sell" signals are
considered to be RSI values of 70 or greater (the security is considered
overbought). Depending on the technician and price volatility, there
are various other qualifiers and nuances that can be incorporated into a
signal. For example, in very volatile markets, the bounds of 20 and 80
might be used to judge oversold and overbought conditions.

Another aspect of this indicator that is commonly varied is the period
over which the indicator is calculated. Wilder began with 14 periods,
but other values are common (e.g., 9 and 25).

The formula is as follows:
Average price change on up days
Relative Strength = ---------------------------------
Average price change on down days
The indicator (RSI) is calculated from the RS value as follows:
100
RSI = 100 - ------
1 + RS
Now that you have the general idea, you probably want to calculate some
RSI values for stocks you're following. Perhaps the easiest way is to
visit one of the web sites shown at the end of this article. But if
you're really determined to compute it yourself, here's one way to do
so.
RS = P / N

P = PS / n1 N = NS / n2

PS = Total of PCi values NS = Total of NCi values

PCi = positive price change NC = negative price change
for period i for period i

Pp = previous value of P Np = previous value of N
(initially 0) (initially 0)

n1 = number of times the price changed in the positive
direction in the last n periods. There will be n1 PCi
values to add together to get PS.

n2 = number of timee the price changed in the negative
direction in the last n periods. There will be n2 NCi
values to add together to get NS.

n = n1 + n2 (the number of periods in the RSI calculation)
Basically you can calculate both PCi and NCi for every day. One or both
of PCi and NCi will be zero. This makes it fairly straightforward to
enter the computation in a spreadsheet. To make it easy to count the
values in a spread sheet, use an "if" statement for each that will yield
blank if appropriate. Then use Excel's count() macro, which counts only
cells with numbers and ignores blanks. Here are the formulas; of course
you will have to replace "this_price" and "previous_price" by approprate
cell references.
* PCi:
IF( this_price - previous_price > 0, this_price - previous, "" )
* NCi:
IF( this_price - previous_price < 0, this_price - previous, "" )
The first non-zero period of PS and NS is computed by doing a simple
moving average of the PC and NC of the previous n periods according to
Wilder's formula.

Remember to skip the first n points before starting the RSI
calculations. Also remember that the first time PS and NS are
calculated, they are simple moving averages of the last n PC's and NC's
respectively. That's where most mistakes are made.

Here are some resources on RSI.
* The May 2000 issue of AAII Journal included a 5-page article about
RSI with examples (they have a two-week free trial membership).

* BigCharts offers a free interactive charting feature that includes
(among many others) RSI.

* The original book by J. Welles Wilder
New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Technical Analysis - Stochastics

Last-Revised: 25 Nov 1998
Contributed-By: (Original author unknown), Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article gives the formula for stochastics. The raw stochastic is
computed as the position of today's close as a percentage of the range
established by the highest high and the lowest low of the time period
you use. The raw stochastic (%K) is then smoothed exponentially to
yield the %D value. These calculations produce the original or fast
stochastics.
%K = 100 [ ( C - L5 ) / ( H5 - L5 ) ]
where: C is the latest close, L5 is the lowest low for the last five
days, and H5 is the highest high for the same five days
%D = 100 x ( H3 / L3 )
where: H3 is the three day sum of ( C - L5 ) and L3 is the 3-day sum of
( H5 - L5 )


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Basics

Last-Revised: 1 Jan 2004
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

This article offers a very basic introduction to stock trading. It goes
through the steps of buying and selling shares, and explains the
fundamental issues of how an investor can make or lose money by buying
and selling shares of stock. This article will simplify and generalize
quite a bit; the goal is to get across the basic idea without cluttering
the issue with too many details. In some places I've included links to
other articles in the FAQ that explain the details, but feel free to
skip those links the first time you read over this.

You may know already that a share of stock is essentially a portion of a
company. The stock holders are the owners of a company. In theory, the
owners (stock holders) make money when the company makes money, and lose
money when the company loses money. Once there was age of internet
stocks where companies lost lots of money but the shareholders still
made lots of money (and then lost money themselves), but let's just say
that the main trick is to buy only stocks that go up.

Next we will walk through a stock purchase and sale to illustrate how
you, an investor in stocks, can make money--or lose money--by buying and
selling stocks.
1. One fine day you decide to buy shares of some stock, let's pick on
AT&T. Maybe you think that company will soon return to being the
all-powerful, highly profitable "Ma Bell" that it once was. Or you
just think their ads are cool. So now what?


2. Although there are many ways to buy shares of stock, you decide to
take the old-fashioned route of using an old-fashioned stock broker
who has an office in your town and (imagine!) takes your phone
calls. You open an account with your friendly broker and deposit
some good old-fashioned cash. Let's say you deposit $1,000.


3. You ask your broker about the current market price quoted for AT&T
shares. Your broker is a good broker, and like any good broker he
knows that AT&T's ticker symbol is the single letter 'T'. He
punches T into his quote request system and asks for the current
market price (supplied from the New York Stock Exchange, where T is
primarily traded), and out pops a price of 20.25 (stocks were once
quoted as fractions like 1/4 but are now done with decimals).
Looks like your $1,000 will buy almost 50 shares, but because this
is your very first stock trade, you decide to buy just 10 shares.


4. You ask your broker to buy 10 shares for you at the current market
price. In the lingo of your broker, you give a market order for 10
shares of T. Your broker is a nice guy and only charges a
commission on a single stock trade of $30 (not too bad for someone
who takes your phone calls). Your broker enters the order, and his
computer then figures the price you will ultimately pay for those
10 shares, which is 10 (the number of shares) times 20.25 (the
current price for the shares on the open market) for a total of
202.50, plus 30 (the broker's commission, don't forget he has to
eat too), for a grand total of $232.50.


5. Then magic happens: your broker instantly finds someone willing to
sell you 10 shares at the current market price of 20.25 and buys
them for you from that someone. Your broker takes money from your
account and sends it off to that someone who sold you the shares.
Your broker also takes his $30 commission from your account. In
the end, your hard-earned money is gone, and your account has 10
shares of AT&T. A (very small) fraction of the company, as
represented by those 10 shares, is now in your hands!

Now it's time for a few details, which you can safely skip if you
choose. The person who sold you the shares was a specialist
("spec") on the NYSE; for more information, look into the NYSE's
auction trading system . Roughly, a specialist is a type of
middleman and a member (like your broker) of the financial services
industry. After you give the order, the shares do not appear
instantly; they appear in your account three business days after
you gave the order (called "T+3"). In other words, trades settle
in three business days.

Please pardon a fair amount of oversimplification here, but the
trade and settlement procedures involved with making sure those 10
shares come to your account can happen in many, many different
ways. You're paying that commission so things are easy for you,
and indeed they are: for a relatively modest fee, your broker got
you the shares.

It may be important to point out here that AT&T, that big company
from Bedminster, New Jersey, did not participate in this stock
trade. Sure, their shares changed hands, but that's all. Shares
of publicly traded companies that are bought on the open market
never come from the company. Further, the money that you pay for
shares bought on the open market does not go to the company. Sure,
the company sold shares to the public at one point (an event called
a public offering), but your trade was done on the open market.

After the trade settles, then what? Your broker keeps some of the
$30 commission personally, and some goes to the company he works
for. The shares are in your brokerage account. This is called
holding shares "in street name." If you really want to hold the
stock certificates, your broker will be happy to arrange this, but
he will probably charge you about another $30. Since you feel
you've paid your broker enough already (and you're right), you
decide to leave the shares in your account ("in street name").


6. The next day, AT&T shares close at a price of 21, which is a rise
of $0.75. Great, you think, I just made $7.50. And in some sense
you're right. The value of your holdings has increased by that
amount. This is a paper gain or unrealized gain; i.e., on paper,
you're $7.50 wealthier. That money is not in your pocket, though,
and you do not need to tell the IRS. The IRS only cares about
actual (realized) gains, and you don't have any, not yet.


7. The following day, AT&T shares close at a price of 22. which is
another rise over the price you paid and a rise over the previous
day. Fantastic, you think, boy can I pick them, today I made
another $10! At this point, you have a paper gain of 10 times 1.75
which is 17.50. Not too bad for two days.


8. That evening you decide that maybe AT&T really isn't such a great
wireless phone company after all and it's time to sell. You make a
call the next morning, and although your broker is a bit surprised
to hear from you again so soon, he's obliging (after all, it's your
money). Again your broker asks for a quote of the current market
price for 'T.' The current market price for AT&T on the NYSE is
22.50 (wow, another rise). Your broker accepts your order to sell
T at the market. Again his computer figures the money you will
receive from the sale: 10 (the number of shares) times 22.50 (the
current market price) for a total of 225, less his commission of
30, for a grand total of 195.


9. Magic happens again: instantly your broker finds someone willing to
buy the 10 shares of AT&T from you at the current price, and sells
your shares to that someone. That someone sends you $225. Your
broker deducts his commission of $30 from the proceeds of the sale,
so eventually the shares of AT&T disappear from your account and a
credit of $195 appears. Note again that the company did not
participate in this trade, although shares (and fractional
ownership of the company represented by those 10 shares) changed
hands.

As explained above, that someone was a person at the NYSE called a
specialist ("spec"), a member of the financial services industry.
The trade will be settled in exactly 3 business days (upon
settlement, the shares are gone and you have the cash). Again I
apologize for the oversimplification here.


10. So you calculate the result. Gee, you think, the stock went up
every day.. and I paid $232.50.. but I only received $195.. and
pretty quickly you come to the inescapable conclusion that you lost
$37.50, even though you had a paper gain every day. This is the
problem with commissions: they reduce your returns. You paid over
15% of your capital in commissions, so although the share price
rose about that much in just a couple of days, you lost money
because the commissions exceeded the gains.


11. Eventually you do your taxes. You have a short-term capital loss
of $37.50 from this pair of trades. Depending on your tax
situation, you may be able to deduct your loss from your gross
income.

Now you should understand the basic mechanics of buying and selling
shares of stock, and you see the importance of commissions.

Just for comparison, let's run the numbers if you had bought 50 shares
instead of just 10 (maybe you found another few dollars). The purchase
price of (50 * 20.25) + 30 is 1042.50. The sales price of (50 * 22.50)
- 30 is 1095. The difference is $52.50 in your favor. What this says
is that commissions can really hurt the small investor, and is a good
reason for really small investors to consider investing via no-load
mutual funds or direct investment plans (DRIPs) .


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - After Hours

Last-Revised: 12 Feb 2004
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com), Chris Lott (
contact me ), P. Healy, James Owens

After-hours trading has traditionally referred to securities trading
that occurs after the major U.S. exchanges close. Until 1999,
after-hours trading in the U.S. was mostly restricted to big-block
trading among professionals and institutions. Much of this sort of
trading was supported by electronic trading networks (ECNs). One of the
oldest and best known ECN is Instinet, a network operated by Reuters
that helps buyers meet sellers (there's no physical exchange where
someone like a specialist works). Another is Island ECN, a relatively
new network that (interestingly) has applied to the SEC to be a new
stock exchange. With the advent of these ECNs where trades can take
place at any hour of any day, time and place have taken on a reduced
meaning.

Anyhow, until summer 1999, individual investors had no access to these
trading venues. And it was only natural that some investors clamored
for equal access to what the professionals had. Perhaps individuals
felt that they would be able to pick up bargins in the after-hours
trading as news announcements filter out and before stocks reopen on the
following day. While that is highly unlikely (prices fluctuate after
hours just as they do during the regular trading day), their wishes for
equal access have been granted.

As of early 2003, there are basically three types of before-hours and
after-hours markets, as follows.



U.S. exchange after-hour markets
The NYSE and ASE provide crossing sessions in which matching buy
and sell orders can be executed at 5:00 p.m. based on the
exchanges' 4:00 p.m. closing prices. The BSE and PSE have
post-primary sessions that operate from 4:00 to 4:15. CHX and PCX
operate their post-primary sessions until 4:30 p.m. Additionally
CHX has an "E-Session" to handle limit orders from 4:30 to 6:30p.m.
Foreign exchange after-hour markets
Several foreign exchanges also trade certain NYSE-listed stocks.
Hours are governed by those individual markets.
ECN after hour markets.
Electronic communication networks (ECNs) have allowed institutions
to participate in after-market trades since 1975; individuals
joined the party in 1999. Typically, extended-hour trades must be
done with limit orders.


A short list of typical brokers that offer ECN access and the extended
hours available is listed below. This list is meant to be illustrative,
not exhaustive.
* Ameritrade (via Island ECN)
Hours: 8am-8pm Eastern; limit orders only during extended hours.
* E*Trade (via Archipelago ECN)
Hours: 8am-8pm Eastern; limit orders only during extended hours.
Note that eextended-hours orders can be placed even during regular
market hours; these orders may be filled during normal or
extended-trading hours.
* Fidelity (via Redibook)
Hours: 7:30-915am and 4:15-8:00pm EST; restrictions on order types.
* Harris Direct (via Redibook ECN)
Hours: 8-9:15am and 4:15-7pm Eastern; limit orders only; round
lots.
* Schwab (via Redibook ECN)
Hours: 7:30-9:15am and 4:15-8pm Eastern, Monday - Friday; limit
orders only.
* TD Waterhouse (via ???)
Hours: 7:30-9:30am and 4:15-7:00pm EST

Most of the after-hours markets function as crossing markets. That is,
your order and my opposing order are filled only if they can be matched
(i.e., crossed). In an extreme example, the new Market XT requires ONLY
limit orders.

The concept of trading after exchange hours seems attractive, but it
brings with it a new set of problems. Most importantly, the traditional
liquidity that the daily market offers could suffer.

I want to digress into a quick review of the mechanisms on the NYSE and
NASDAQ that provide for liquidity and buffering, mechanisms that are
mostly absent on the ECNs. In the case of the New York exchange, the
specialist ("specs") there are required to act as buffers by buying and
selling for their own accounts. This serves to smooth out market
action. (Whether they do in times of stress is doubtful, but that's
another matter entirely.) In the case of the NASDAQ, an all-electronic
exchange, many firms may offer to "make a market" in a specific stock.
They post buy and sell offers on a computer system and when there is a
matching counter offer, the trade is made. Meanwhile, onlookers can see
the trading potential of all available bid and ask quotations - a
decidedly different situation than on the NYSE. But note that the
NASDAQ system has no buffering built in (no market maker is required to
buy or sell).

Now, in the new, non-exchange operations with limited information,
limited participation, and what is effectively unbuffered,
person-to-person trading, it's quite reasonable to expect that liquidity
will be poor. Unlike the NYSE's specialist system and the NAQDAQÂ’s
market-maker system, where the daily market can readily accomodate small
orders, the after-hours market will be quite different -- operations are
quite literally in the dark. What we can see is effectively a reduction
in apparent liquidity in normal trading as we slide down the trading
scale (from the NYSE to the after-hours ECNs). On the NYSE there
theoretically is always a bid and ask about the present market price,
but may not be the case in less liquid markets. Ultimately, as seems to
be the case on some ECNs today, we get to the basest market - you and I
trading privately. Either we agree or there is no transaction. It can
get to be a jungle.

Furthermore, Instinet, Island and all the other ECNs don't have a common
reporting structure as do NASDAQ and NYSE. That is, the prices and
volumes on one ECN might be different from that on another ECN. Since
only a few of the biggies have access to multiple ECNs there can be a
chance for arbitrage, which means buying in one place at one price and
selling substantially the same thing somewhere else for a different
price, all in essentially the same time frame in the case of ECNs.

The effect is widened spreads, irregular trading, and a chance for the
unwary (read you and me) to get slightly whacked.

There are other issues as well, of course. At night, the information
resources and public attention that the established exchanges offer
today will be operating at a low level. Today, Microsoft, Intel, or
Dell likely make important announcements during the quiet hours after
the exchanges close. That gives the investment community time to access
and evaluate the news. Now drop the same announcement into an
environment of several uncoordinated after-hours exchanges. Favorable
news may create such demand that it overwhelms the supply offered by now
reluctant sellers. Prices could zoom, only to crash back as more
sellers show up. Lack of full information and considered analysis could
make the daily gyrations of hot stocks like Amazon.com and new IPOs look
boring.

Making things yet less transparent, if I understand it correctly, trades
made on these markets are not part of the reported closing prices you
see in the newspapers. The data is apparently reported separately, at
least on professional-level data systems.

Finally, consider the effect on both the industry and private traders
who now face an extended trading day. Presumably the extended day will
offer even less time for reflection, research, and consideration. Do
the pros stay glued to the tube while eating carryout? Do they employ a
night shift to babysit things? And what about the day workers who now
come home to an evening of trading stress? Thus expanded market hours
may not be the blessing that some expect, only another hazard in today's
stressful life.

Meanwhile the SEC is pushing for some rules and regularity. To get the
blessing as a recognized exchange, expect that the SEC will insist on a
public ticker system (ultimately IÂ’d expect ONE unified quote system
incorporating all of todays exchange's and the ECNs.) Logically, this
leads to expectation of a unified market, and represents a significant
threat to existing markets like the NYSE.

Certain indications suggest that extended hours will become even more
extended (possibly approximating a 24 hour market) in the foreseeable,
though perhaps remote, future. In the past few years, market forces
have constricted efforts to further extend trading hours, but a strong
enough future bull market would almost certainly reverse that trend.

Finally, the term "after-hours" trading is becoming rapidly out of date.
Consider DCX (Daimler-Chrysler), which is traded in identical form on 11
worldwide exchanges in Asia, Europe, and the Americas. For this stock,
the winding down of the day's trading in New York seems an anticlimax to
a day that's already over in Tokyo.



Here are a few more resources with information.
* Instinet runs a site with some information about their operations.

* The Wall Street Journal gave an update on Friday, 27 August 1999 on
the front page of the Money and Investing section.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Bid, Offer, and Spread

Last-Revised: 1 Feb 1998
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), John Schott (jschott at
voicenet.com)

If you want to buy or sell a stock or other security on the open market,
you normally trade via agents on the market scene who specialize in that
particular security. These people stand ready to sell you a security
for some asking price (the "offer") if you would like to buy it. Or, if
you own the security already and would like to sell it, they will buy
the security from you for some price (the "bid"). The difference
between the bid and offer is called the spread. Stocks that are heavily
traded tend to have very narrow spreads (as little as a penny), but
stocks that are lightly traded can have spreads that are significant,
even as high as several dollars.

So why is there a spread? The short answer is "profit." The long answer
goes to the heart of modern markets, namely the question of liquidity.

Liquidity basically means that someone is ready to buy or sell
significant quantities of a security at any time. In the stock market,
market makers or specialists (depending on the exchange) buy stocks from
the public at the bid and sell stocks to the public at the offer (called
"making a market in the stock"). At most times (unless the market is
crashing, etc.) these people stand ready to make a market in most stocks
and often in substantial quantities, thereby maintaining market
liquidity.

Dealers make their living by taking a large part of the spread on each
transaction - they normally are not long term investors. In fact, they
work a lot like the local supermarket, raising and lowering prices on
their inventory as the market moves, and making a few cents here and
there. And while lettuce eventually spoils, holding a stock that is
tailing off with no buyers is analogous.

Because dealers in a security get to keep much of the spread, they work
fairly hard to keep the spread above zero. This is really quite fair:
they provide a valuable service (making a market in the stock and
keeping the markets liquid), so it's only reasonable for them to get
paid for their services. Of course you may not always agree that the
price charged (the spread) is appropriate!

Occasionally you may read that there is no bid-offer spread on the NYSE.
This is nonsense. Stocks traded on the New York exchange have bid and
offer prices just like any other market. However, the NYSE bars the
publishing of bid and offer prices by any delayed quote service. Any
decent real-time quote service will show the bid and offer prices for an
issue traded on the NYSE.

Related topics that are covered in FAQ articles include price
improvement (narrowing the spread as much as possible), stock crossing
by discount brokers (narrowing the spread to zero by having buyer meet
seller directly), and trading on the NASDAQ (in the past, that
exchange's structure encouraged spreads that were significantly higher
than on other exchanges).


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Brokerage Account Types

Last-Revised: 23 Jul 2002
Contributed-By: Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us), Chris
Lott ( contact me ), Eric Larson

Brokerage houses offer clients a number of different accounts. The most
common ones are a cash account, a margin account (frequently called a
"cash and margin" account), and an option account (frequently called a
"cash, margin, and option" account). Basically, these accounts
represent different levels of credit and trustworthiness of the account
holder as evaluated by the brokerage house.

A cash account is the traditional brokerage account (sometimes called a
"Type 1" account). If you have a cash account, you may make trades, but
you have to pay in full for all purchases by the settlement date. In
other words, you must add cash to pay for purchases if the account does
not have sufficient cash already. In sleepier, less-connected times
than the year 2002, most brokerage houses would accept an order to buy
stock in a cash account, and after executing that order, they would
allow you to bring the money to settle the trade a few days later. In
the age of internet trading, however, most brokers require good funds in
the account before they will accept an order to buy. Just about anyone
can open a cash account, although some brokerage houses may require a
significant deposit (as much as $10,000) before they open the account.

A margin account is a type of brokerage account that allows you to take
out loans against securities you own (sometimes called a "Type 2"
account). Because the brokerage house is essentially granting you
credit by giving you a margin account, you must pass their screening
procedure to get one. Even if you don't plan to buy on margin, note
that all short sales ("Type 5") have to occur in a margin account. Note
that if you have a margin account, you will also have a cash account.

An option account is a type of brokerage account that allows you to
trade stock options (i.e., puts and calls). To open this type of
account, your broker will require you to sign a statement that you
understand and acknowledge the risks associated with derivative
instruments. This is actually for the broker's protection and came into
place after brokers were successfully sued by clients who made large
losses in options and then claimed they were unaware of the risks. It's
my understanding that otherwise an option account is identical to a
margin account.

Please don't confuse the type of account with the stuff in your account.
For example, you will almost certainly have a bit of cash in a brokerage
account of any type, perhaps because you received a dividend payment on
a share held by your broker. This cash balance may be carried along as
pure cash (and you get no interest), or the cash may be swept into a
money market account (so you get a bit of interest). Presumably if you
have a margin account, the cash will appear there and not in your cash
account (see below for more details). It's an unfortunate fact that the
words are overloaded and confusing.

Margin accounts are the most interesting, so next we'll go into all the
gory details about those.

Access to margin accounts is more restrictive when compared to cash
accounts. When you ask for a margin account, your broker will (if he or
she hasn't already) run a credit check on you. You will also have to
sign a separate margin account agreement. The agreement says that the
broker can use as collateral any securities held in the margin account
whenever you have a debit balance (i.e., you owe the broker money).
Note that if you have a cash account with the same broker, securities
held in the cash account (often non-marginable securities) do not help
(nor can the broker sell them) if you have a debit balance in the margin
account. Conversely, securities in the cash account do not count
towards margin requirements.

Another key feature of the margin account agreement is the
"hypothecation and re-hypothecation" clause. This clause allows the
broker to lend out your securities at will. So the ability to borrow
money always comes with the trade-off that the broker can lend out
("hypothecate") securities that you hold to short-sellers. Although you
will pay the brokerage when you borrow money from them, the brokerage
house will *not* pay you (or in fact even notify you) if they borrow
your shares. This seems to be just the way things work. Also see the
article elsewhere in this FAQ about short selling for more information.

As a general rule, a margin account will have all marginable securities,
and a cash account will have all non-marginable securities. At some
brokerage houses, non-marginable securities can be held inside a margin
account (Type-2); however, those securities will not be included in the
calculation of margin buying power. The insidious element here is that
even though the non-marginable securities contribute nothing of value to
the margin calculation, those same securities -- if there is even $1 of
debit balance in the margin account -- will become registered as
"type-2" by virtue of simply residing within a Type-2 acount, and, thus,
can be made lendable to brokers for clients wishing to short-sell the
stock.

Having a margin account makes it possible to take a margin loan. You
can use a margin loan for anything you want. The primary uses are to
buy securities (called "buying on margin") or to extract cash from an
equity position without having to sell it (thus avoiding the tax bite or
the chance of missing a run-up). Some brokers will even give you debit
cards whose debit limit is equal to your maximum margin borrowing limit
(which is determined daily).

The terms under which you borrow the money (i.e., the interest rate you
must pay and the payment schedule) are determined by your portfolio.
Subject to various rules on the amount you can borrow (discussed later),
you just buy some securities and a loan will be automatically be
extended to you. Or if you need cash, you just tell your broker to send
you a check or you can use your margin account debit card. The interest
rate charged is rather low. It is usually 0-2% above the "broker call
rate" (which is usually at or below prime) quoted in the WSJ and other
papers. It can change monthly, and possibly more often, depending on
the details of your margin account agreement. It is probably lower than
the rate on any credit card you'll be able to find. Further, there is
no set payment schedule. Often, you don't even have to pay the
interest. However, your margin account agreement will probably say that
the loan can be called in full at any time by the broker. It will
probably also say that the broker can demand occasional payments of
interest. Your agreement will also give the broker the right to
liquidate any and all securities in your margin account in order to meet
a margin call against you.

The interest rate is so low because the loan is fairly low-risk to the
broker. First, the loan is collateralized by the securities in your
margin account. Second, the broker can call the loan at any time.
Finally, there are rules that set your maximum equity to debt ratio,
which further protects your broker. If you fall below the requirements,
you will have to deposit cash or securities and/or liquidate securities
to get back to required levels.

So you probably understand that it could be useful to get cash out of
your account without having to sell your holdings, but why would you
want to borrow money to buy more securities? Well, the reason is
leverage. Let's say you are really sure that XYZ is going to go up 20%
in 6 months. If you put $10000 into XYZ, and it performs as expected,
you'll have $12000 at the end of six months. However, let's say you not
only bought $10000 of XYZ but bought another $10000 on margin, and paid
8% interest. At the end of 6 months the stock would be worth $24000.
You could sell it and pay off the broker, leaving you with $14000 minus
$400 in interest = $13600 which is a 36% profit on your $10000. This is
significantly better than the 20% you got without margin.

But keep in mind what happens if you are wrong. If the stock goes down,
you are losing borrowed money in addition to your own. If you buy on
margin and the stock drops 20% in 6 months, it'll be worth $16000.
After paying off the debit balance and interest you'd be left with
$5600, a 44% loss as compared to a 20% loss if you only used your own
money. Don't forget that leverage works both ways.

The amount you can borrow depends on the two types of margin
requirements -- the initial margin requirement (IMR) and the maintenance
margin requirement (MMR). The IMR governs how much you can borrow when
buying new securities. The MMR governs what your maximum debit balance
can be subsequently.

The IMR is set by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board. It states
the minimum equity to security value ratio that must exist in your
account when buying new securities. Right now it is 50% of marginable
securities. This number has been as low as 40% and as high as 100%
(thus preventing buying on margin). What this means is that your equity
has to be at least 50% of the value of the marginable securities in your
account, including what you just bought. If your equity is less than
this, you have to put up the difference.

The definition of marginable stock varies from one brokerage house to
another. Many consider any listed security priced above $5 to be
marginable, others may use a price threshold of $6, etc.

Let's look at an example. If you have $10000 of marginable stock in
your account and no debit balance [thus you have $10000 in equity --
remember that MARKET VALUE = EQUITY + DEBIT BALANCE, a variant of the
standard accounting equation ASSETS = OWNER'S CAPITAL + LIABILITIES],
and buy $20000 more, your market value including the purchase is $30000.
Your initial required equity is 50% of $30000, or $15000. However, you
only have $10000 in equity, so you have a $5000 equity deficit. You
could send in a check for $5000 and you'd then be properly margined.

Let E and MV be equity and market value immediately after the purchase,
respectively (but before you make arrangements to be properly margined).
Let the equity deficit ED be the difference between the required equity
(which is MV*IMR) and current equity (E). Let E1 and MV1 be equity and
market value, respectively, after making arrangements to be properly
margined. The initial requirement means that E1/MV1 >= IMR. Let C, S,
and L be the amount of a cash deposit, a securities deposit, and a
securities liquidation, respectively.

1. You deposit cash:
E1 = E + C
MV1 = MV
So you need to solve (E+C)/MV >= IMR for C.

2. You deposit securities:
E1 = E + S
MV1 = MV + S
So you need to solve (E+S)/(MV+S) >= IMR for S.

3. You sell securities:
E1 = E
MV1 = MV - L
So you need to solve E/(MV-L) >= IMR for L.

Using ED [which we previously defined as (IMR*MV - E)], the answers are:
1. C = ED
2. S = ED/(1-IMR)
3. L = ED/IMR

If ED is negative (you have more equity than is required), then that
makes C, S, and L negative, meaning that you can actually take out cash
or securities, or buy more securities and still be properly margined.

So, now you know how much you can borrow to buy securities. Having
bought securities there is now a MMR you have to continue to meet as
your market value fluctuates or you pull cash out of your account. The
MMR sets the minimum equity to market value ratio that you can have in
your account. If you fall below this you will get a "margin call" from
your broker. You must meet the call by depositing cash and/or
securities and/or liquidating some securities. If you do not, your
broker will liquidate enough securities to meet the call. The MMR is
set by individual brokers and exchanges. The MMR set by the NYSE is
25%. Most brokers set their MMR higher, perhaps 30% or 35%, with even
higher MMRs on accounts that are concentrated in a particular security.

The MMR calculations are very similar to the IMR calculations. In fact,
just substitute MMR for IMR in the above equations to see what you'll
have to do to meet a margin call. However, here a negative ED does NOT
necessarily imply that you can make withdrawals -- the IMR rules govern
all withdrawals (though the Special Memorandum Account (SMA) adds some
flexibility).

For more details and examples of margin accounts, see the FAQ article
about margin requirements .


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Discount Brokers

Last-Revised: 26 Jul 1998
Contributed-By: Many net.people; compiled by Chris Lott ( contact me )

A discount broker offers an execution service for a wide variety of
trades. In other words, you tell them to buy, sell, short, or whatever,
they do exactly what you requested, and nothing more. Their service is
primarily a way to save money for people who are looking out for
themselves and who do not require or desire any advice or hand-holding
about their forays into the markets. This article focuses on brokers
who accept orders for stock, stock option, and/or futures trades.

Discount brokering is a highly competitive business. As a result, many
of the discount brokers provide virtually all the services of a
full-service broker with the exception of giving you unsolicited advice
on what or when to buy or sell. Then again, some do provide monthly
newsletters with recommendations. Virtually all will execute stock and
option trades, including stop or limit orders and odd lots, on the NYSE,
AMEX, or NASDAQ. Most can trade bonds and U.S. treasuries. Most will
not trade futures; talk to a futures broker. Most have margin accounts
available. Most will provide automatic sweep of (non-margin) cash into
a money market account, often with check- writing capability. All can
hold your stock in "street-name", but many can take and deliver stock
certificates physically, sometimes for a fee. Some trade precious
metals and can even deliver them!

Many brokers will let you buy "no-load" mutual funds for a low (e.g.
0.5%) commission. Increasingly, many even offer free mutual fund
purchases through arrangements with specific funds to pay the commission
for you; ask for their fund list. Many will provide free 1-page
Standard & Poor's Stock reports on stocks you request and 5-10 page full
research reports for $5-$8, often by fax. Some provide touch-tone
telephone stock quotes 24 hours / day. Some can allow you to make
trades this way. Many provide computer quotes and trading; others say
"it's coming".

The firms can generally be divided into the following categories:

1. "Full-Service Discount"
Provides services almost indistinguishable from a full-service
broker such as Merrill Lynch at about 1/2 the cost. These provide
local branch offices for personal service, newsletters, a personal
account representative, and gobs and gobs of literature.
2. "Discount"
Same as "Full-Service," but usually don't have local branch offices
and as much literature or research departments. Commissions are
about 1/3 the price of a full-service broker.
3. "Deep Discount"
Executes stock and option trades only; other services are minimal.
Often these charge a flat fee (e.g. $25.00) for any trade of any
size.
4. Computer or Electronic
Same as "Deep Discount", but designed mainly for computer users
(either dial-up or via the internet). Note that some brokers offer
an online trading option that is cheaper than talking to a broker.

Examples of firms in all categories:

Full-Svc. Discount Discount Deep Discount Computer
Fidelity Aufhauser Brown Datek
Olde Bidwell Ceres E-broker
Quick and Reilly Discover National E-trade
Charles Schwab Scottsdale Pacific JB Online
Vanguard Waterhouse Stock Mart Wall St. Eq.
Jack White Scottsdale
The rest often fall somewhere between "Discount" and "Deep Discount" and
include many firms that cater to experienced high-volume traders with
high demands on quality of service. Those are harder to categorize.

All brokerages, their clearing agents, and any holding companies they
have which can be holding your assets in "street-name" had better be
insured with the S.I.P.C. You're going to be paying an SEC "tax" (e.g.
about $3.00) on any trade you make anywhere , so make sure you're
getting the benefit; if a broker goes bankrupt it's the only thing that
prevents a total loss. Investigate thoroughly!

In general, you need to ask carefully about all the services above that
you may want, and find out what fees are associated with them (if any).
Ask about fees to transfer assets out of your account, inactive account
fees, minimums for interest on non-margin cash balances, annual IRA
custodial fees, per-transaction charges, and their margin interest rate
if applicable. Some will credit your account for the broker call rate
on cash balances which can be applied toward commission costs.

You may have seen that price competition has driven the cost of a trade
below $10 at many web brokers. How can they charge so little?
Discounters that charge deeply discounted commissions either make
markets, sell their order flow, or both. These sources of revenue
enable the cheap commission rates as they profit handsomely from trading
with your order or selling it to another. Market making is the answer.

In contrast, Datek is one of a kind. Datek owns the Island, an
electronic system that functions as a limit order book that gives great
order visibility and crosses orders within it as well as showing them to
the Nasdaq via Level II. Datek charges a fee from Island subscribers to
enter orders into their system. Island is their outside revenue, and is
far superior to selling order flow. Island is good for the customer,
selling order flow like the others is not.

Here are a few sources for additional information:
* The links page on the FAQ web site about trading has links to many
brokerage houses.

* "Delving Into the Depths of Deep Discounters," The Wall Street
Journal , Friday, February 3, 1995, pp. C1, C22.
* A free report on a broker's background can be requested from the
National Association of Securities Dealers; phone (800) 289-9999
* An 85 page survey of 85 discount brokers revised each October and
issued each January is available for $34.95 + $3.00 shipping from:
Andre Schelochin / Mercer Inc. / 379 W. Broadway, Suite 400 / New
York, NY 10012 / +1 (212) 334-6212


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 19 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:54 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part19
Version: $Id: part19,v 1.62 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 19 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Order Routing and Payment for Order Flow

Last-Revised: 25 Nov 1999
Contributed-By: Bill Rini (bill at moneypages.com), Terence Bergh, Chris
Lott ( contact me ), W. Felder

A common practice among brokerage firms is to route orders to certain
market makers. These market makers then "rebate" 1 to 4 cents per share
back to the brokerage firm in exchange for the flow of orders. These
payments are known as "payment for order flow" (PFOF). (The account
executive does not receive this compensation.) Order routing and PFOF
occurs in stocks traded on the NYSE, AMEX and NASDAQ. NYSE and AMEX
stocks traded away from the exchange are said to be traded "Third
Market."

Payment for order flow has been a mechanism that for many years has
allowed firms to centralize their customers' orders and have another
firm execute them. This allowed for smaller firms to use the economies
of scale of larger firms. Rather than staffing up to handle 1,000,
5,000 or so orders a day, a firm can send it's 1,000 or 5,000 orders to
another firm that will combine this with other firm's orders and in turn
provide a quality execution which most of the time is automated and is
very broad in nature. Orders are generally routed by computer to the
receiving firm by the sending firm so there is little manual
intervention with orders. This automation is an important part of this
issue. Most small firms cannot handle the execution of 3,000 or more
different issues with automation, so they send their orders to those
firms that can.

For example, Firm A can send it's retail agency orders to a NASDAQ
market maker or Third Market dealer (in the case of listed securities)
and not have to have maintain day-in and day-out the infrastructure to
"handle" their orders. In return for this steady stream of retail order
the receiving firm will compensate Firm A for it's relationship. This
compensation will generally come in the form of payment per share. In
the NASDAQ issues this is generally 2 cents, while in NYSE issues its 1
cent per share. Different firms have different arrangements, so what I
have offered is just a rule of thumb.

These "rebates" are the lifeblood of the deep discount brokerage
business. Discount brokerage firms can afford to charge commissions
that barely cover the fixed cost of the trade because of the payments
they receive for routing orders. But understand that payment for order
flow is not limited to discounters, many firms with all types of MO's
use payment for order flow to enhance their revenues while keeping their
costs under control. Also understand that if you require your discount
broker to execute your orders on the NYSE (in the case of listed
securities), you will find that the broker you are using will eventually
ask you to pay more in commissions.

Firms that pay for order flow provide a very important function in our
marketplace today. Without these firms, there would be less liquidity
in lower tier issues and in the case of the Third Market Dealers, they
provide an alternative to a very expensive primary market place i.e.
NYSE and ASE. For example if you take a look at Benard Madoff (MADF)
and learn what their execution criteria is for the 500 to 600 listed
issue that they make a market in, you would be hard pressed to find ANY
difference between a MADF execution and one executed on the NYSE. In
some cases it will even be superior. There are many Third Market Firms
that provide quality execution services to the brokerage community, DE
Shaw, Trimark are two others that do a great job in this field.
However, please realize that the third market community would have a
hard time existing without the quote, size and prints displayed by the
primary exchanges.

The firm that receives payment for its order flow must disclose this
fact to you. It is generally disclosed on the back of your customer
confirmation and regularly on the back of your monthly statement. This
disclosure will not identify the exact amount (as it will vary depending
on the order involved, affected by variables such as the market, limit,
NMS, spread, etc.), but you can contact your broker and ask how much was
received for your order if in fact payment was received for your order.
You will probably get a very confused response from a retail broker
because this matter (the exact amount i.e., 2 cents or 1.5 cents ) will
generally not be disclosed to your individual broker by the firm he/she
is employed by.

It is hard to "tell" if your order has been subject to payment. Look
closely at your confirmation. For example if the indicated market is
NYSE or ASE then you can be rest assured that no other payment was
received by your firm. If the market is something like "other" coupled
with a payment disclosure, your order may in fact be subject to payment.

There are two schools of thought about the quality of execution that the
customer receives when his/her order is routed. The phrase "quality of
execution" means how close was your fill price to the difference between
the bid/ask on the open market. Those who feel that order routing is
not detrimental argue that on the NASDAQ, the market maker is required
to execute at the best posted bid/ask or better. Further, they argue,
many market making firms such as Mayer Schweitzer (a division of Charles
Schwab) execute a surprising number of trades at prices between the
bid/ask. Others claim that rebates and conflict of interest sometimes
have a markedly detrimental affect on the fill price. For a lengthy
discussion of these hazards, read on.

To realize the lowest overall cost of trading at a brokerage firm, you
must thoroughly research these three categories:
1. The broker's schedule of fees.
2. Where your orders are directed.
3. If your NYSE orders are filled by a 19c-3 trading desk.

Category 1 includes "hidden" fees that are the easiest costs to
discover. Say a discount broker advertises a flat rate of $29.00 to
trade up to 5,000 shares of any OTC/NASDAQ stock. If the broker adds a
postage and handling fee of $4.00 for each transaction it boosts the
flat rate to $33.00 (14% higher). Uncovering other fees that could have
an adverse impact on your ongoing trading expenses requires a little
more digging. By comparing your broker's current fees (if any) for
sending out certificates, accepting odd-lot orders or certain types of
orders (such as stops, limits, good-until-canceled, fill-or-kill,
all-or-none) to other brokers' schedules of fees, you'll learn if you're
being charged for services you may not have to pay for elsewhere.

Category 2 is often overlooked. Many investors, especially those who
are newer to the market, are not aware of the price disparities that
sometimes exist between the prices of listed stocks traded on the
primary exchanges (such as the NYSE or AMEX), and the so-called "third
marketplace." The third marketplace is defined as listed stocks that are
traded off the primary exchanges. More than six recent university
studies have concluded that trades on the primary exchanges can
sometimes be executed at a better price than comparable trades done on
the third market.

Although there is nothing intrinsically wrong with the third market, it
may not be in your best interest for a broker to route all listed orders
to that marketplace. If you can make or save an extra eighth of a point
on a trade by going to the primary exchange, that's where your order
should be directed. After all, an eighth of a point is $125.00 for each
1,000 shares traded.

Here's how the third market can work against you: Say you decide to
purchase 2,000 shares of a stock listed on the NYSE. The stock
currently has a spread of 21 to 21 1/4. Your order, automatically
routed away from the NYSE to the third market, is executed at 21 1/4.
Yet at the NYSE you could have gone in-between the bid-ask and gotten
filled at 21 1/8, a savings of $250.00.

Only a few of the existing deep discount brokers will route your listed
stock orders to the primary exchanges. Most won't as a matter of
business practice even if asked to do so. The only way to be sure that
your listed stock orders are being filled on the primary exchanges is to
carefully scrutinize your confirmations. If your confirmation does not
state your listed order was filled on the NYSE or AMEX then it was
executed on the third market.

You run the greatest risk of receiving a bad fill -- or sometimes
missing an opportunity completely -- whenever you trade any of the
stocks added to the NYSE since April 26, 1979, and your trade is routed
away from the primary exchange onto the third market. Almost all AMEX
stocks run this risk.

Category 3 was understood only by the most sophisticated of investors
until recently. A 19c-3 trading desk is a (completely legal) method of
filling NYSE orders in-house, without exposing the orders to the public
marketplace at all. Yes, you'll get your orders filled, but not
necessarily at the best prices. NYSE stocks listed after April 26,
1979, sector funds (primarily "country" funds such as the Germany Fund
or Brazil Fund), and publicly-traded bond funds are the securities
traded at these in-house desks. Recently, the NYSE approached the
Securities Exchange Commission asking that Rule 19c-3, that allows this
trading practice, be repealed. Edward Kwalwasser, the NYSE's regulatory
group executive vice president stated flatly that, "The rule hasn't done
what the Commission thought it would do. In fact, it has become a
disadvantage for the customer."

Here's a scenario that helps explain the furor that has developed over
the 19c-3 wrinkle. Let's say that XYZ stock is trading with a spread of
9 1/2 to 9 3/4 per share on the floor of the NYSE. An investor places
an order to buy the stock and the broker routes that order away from the
NYSE to the internal 19c-3 desk. The problem emerges when the order
reaches this desk, namely that the order is not necessarily filled at
the best price. The desk may immediately fill it from inventory at 9
3/4 without even attempting to buy it at 9 5/8 for the customer's
benefit -- this is the spread's midpoint on the floor of the exchange.
Then, after filling the customer's order internally, the firm's trader
may then turn around and buy the stock on the exchange, pocketing the
extra 12 1/2 cents per share for the firm. Project this over millions
of shares per year and you can get an idea of the extra profits some
brokers are squeezing out at the expense of their trusting, but
ignorant, customers.

You can most likely resolve this dilemma between low commissions and
quality of execution by examining the volume of trades you do. If you
buy a few shares of AT&T once a year for your children, then the
difference in fees between a trade done by a discount broker as compared
to a full-service wire house will most likely dominate an 1/8 or even a
1/4 improvement in the fill price. However, if you work for Fidelity
(why are you reading this?) and regularly trade large amounts, then you
certainly have negotiated nicely reduced commissions for yourself and
care deeply about getting a good fill price.

Finally, the whole issue may become much less important soon. Under the
new rules for handling limit orders on the NASDAQ market, payment for
order flow is becoming more and more burdensome on execution firms.
With the advent of day trading, specialty firms that use the NASDAQ's
SOES execution system, along with other systems to "game" the market
makers, the ability of firms to pay others for their orders is becoming
increasingly difficult. This "gaming" of the market place is due to
different trading rules for different market participants (this issue by
itself can take hours to explain and has many different viewpoints).
Many firms have discontinued paying for limit orders as they have become
increasingly less profitable than market orders.

As of November 1999, the Wall Street Journal that payment for order flow
is a practice that is dying out fairly rapidly.

Note: portions of this article are copyright (c) 1996 by Terrence Bergh,
and are taken from an article that originally appeared in Personal
Investing News, March 1995.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Day, GTC, Limit, and Stop-Loss Orders

Last-Revised: 5 May 1997
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com)

Day/GTC orders, limit orders, and stop-loss orders are three different
types of orders you can place in the financial markets. This article
concentrates on stocks. Each type of order has its own purpose and can
be combined.

* Day and GTC orders:
An order is canceled either when it is executed or at the end of a
specific time period. A day order is canceled if it is not
executed before the close of business on the same day it was
placed. You can also leave the specific time period open when you
place an order. This type of order is called a GTC order (good
'til cancelled) and has no set expiration date.


* Limit orders:
Limit orders are placed to guarantee you will not sell a stock for
less than the limit price, or buy for more than the limit price,
provided that your order is executed. Of course, you might never
buy or sell, but if you do, you are guaranteed that price or
better.

For example, if you want to buy XYZ if it drops down to $30, you
can place a limit buy @ $30. If the price falls to $30 the broker
will attempt to buy it for $30. If it goes up immediately
afterwards you might miss out. Similarly you might want to sell
your stock if it goes up to $40, so you place a limit sell @ $40.


* Stop-loss orders:
A stop-loss order, as the name suggests, is designed to stop a
loss. If you bought a stock and worry about it falling too low,
you might place a stop-loss sell order at $20 to sell that stock
when the price hits $20. If the next trade after it hits $20 is 19
1/2, then you would sell at 19 1/2. In effect the stop loss sell
turns into a market order as soon as the exchange price hits that
figure.

Note that the NASDAQ does not officially accept stop loss orders
since each market maker sets his own prices. Which of the several
market makers would get to apply the stop loss? However, many
brokers will simulate stop-loss orders on their own internal
systems, often in conjunction with their own market makers. Their
internal computers follow one or perhaps several market makers and
if one of them quotes a bid which trips the simulated stop order,
the broker will enter a real order (perhaps with a limit - NASDAQ
does recognize limits) with that market maker. Of course by that
time the price might have fallen, and if there was a limit it might
not get filled. All these simulated stop orders are doing is
pretending they are entering real stops (these are not official
stop loss orders in the sense that a stock exchange stop order is),
and some brokers who work for the firms that offer this service
might not even understand the simulation issue.

If you sell a stock short, you can protect yourself against losses
if the price goes too high using a stop-loss order. In that case
you might place a stop-loss buy order on the short position, which
turns into a market order when the price goes up to that figure.

Example:


Let's combine a stop loss with a limit sell and a day order.

XYZ - Stop-Loss Sell Limit @ 30 - Day Order Only


The day order part is simple -- the order expires at the end of the day.

The stop-loss sell portion by itself would convert to a sell at market
if the price drops down to $30. But since it is a stop-loss sell limit
order, it converts to a limit order @ $30 if the price drops to $30.

It is possible the price drops to 29 1/2 and doesn't come back to $30
and so you never do sell the stock.

Note the difference between a limit sell @ $30 and a stop-loss sell
limit @ $30 -- the first will sell at market if the price is anywhere
above $30. The second will not convert to a sell order (a limit order
in this case) until the price drops to $30.

You can also work these same combinations for short sales and for
covering losses of short stock. Note that if you want to use limit
orders for the purpose of selling stock short, there is an exchange
uptick rule that says you cannot short a stock while it is falling - you
have to wait until the next uptick to sell. This is designed to prevent
traders from forcing the price down too quickly.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Pink Sheet Stocks

Last-Revised: 2 Sep 1999
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com)

A company whose shares are traded on the so-called "pink sheets" is
commonly one that does not meet the minimal criteria for capitalization
and number of shareholders that are required by the NASDAQ and OTC and
most exchanges to be listed there. The "pink sheet" designation is a
holdover from the days when the quotes for these stocks were printed on
pink paper. "Pink Sheet" stocks have both advantages and disadvantages.

Disadvantages:
1. Thinly traded. Can make it tough (and expensive) to buy or sell
shares.
2. Bid/Ask spreads tend to be pretty steep. So if you bought today
the stock might have to go up 40-80% before you'd make money.
3. Market makers may be limited. Much discussion has taken place in
this group about the effect of a limited number of market makers on
thinly traded stocks. (They are the ones who are really going to
profit).
4. Can be tough to follow. Very little coverage by analysts and
papers.

Advantages:
1. Normally low priced. Buying a few hundred share shouldn't cost a
lot.
2. Many companies list in the "Pink Sheets" as a first step to getting
listed on the National Market. This alone can result in some price
appreciation, as it may attract buyers that were previously wary.

In other words, there are plenty of risks for the possible reward, but
aren't there always?

The National Quotation Bureau maintains the list of pink-sheet stocks.
Their site gives the history of the pink-sheet listing service and
information about real-time quotes for OTC issues.


Online quotes are offered by the National Quotation Bureau for
registered users only.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Price Improvement

Last-Revised: 26 Feb 1997
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

In a nutshell, price improvement means that your broker filled an order
at a price better than you might have expected from the bid and asked
prices prevailing at the time you placed the order. More concretely,
you were able to pay less than the asked price if you bought, and you
received better than the bid price if you sold. Two of the ways that
this happens imply extra work by your broker, the third is just luck.

First, a market order may be filled inside the spread. For example, a
market order for 100 sh of IBM means that your broker should just buy
the shares for you at the current asking price. If the price you pay is
less than the current asking price, you experienced price improvement

Second, a limit order may be filled better than the limit. For example,
if you wanted to buy 100 sh of IBM at a maximum price of 150, and you
were filled at 149 7/8, that's price improvement also.

And third, the market may simply have moved in your favor during the
time it took to route your order to the exchange, resulting in a lucky
saving for you.

Price improvement is extremely important to people who frequently trade
large blocks of stocks. These people care more about superior
executions (i.e., price improvement) than the brokerage house's
commission. After all, a 1/8-point improvement on a 1000-share trade
makes a $125 difference. So beware saving a penny on the commission and
losing a pound on the execution price.

It is difficult for the small investor to determine independently
whether his or her order was filled with price improvement or not. (I'm
assuming that the average small investor doesn't have access to a
live/delayed data feed.) However, there are several sources on the net
for intraday price charts that may help you analyze your fills. On a
lightly traded stock, spotting you own trade crossing the tape is easy -
and a minor thrill.

In theory, when you place an order with a broker, the broker should
search all possible places (be they markets or market makers) to get the
best possible execution price for you. This is especially true with
NASDAQ, where a host of market makers may trade in a given stock. In
fact, many brokers (especially discounters or so-called "introducing
brokers") simply dump their order on another firm for execution. This
broker may not be so diligent in checking out all possible sources, due
to a custom called "Payment for Order Flow" (PFOF). PFOF is a small
(typically $0.03-0.06/share) payment made by the executing broker to the
your broker for the privilege of handling the order. If you think about
it, the money can only come from someone's pocket - and it might be from
yours via a less than top-flight execution.

For many stocks, remember that there are a lot of places it may trade
beyond the exchange it is listed on. Some large firms are trade on
exchanges from Tokyo to London. Domestically, the same is true. For
example, the Philadelphia stock exchange specialists make a market
(i.e., offer quotes) on any stock listed on the NYSE. And then there
are alternate (mostly electronic markets), like Reuters' Instinet.

Moreover, big brokers often have a small inventory of actively traded
stocks they make a market in and can effectively cut-off (cross) an
order before it hits the exchanges. A brokerage house can also program
its computer to recognize when two orders flowing in from their regional
offices make a pairing that can be summarily crossed. Generally, the
broker keeps the spread, but some brokers give the advantage to the
customer. Most notable in this respect is Schwab's new "no spread"
trading system which crosses customer orders for participants. Instead
of executing your order on the normal markets immediately, Schwab routes
it to their "waiting room". If there is another order there that mates
with yours the trade is immediate - if not, you sit there until that
mating order shows up. In either case, Schwab takes its commission and
splits the spread with the two customers. It remains to be seen how
well this idea works. Evaluating the potential for a delayed trade and
the price volatility of the stock itself versus the spread savings will
make it difficult for an individual to decide whether to participate.

Due to the need for speed, your broker might be more interested in
moving the order (and generating some PFOF revenue) than delaying the
trade while looking around for a better price. For example, if you are
trying to beat an anticipated market move, paying an extra 1/8th to get
immediate execution can be a good investment.

Some regular and discount brokerage houses now advertise that they
automatically attempt price improvement on all orders placed with them.
One small West Coast discounter recently advertised that about 38% of
its order flow achieved price improvement.

All this discussion shows that price improvement requires a little more
work (and perhaps a little less profit) for the dealing brokers when
compared to straight trading. It also shows that you should understand
your broker's normal practice when you consider how and where to place
your orders.

Related topics include the recent SEC-NASDAQ settlement.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Process Date

Last-Revised: 23 Oct 1997
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

Transaction notices from any broker will generally show a date called
the process date. This is when the trade went through the broker's
computer. This date is nearly always the same as the trade date, but
there are exceptions. One exception is an IPO; the IPO reservation
could be made a week in advance and until a little after the IPO has
gone off, the broker might not know how many shares his firm was
allocated so doesn't know how many shares a buyer gets. A day or two
after the IPO has gone off, things might settle down. (The IPO
syndicate might be allowed to sell say 10% more shares than obligated to
sell - and might sell those even after the IPO date "as of" the IPO
date.) So a confirmation might list a trade date that is two days before
the process date. Other times the broker might have made an error and
admit to it, and so correct it "as of" the correct date. So the
confirmation slip might show August 15 as the process date of a trade
"as of" a trade date of August 12. It happens.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Round Lots of Shares

Last-Revised: 21 Mar 1998
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), buddyryba at
pipeline.com, Uncle Arnie (blash404 at aol.com)

There are some advantages to buying round lots, i.e., multiples of 100
shares, but if they don't apply to you, then don't worry about it.
Possible limitations on odd lots (i.e., lots that are not multiples of
100) are the following:
* The broker might add 1/8 of a point to the price -- but usually the
broker will either not do this, or will not do it when you place
your order before the market opens or after it closes.
* Some limit orders might not be accepted for odd lots.
* If these shares cover short calls, you usually need a round lot.
* If you want to write covered calls, you'll need a round lot. Other
than that, there's just nothing magic about selling 100 shares or 59
shares or any other number.

Don't be concerned that your order to buy or sell 59 shares won't be
considered until all 100-share orders are run. Your order doesn't just
sit there waiting for an exact match on stocks that trade actively.
Your order will likely just be swept into the specialist/market
makers/brokers trading account along with other items.

If you're buying very small numbers of stocks priced under $100 or so,
your biggest problem is to find a broker who will bother with the order
and give reasonable commission. The discounters may not touch the small
order or charge more - and a lot of bigger firms have minimum
commissions of $35 - 75 or so. Many firms want a minimum size account
to open one, too.

If you're trading penny stocks (commonly defined as having a price under
$5 per share), there may be additional restrictions. For example, one
reader reports that on the Toronto exchange, a round lot for an issue
priced under CDN$1 is 500 shares.

This seems like a good place to mention the terminology for very big
orders. Block trades are large trading orders (very round lots?), where
large is defined by the stock exchange. On the NYSE, a block trade is
any transaction in which 10,000 shares or more of a single stock are
traded, or a transaction with a value of $200,000 and up.

So why does an investor still hear so much about odd lots? Well, once
upon a time, there was a difference. At that time, if you wanted to
sell 100 shares, your order would be forwarded to an NYSE or AMEX floor
broker, who would then trek over to the trading area for that particular
stock and try to find a buyer. If you wanted to sell only 50 shares,
the floor broker would instead hoof it over to an odd lot broker. If
you were in a hurry and specified "no print," the odd lot broker would
buy the 50 shares at one eighth of a point below the posted bid price
for the stock. Otherwise, the trade would go through at one eighth off
the next trade (one quarter point if over $40/share). But all this is
ancient history.

The "odd lot differential" of one eighth or one quarter of a point was
one of the ways that the odd lot broker made money. But these days,
there are no odd lot brokers--and hence no odd lot differentials. Small
stock trades, whether for 50 shares or 100 shares, are handled by
computer rather than by people.

The only thing that's left of the odd lot broker system is a reluctance
by many people to place orders for less than 100 shares. At one time,
these orders were subject to the odd lot differential, so people learned
to avoid them whenever possible. The notion that orders of less than
100 shares were bad entered the investment world's folk lore, and like
many other sorts of folk wisdom, it has a remarkable ability to persist
even though it is no longer justified by the facts.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Security Identification Systems

Last-Revised: 8 Aug 2000
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me ), Peter Andersson (peter at
ebiz.com.sg)

This article lists some of the identification systems used to assign
unique numbers to securities that are traded on the various exchanges
around the world.
* CUSIP
A numbering system used to identify securities issued by U.S. and
Canadian companies. Every stock, bond, and other security has a
unique, 9-digit CUSIP number chosen according to this system. The
first six digits identify the issuer (e.g., IBM); the next two
identify the instrument that was issued by IBM (e.g., stock, bond);
and the last digit is a check digit. The system was developed in
the 1960's by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures (CUSIP), which is part of the American Banker's
Association. For a full history and all the gory details of the
numbering system, see their web site:



* CINS
The CUSIP International Numbering System (CINS) is a close cousin
to CUSIP. Like CUSIP, it is a 9-digit numbering scheme that is
used by the US finance industry. Unlike CUSIP, the numbers are
used to identify securities that are traded or issued by companies
outside the US and Canada.


* EPIC
Commonly used on the UK stock market.


* ISID
The International Securities Identification Directory (ISID) is a
cross reference for the many different identification schemes in
use. ISID Plus seems to be an expanded version of ISID (allowing
more characters in the identifier).


* ISIN
An International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) code
consists of an alpha country code (ISO 3166) or XS for securities
numbered by CEDEL or Euroclear, a 9-digit alphanumeric code based
on the national securities code or the common CEDEL/Euroclear code,
and a check digit.

The Association of National Numbering Agencies (ANNA) makes
available International Securities Identification Numbers (ISIN) in
a uniform structure. More information is available at:



* QUICK
A numbering system used in Japan (anyone know more?).


* RIC
Reuters Identification Code, used within the Reuters system to
identify instruments worldwide. Contains an X character market
specific code (can be the CUSIP or EPIC codes) followed by .YY
where YY stand for the two digit country code. i.e IBM in UK would
be IBM.UK. More information is available at


* SEDOL
Stock Exchange Daily Official List. The stock code used to
identify all securities issued in the UK or Eire. This code is the
basis of the ISIN code for UK securities and consists of a 7-digit
number allocated by the master file service of the London Stock
Exchange.


* SICOVAM
A 5-digit code allocated to French securities (Socie'te'
Interprofessionelle pour la Compensation des Valeurs Mobili`eres).


* Valoren
Telekurs Financial, the Swiss numbering agency, assigns Valoren
numbers to identify financial instruments. This seems to be the
CUSIP of Switzerland. For much more information, visit the
handbook of world stock, derivative and commodity exchanges
(subscription required):



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Shorting Stocks

Last-Revised: 9 Mar 2000
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Rich Carreiro (rlcarr
at animato.arlington.ma.us)

Shorting means to sell something you don't own.

If I do not own shares of IBM stock but I ask my broker to sell short
100 shares of IBM I have committed shorting. In broker's lingo, I have
established a short position in IBM of 100 shares. Or, to really
confuse the language, I hold 100 shares of IBM short.

Why would you want to short?

Because you believe the price of that stock will go down, and you can
soon buy it back at a lower price than you sold it at. When you buy
back your short position, you "close your short position."

The broker will effectively borrow those shares from another client's
account or from the broker's own account, and effectively lend you the
shares to sell short. This is all done with mirrors; no stock
certificates are issued, no paper changes hands, no lender is identified
by name.

My account will be credited with the sales price of 100 shares of IBM
less broker's commission. But the broker has actually lent me the stock
to sell. No way is he going to pay interest on the funds from the short
sale. This means that the funds will not be swept into the customary
money-market account. Of course there's one exception here: Really big
spenders sometimes negotiate a full or partial payment of interest on
short sales funds provided sufficient collateral exists in the account
and the broker doesn't want to lose the client. If you're not a really
big spender, don't expect to receive any interest on the funds obtained
from the short sale.

If you sell a stock short, not only will you receive no interest, but
also expect the broker to make you put up additional collateral. Why?
Well, what happens if the stock price goes way up? You will have to
assure the broker that if he needs to return the shares whence he got
them (see "mirrors" above) you will be able to purchase them and "close
your short position." If the price has doubled, you will have to spend
twice as much as you received. So your broker will insist you have
enough collateral in your account which can be sold if needed to close
your short position. More lingo: Having sufficient collateral in your
account that the broker can glom onto at will, means you have "cover"
for your short position. As the price goes up you must provide more
cover.

When you short a stock you are essentially creating a new shareholder.
The person who held the shares in a margin account (the person from whom
the broker borrowed the shares on the short seller's behalf) considers
himself or herself a shareholder, quite justifiably. The person who
bought the (lent) shares from the the short seller also considers
himself or herself a shareholder. Now what happens with the dividend
and the vote? The company sure as heck isn't going to pay out dividends
to all of these newly created shareholders, nor will it let them vote.
It's actually fairly straightforward.

If and when dividends are paid, the short seller is responsible for
paying those dividends to the fictitious person from whom the shares
were borrowed. This is a cost of shorting. The short seller has to pay
the dividend out of pocket. Of course the person who bought the shares
might hold them in a margin account, so the shares might get lent out
again, and so forth; but in the end, the last buyer in the chain of
borrowing and shorting transactions is the one who will get the dividend
from the company Tax-wise, a short seller's expense of paying a dividend
to the lender is treated as a misc investment expense subject to the 2%
of AGI floor. It does not affect basis (though I believe there is an
exception that if a short position is open for 45 days or less, any
dividends paid by the short seller are capitalized into basis instead of
being treated as an investment expense -- check the latest IRS Pub 550).

Voting of shares is also affected by shorting. The old beneficial owner
of a share (i.e., the person who lent it) and the new beneficial owner
of the share both expect to cast the vote, but that's impossible--the
company would get far more votes than shares. What I have heard is that
in fact the lender loses his chance to vote the shares. The lender
doesn't physically have the shares (he's not a shareholder of record)
and the broker no longer physically has the shares, having lent them to
the short seller (so the broker isn't a shareholder of record anymore,
either). Only a shareholder-of-record can vote the shares, so that
leaves the lender out. The buyer, however, does get to vote the shares.
Implicit in this is that if you absolutely, positively want to guarantee
your right to vote some shares, you need to ask your broker to journal
them into the cash side of your account in time for the record date of
the vote. If a beneficial owner whose broker lent out the shares
accidentally receives the proxy materials (accidentally because the
person is not entitled to them), the broker should have his computers
set up to disallow that vote.

Even if you hold your short position for over a year, your capital gains
are taxed as short-term gains.

A short squeeze can result when the price of the stock goes up. When
the people who have gone short buy the stock to cover their previous
short-sales, this can cause the price to rise further. It's a death
spiral - as the price goes higher, more shorts feel driven to cover
themselves, and so on.

You can short other securities besides stock. For example, every time I
write (sell) an option I don't already own long, I am establishing a
short position in that option. The collateral position I must hold in
my account generally tracks the price of the underlying stock and not
the price of the option itself. So if I write a naked call option on
IBM November 70s and receive a mere $100 after commissions, I may be
asked to put up collateral in my account of $3,500 or more! And if in
November IBM has regained ground and is at $90, I would be forced to buy
back (close my short position in the call option) at a cost of about
$2000, for a big loss.

Selling short is seductively simple. Brokers get commissions by showing
you how easy it is to generate short term funds for your account, but
you really can't do much with them. My personal advice is if you are
strongly convinced a stock will be going down, buy the out-of-the-money
put instead, if such a put is available.

A put's value increases as the stock price falls (but decreases sort of
linearly over time) and is strongly leveraged, so a small fall in price
of the stock translates to a large increase in value of the put.

Let's return to our IBM, market price of 66 (ok, this article needs to
be updated). Let's say I strongly believe that IBM will fall to, oh, 58
by mid-November. I could short-sell IBM stock at 66, buy it back at 58
in mid-November if I'm right, and make about net $660. If instead it
goes to 70, and I have to buy at that price, then I lose net $500 or so.
That's a 10% gain or an 8% loss or so.

Now, I could buy the IBM November 65 put for maybe net $200. If it goes
down to 58 in mid November, I sell (close my position) for about $600,
for a 300% gain. If it doesn't go below 65, I lose my entire 200
investment. But if you strongly believe IBM will go way way down, you
should shoot for the 300% gain with the put and not the 10% gain by
shorting the stock itself. Depends on how convinced you are.

Having said this, I add a strong caution: Puts are very risky, and
depend very much on odd market behavior beyond your control, and you can
easily lose your entire purchase price fast. If you short options, you
can lose even more than your purchase price!

One more word of advice. Start simply. If you never bought stock start
by buying some stock. When you feel like you sort of understand what
you are doing, when you have followed several stocks in the financial
section of the paper and watched what happens over the course of a few
months, when you have read a bit more and perhaps seriously tracked some
important financials of several companies, you might -- might -- want to
expand your investing choices beyond buying stock. If you want to get
into options (see the article on options ), start with writing covered
calls. I would place selling stock short or writing or buying other
options lower on the list -- later in time.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Shorting Against the Box

Last-Revised: 5 Jul 1998
Contributed-By: Rich Carreiro (rlcarr at animato.arlington.ma.us)

This article discusses a strategy that once helped investors delay a
taxable event with relative ease. Revisions made to the tax code by the
act of 1997 effectively eliminated the "Short Against The Box" strategy
as of July 27, 1997 (although not totally - see the bottom of this
article for a caveat).

Shorting-against-the-box is the act of selling short securities that you
already own. For example, if you own 200 shares of FON and tell your
broker to sell short 200 shares of FON, you have shorted against the
box. Note that when you short against the box, you have locked in your
gain or loss, since for every dollar the long position gains, the short
position will lose and vice versa.

An alternative way to short against the box is to buy a put on your
stock. This may or may not be less expensive than doing the short sale.
The IRS considers buying a put against stock the same as shorting
against the box.

The name comes from the idea of selling short the same stock that you
are holding in your (safety deposit or strong) box. The term is
somewhat meaningless today, with so many people holding stock in street
name with their brokers, but the term persists.

The obvious way to close out any short-against-the-box position is to
buy to cover the short position and to sell off the long. This will
cost you two commissions. The better way is to simply tell your broker
to deliver the shares you own to cover the short. This transaction is
free of commission at some brokers.

The sole rationale for shorting-against-the-box is to delay a taxable
event. Let's say that you have a big gain on some shares of XYZ. You
think that XYZ has reached its peak and you want to sell. However, the
tax on the gain may leave you under-withheld for the year and hence
subject to penalties. Perhaps next year you will make a lot less money
and will thus be in a lower bracket and therefore would rather take the
gain next year. Or maybe you have some other reason.

Or perhaps you think, "This is great! I have a stock that I've held for
9 months but I think it has peaked out. Now I can lock in my gain, hold
it for 3 more months, and then get a long-term gain instead of a
short-term gain, saving me a bundle in taxes!"

Bzzt. The answer is absolutely NOT! Unfortunately, the IRS has already
thought of this idea and has set the rules up to prevent it. From IRS
Publication 550:



If you held property substantially identical to the property
sold short for one year or less on the date of short sale or
if you acquire property substantially identical to the
property sold short after the short sale and on or before the
date of closing the short sale, then:

* Rule 1. Your gain, if any, when you close the short sale
is a short-term capital gain; and
* Rule 2. The holding period of the substantially
identical property begins on the date of the closing of
the short sale or on the date of the sale of this
property, whichever comes first.



So if you have held a stock for 11 months and 25 days and sell short
against the box, not only will you not get to 12 months, but your
holding period in that stock is zeroed out and will not start again
until the short is closed. Note that your holding period is not
affected if you are already holding the stock long-term.

The 1997 revisions to the tax code define (or extend) the idea of
"constructive sales." A constructive sale is a set of transactions which
removes one's risk of loss in a security even if the security wasn't
actually disposed of. Shorting against the box as well as certain
options and futures transactions are defined as being constructive
sales. And any constructive sale is interpreted as being the same as a
real sale, which is why this strategy is no longer effective (don't you
hate it when the rules change in the middle of the game?).

For those who have read this far, there does appear to be a small
loophole in the 1997 revisions that permit shorting against the box to
delay a taxable event. If you have a short against the box position and
then buy in the short within 30 days of the start of the tax year and
leave the long position at risk for at least 60 days before ofsetting it
again, the constructive sales rules do not apply. So it appears that
you can continue shorting against the box to defer gains, but you have
to temporarily cover the short and be exposed for at least 60 days at
the beginning of each and every year.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Size of the Market

Last-Revised: 26 Apr 1997
Contributed-By: Timothy M. Steff (tim at navillus.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

The "size of the market" refers to the number of shares that a
specialist or market maker is ready to buy or sell. This number is
quoted in round lots of 100 shares; i.e., the last two zeros are
dropped. The size of the market information is supplied with a quote on
professional data systems. For example, if you get a quote of "bid 10,
offer 10 1/4, size 10 X 10" this means that the person or company is
willing to buy 10 round lots (i.e., 1,000 shares) at 10, or sell you
1,000 shares at 10 1/4.

Specialists report size, they do not create it. It seems that different
specialists report the size in approximately three ways:
1. Some are very precise; if a quote is 10x10 and 100 trades the
offer, the size then becomes 10x9.
2. Some use what seems to be a convention number. That is if there
the size is 50x100 the specialist is reporting at least 5,000
shares bid but less than 10,000, and at least 10,000 shares offered
but less than 25,000.
3. Some seem to have no discernable method as the trading seems to be
unrelated to the reported size. Thousands of shares trade the bid,
the price and size remain the same, for example. The floor brokers
in front of the specialist may be more important than the specialist in
this regard; the specialist is not necessarily a party to the trade as
is an OTC market-maker; the brokers may or may not put their orders into
the specialists' limit order book, or may cancel their orders in the
book later. The floor brokers are able to change the size by bidding
and offering, and cancelling existing orders, thereby affecting how
others trade.

On the NASDAQ, which is not an auction market, size is usually reported
as 500 X 500.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Tick, Up Tick, and Down Tick

Last-Revised: 27 Aug 1999
Contributed-By: Chris Lott ( contact me )

The term "tick" refers to a change in a stock's price from one trade to
the next (but see below for more). Really what's going on is that a
comparison is made between trades reported on the ticker. If the later
trade is at a higher price than the earlier trade, that trade is known
as an "uptick" trade because the price went up. If the later trade is
at a lower price than the earlier trade, that trade is known as a
"downtick" trade because the price went down.

On a traditional stock exchange like the NYSE, there is a single
specialist for each stock, so this measure can be calculated based on
the trade data. On the NASDAQ, the tick measure is calculated based on
the trades reported (which might well be out of order, delayed, etc.)

Something called the "tick indicator" is a market indicator that tries
to gauge how many stocks are moving up or down in price. The tick
indicator is computed based on the last trade in each stock.

Note that certain transactions, namely shorting a stock, can only be
executed on an up tick, so this measure is used to regulate the markets
(it's not just of academic curiosity). Interestingly, on the NASDAQ,
the restriction on short sales is not done based on the tick but rather
based on the change in the BID on a stock; i.e., from the stream of bid
data. All Market Makers and ECN's who trade on NASDAQ have their change
in bids reported one at a time. For example, if a NASDAQ issue trades
at 100 then next trades at 101 but at the same time the bid goes from
101 to 100 15/16, that would cause a down tick for the purpose of
regulating short sales. The last trade was higher than the trade before
(so the traditional tick indicator is positive), but a drop in the bid
from 101 to 100 15/16 caused the would result in short sales being
prohibited.

The Wall Street Journal publishes a short tick indicator table daily
with the UP/DOWN cumulative ticks (tick-volume) for selected (i.e.,
leading) stocks.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Transferring an Account

Last-Revised: 9 Jan 1997
Contributed-By: anonymous; please contact Chris Lott ( contact me )

Transferring an account from one brokerage house to another is a simple,
painless process. The process is supported by the Automated Customer
Account Transfer (ACAT) system. To transfer your account, you fill out
an ACAT form in cooperation with your new broker. The new broker will
generally require a copy of your statements from the old brokerage
house, plus some additional proof of identity. The transfer will be
made within about 5-10 business days for regular accounts, and 10-15
business days for IRA and other types of qualified retirement accounts.
The paperwork starts the process, but thereafter it's all done
electronically.

There is one caveat. Some brokerage houses charge fees as high as $50
to close IRA accounts. Other houses (Quick & Reilly is one) will
reimburse you some fixed amount to cover those fees. Be sure to ask,
the answer may delight you.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.

The Investment FAQ (part 20 of 20)

am 30.03.2005 07:35:57 von noreply

Archive-name: investment-faq/general/part20
Version: $Id: part20,v 1.4 2005/01/05 12:40:47 lott Exp lott $
Compiler: Christopher Lott

The Investment FAQ is a collection of frequently asked questions and
answers about investments and personal finance. This is a plain-text
version of The Investment FAQ, part 20 of 20. The web site
always has the latest version, including in-line links. Please browse



Terms of Use

The following terms and conditions apply to the plain-text version of
The Investment FAQ that is posted regularly to various newsgroups.
Different terms and conditions apply to documents on The Investment
FAQ web site.

The Investment FAQ is copyright 2005 by Christopher Lott, and is
protected by copyright as a collective work and/or compilation,
pursuant to U.S. copyright laws, international conventions, and other
copyright laws. The contents of The Investment FAQ are intended for
personal use, not for sale or other commercial redistribution.
The plain-text version of The Investment FAQ may be copied, stored,
made available on web sites, or distributed on electronic media
provided the following conditions are met:
+ The URL of The Investment FAQ home page is displayed prominently.
+ No fees or compensation are charged for this information,
excluding charges for the media used to distribute it.
+ No advertisements appear on the same web page as this material.
+ Proper attribution is given to the authors of individual articles.
+ This copyright notice is included intact.


Disclaimers

Neither the compiler of nor contributors to The Investment FAQ make
any express or implied warranties (including, without limitation, any
warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or
use) regarding the information supplied. The Investment FAQ is
provided to the user "as is". Neither the compiler nor contributors
warrant that The Investment FAQ will be error free. Neither the
compiler nor contributors will be liable to any user or anyone else
for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in The
Investment FAQ or for any damages (whether direct or indirect,
consequential, punitive or exemplary) resulting therefrom.

Rules, regulations, laws, conditions, rates, and such information
discussed in this FAQ all change quite rapidly. Information given
here was current at the time of writing but is almost guaranteed to be
out of date by the time you read it. Mention of a product does not
constitute an endorsement. Answers to questions sometimes rely on
information given in other answers. Readers outside the USA can reach
US-800 telephone numbers, for a charge, using a service such as MCI's
Call USA. All prices are listed in US dollars unless otherwise
specified.

Please send comments and new submissions to the compiler.

--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Can You Trust The Tape?

Last-Revised: 10 July 1999
Contributed-By: John Schott (jschott at voicenet.com), Chris Lott (
contact me )

Considering that there is big money involved in every trade, it is no
wonder that a great deal of effort is made to insure the accuracy and
completeness of each day's trading records. Yet despite this effort,
there are cases where the trading tape you see on your computer,
intraday charts, and in end-of-day data is not really telling a totally
accurate story.

To settle each day's trading obligations (shares and/or money), each
brokerage maintains a large "back office" function to ensure that each
trade is accurately recorded and reported. In fact, months after,
Standard and Poors publishes large reference volumes that list the
official day's prices (Open,-High,-Low,-Close) and volume for each
security traded on the NYSE, AMEX, and NASDAQ. Yet, the contemporaneous
data you get from your Internet or other data provider may not reflect
just what happened on any given day.

What can go wrong with the data? The answer is that a variety of
factors, some of them mistakes, can put bad or misleading data into the
stream. Consider the following cases.
1. After-hours trading
Transactions after hours (trades marked .T and "as of" trades) are
generally not included in the price and volume information that is
published daily. On the NASDAQ, volume data for after-hours
trading is integrated into the statistical record next day with a
24 hour cut-off. Price data for after-hours trading is not
integrated into the statistical record. Volume data reported
outside of 24 hours and price data are recorded for surveillance
purposes only.


2. Out of order reporting
On the NYSE and AMEX, there is only one specialist to report
orders. On the NASDAQ, the floor is spread electronically over the
world. So time stamped execution reports don't necessarily flow
into the reporting systems in order. Sometimes there is an
advantage for participants in delaying a report beyond the
exchange-mandated minimums - for example, when someone is urgently
trying to move a big block quietly. But most of the problems are
simply due to the chaos that is the exchange day.

Stocks trade everywhere - on multiple worldwide exchanges, on
electronic exchanges, at brokerage houses, and if two of us want,
behind the local hamburger joints just after the 2am close. Many
years ago, when this diffusing trend started, the NYSE made it a
rule that any trading by any member firm had to be reported on the
exchange even if the trade was executed elsewhere. And that rule
applies today. So the Merrill Lynch office in Tokyo, Rome or
London can handle a trade on one if the local markets in IBM, while
the traders in New York are still sound asleep - and report that in
hours (days) later.

Eventually those trades, and others crossed in local offices of
exchange members, filter onto the NYSE tape at some time during the
trading day. This would also be true of trades crossed by the
Merrill Lynch office in Dallas during NYSE hours. Those trades
make the tape sometime - but not always in order of trading or
nearly in real time. And these trades may appear potentially
outside the boundaries of the exchange-mandated maximum delay.

Trades in Nasdaq listed securities by foreign broker/dealers that
are not NASD members are outside NASD/Nasdaq jurisdiction and would
not be reported except if they involved some organization that had
a trade reporting requirement under U.S. securities regulations.
Some firms exist specifically to provide the large trader with
discrete private placements which largely go unreported.

If you are confused, consider the poor specialist who arrives early
only to find a variety of trade reports from Tokyo to London that
don't match yesterdays prices nor the orders on his book - where do
you open the stock? (See the article "Trading - Opening Price"
elsewhere in this FAQ for more discussion of that issue.)


3. Errors do happen
If you every get a chance to see a live exchange ticker you will
get to see the errors, too. Sometimes it is merely a misplaced
trade reported way out of order. Perhaps it is an incorrect price
or volume reported later as a correction. And then there are
trades that just didn't happen for one reason or another -
cancellations, repudiations, double fills, etc. They show up on
the ticker, but some information gathering systems have no way to
back them nicely out of the days activities. Some are not
discovered until days later in the back offices.

Simple data entry errors still happen. Looking at an interday
chart, one sometimes sees a single transaction far off the run of
contemporary trades. Quite often the offset is $3 or $30, which is
a clear signal that someone hit the wrong row of keys on a numeric
key pad. Those errors show up in the interday charts all the time
and often make the end-of-day quotes.

Even the floor traders get involved. When four or five people are
competing for a specialist's attention, it is not hard for several
people to hear the specialists "Done 500" as a fill of their order.
So two orders become one or one becomes two executions. Naturally
they all get corrected eventually - but does the tape ever show it?


4. Is volume really volume?
On the NYSE and AMEX when the specialist crosses an order and
reports 1000 shares traded, we all assume that this means 1000 sold
and 1000 bought (even if one party to the trade is the specialist
himself). But there are complaints that NASDAQ reported volume may
be far higher than the actual public trading. It is likely that
this is true given the multiple competing market makers, most of
whom actively trade for their own accounts. Sensing a trend, such
a market maker may sell stock not owned or scarf up offered stock
with the intention of laying off the stock on his competitors later
- something the NYSE/AMEX specialist really can't do. If you watch
intraday volume, you'll occasionally see such trading pairs pass
across the tape with a few minutes separation - some may represent
real trading, some merely various forms of market maker transfers.


5. Teasing the market
Technical analysts look for breakouts and other signals in their
data. And the wolves on Wall Street know that. Occasionally they
have a chance to push a few trades through to tip an indicator one
way or the other. Often this happens near the end of a quiet day.
Considering the spread, merely whether the last trade of the day is
on the buy or sell side is often enough to bias the day's technical
indicators. Recently I tried a $12 experiment on a NYSE stock that
had held one price for almost six hours of NYSE trading. I wanted
to see if the prevailing executions were on the buy or sell side.
My 100 share order 1/8th point off that price brought a quick
day-ending burst of trades - at successively different prices.
Someone with real malevolence could do even more to trigger a
technical move. A dramatic example of off-exchange trading
occurred on 26 Feb 97. After a 17-month battle, noted investor Carl
Ichan sold off his entire 19.9-million share holding of RJ Nabisco
Holdings (RN). He did this in an after-hours deal with Goldman Sachs at
$36.75, a $1 price concession from that day's close. It is unknown if
Goldman Sachs held the block for eventual distribution or acted for
another firm. Trading was 2.4M shares on 26 Feb and 4.6M and 3.3M on
the following two days, respectively, likely due to other arbitragers
moving out of the stock. Interestingly, the stock price held, closing
only 1/8th below the deal price. So this block never showed up on the
tape nor in your TA program's data base. Although this transaction
became public knowledge via a timely SEC filing and extensive press
coverage, other large block trades may be effectively masked from public
view.

Perhaps there is only one real lesson to be gained from understanding
these and other forms of data inaccuracies that can creep onto the tape.
It is that technical analysts should not regard all reports on the tape
as gospel.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trading - Selling Worthless Shares

Last-Revised: 26 May 1999
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Chris Lott ( contact
me )

If you hold shares that have become worthless, maybe because the company
has ceased operations, you are probably interested in deducting the full
cost basis of that position when you do your taxes. And, since you're
already in the hole, you probably want to do this without throwing any
more money away. This article discusses ways you can prove to the IRS
that the shares really are worthless.

The simplest and best way to close out any position, of course, is to
sell it, even if you only get a dollar. But who is going to pay you
even a lousy buck for worthless shares?

If you hold the share certificates, you can probably convince one of
your friends or (deep breath) relatives to buy them from you for $1.
(You can give back the $1, buy the proud new owner a drink, etc.) Then
list the $1 as your selling price on your tax form. If your friend
really wants to take official possession of the shares, he or she must
send in the properly signed share certificates to the stock transfer
agent, but of course if the company really is gone, the transfer agent
is not going to do anything (no money, no work).

If your broker holds the shares (the shares are held "in street name"),
selling them to a friend isn't such a good deal because taking delivery
of the certificates will cost you about $25 (depending on the brokerage
house, of course). And you sure don't want to pay a brokerage
commission to get rid of your worthless shares. Many brokers have a
plan to let their good customers sell them worthless stock for $1 or 1c
for the lot. If you are a good customer, and stock is with the broker,
ask. You should be able to negotiate some solution that will be
satisfactory to both sides.

If for whatever reason you cannot sell the worthless shares, then you
will need to obtain documentation that will convince the IRS that the
stock really, truly had no value at some point in time, and close the
position at that same time. This will relieve you of the burden of
selling the shares. It's very important that you can demonstrate beyond
a doubt the year that the shares became worthless. When you do your
taxes, you would write "12/31" as the date of sale and "worthless" (or
0) as the sales price. For example, if the company has delisted the
shares or closed down completely, a letter from your broker or even a
letter from the company might be sufficient to establish the year in
which the shares became worthless.

Interestingly, if you had shares that became worthless, and you declared
them worthless, took the loss, yet hung on to the shares, you're OK if
they later regain value. The IRS now anticipates that a stock you kept
while declaring it to be worthless later rises from the dead. In that
case, no need to amend, but use the worthless date as the acquisition
date and 0 as the cost basis. So in this regard they are pretty
lenient.

Note that if a company's stock goes worthless, you should declare this
event in the year it becomes worthless. If you have to file an amended
return (1040X) later, you have 7 years to do so, unlike 3 years for most
other 1040X filings.

As you can see, it's far simpler to sell the shares for a pittance than
to demonstrate that they are worthless, so that's probably the way to go
if you can manage it. Although this does not establish the year in
which the shares became worthless, it does give you a clear sale at a
very low price, and that's always simple to explain.

One last caveat. Don't confuse a bankrupt company with a completely
defunct company. Many companies continue operating while in bankruptcy
proceedings, and their stock continues to trade. So the stock by
definition is not worthless. In the newspaper listings, the prefix 'vj'
is often used to indicate such companies. For example, when this
article was first drafted, vjRAYtc (Raytech) closed at 4/38. However, a
bankrupt company does not always have a low share price. About 25 years
ago John Manville Co. was hit with asbestos lawsuits, and filed for
bankruptcy to protect them against these suits. Except for the
potential liabilities of the law suits, they had an enormously healthy
balance sheet and their stock continued to trade high. More recently,
about 1991 Columbia Gas of Ohio filed for bankruptcy to get out of some
unfortunate long-term contracts they had written for natural gas
purchases. Their stock continued to trade, generally in the $30 range,
until they finally emerged with a favorable court ruling.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trivia - Bull and Bear Lore

Last-Revised: 29 Jul 1994
Contributed-By: David W. Olson, Jon Orwant, Chris Lott ( contact me )

This information is paraphrased from The Wall Street Journal Guide to
Understanding Money and Markets by Wurman, Siegel, and Morris, 1990.

One common myth is that the terms "bull market" and "bear market" are
derived from the way those animals attack a foe, because bears attack by
swiping their paws downward and bulls toss their horns upward. This is
a useful mnemonic, but is not the true origin of the terms.

Long ago, "bear skin jobbers" were known for selling bear skins that
they did not own; i.e., the bears had not yet been caught. This was the
original source of the term "bear." This term eventually was used to
describe short sellers, speculators who sold shares that they did not
own, bought after a price drop, and then delivered the shares.

Because bull and bear baiting were once popular sports, "bulls" was
understood as the opposite of "bears." I.e., the bulls were those people
who bought in the expectation that a stock price would rise, not fall.

In addition, the cartoonist Thomas Nast played a role in popularizing
the symbols 'Bull' and 'Bear'.

Finally, Don Luskin wrote a nice history of these terms for
TheStreet.com on 15 May 2001.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trivia - Presidential Portraits on U.S. Notes

Last-Revised: 28 Apr 1994
Contributed-By: Paul A. Rydelek, Chris Lott ( contact me )

Just in case you were curious, here is a list of the presidential
portraits and other decoration on U.S. Currency and Treasury
instruments.

Den. Portrait Embellishment on back
$1 George Washington Great Seal of U.S.
$2 Thomas Jefferson Signers of the Declaration
$5 Abraham Lincoln Lincoln Memorial
$10 Alexander Hamilton U.S. Treasury
$20 Andrew Jackson White House
$50 Ulysses S. Grant U.S. Capitol
$100 Benjamin Franklin Independence Hall
$500 William McKinley Ornate denominational marking
$1,000 Grover Cleveland Ornate denominational marking
$5,000 James Madison Ornate denominational marking
$10,000 Salmon P. Chase Ornate denominational marking
$100,000 Woodrow Wilson Ornate denominational marking


U.S Treasury instruments:

Den. Savings Bond Treas. Bills Treas. Bonds Treas. Notes
$50 Washington Jefferson
$75 Adams
$100 Jefferson Jackson
$200 Madison
$500 Hamilton Washington
$1,000 Franklin H. McCulloch Lincoln Lincoln
$5,000 Revere J.G. Carlisie Monroe Monroe
$10,000 Wilson J. Sherman Cleveland Cleveland
$50,000 C. Glass
$100,000 A. Gallatin Grant Grant
$1,000,000 O. Wolcott T. Roosevelt T. Roosevelt
$100,000,000 McKinley



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trivia - Getting Rich Quickly

Last-Revised: 18 Jul 1993
Contributed-By: James B. Reed

Take this with a lot of :-) 's.

Legal methods:
1. Marry someone who is already rich.
2. Have a rich person die and will you their money.
3. Strike oil.
4. Discover gold.
5. Win the lottery.

Illegal methods:
1. Rob a bank.
2. Blackmail someone who is rich.
3. Kidnap someone who is rich and get a big ransom.
4. Become a drug dealer.

For the sake of completeness:

"If you really want to make a lot of money, start your own
religion."
- L. Ron Hubbard



Hubbard made that statement when he was just a science fiction writer in
either the 1930s or 1940s. He later founded the Church of Scientology.
I believe he also wrote Dianetics.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trivia - One-Letter Ticker Symbols on NYSE

Last-Revised: 13 Aug 2004
Contributed-By: Art Kamlet (artkamlet at aol.com), Doug Gerlach (gerlach
at investorama.com)

Some of the largest companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange have
1-letter ticker symbols, and some relatively unknowns do also. Not all
of the one-letter symbols are obvious, nor does a one-letter symbol mean
the stock is a blue chip, a US corporation, or even well known.

Originally when the symbol had to be written down on transaction slips,
it was faster to write down the real big companies, like T (Telephone),
F (Ford), K (Kellogg), G (Gillette), X (Steel), and Z (once Woolworth).
But later just anyone it seems was able to get 1-letter symbols. Yet
when Chrysler (C) was absorbed by Daimler to become DCX, note that
Citicorp (which had just merged Citibank with Travelers) jumped to claim
the C for themselves.

This page shows all of the one-letter ticker symbols listed on the NYSE.
Since the US exchanges avoid overlaps, this means that only the NYSE
uses one-letter ticker symbols. This list was current as of the
last-revised date (above), but due to changes it may be out of date by
the time you read it.

In the following list, the ticker links will take you to the appropriate
page at Yahoo! Finance with a current quote and price chart.

Ticker Company
A Agilent Technologies (split-off from H-P; previously Astra AB)
B Barnes Group
C Citigroup (previously, Chrysler had 'C')
D Dominion Resources
E Ente Nazionale Idrocarburi SpA (ADR)
F Ford Motor Company
G Gillette
H None - formerly Harcourt General
I None - formerly First Interstate Bancorp - ostensibly reserved (see
below)
J None - formerly Jackpot Enterprises
K Kellogg
L Liberty Media
M None - formerly M-Corp, ostensibly reserved (see below)
N Inco, Ltd.
O Realty Income Corp
P None - formerly Phillips Petroleum
Q Qwest Communications
R Ryder Systems
S Sears, Roebuck & Company
T AT&T Corp
U None - formerly US Airways
V Vivendi Universal
W None - formerly Westvaco
X US Steel
Y Alleghany Corp.
Z None - formerly Woolworth


The Chairman of the New York Stock Exchange has publicly said that he is
holding the symbols "M" and "I" for two companies he hopes to convince
to switch from Nasdaq to the NYSE -- Microsoft and Intel.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Trivia - Stock Prices in Sixteenths

Last-Revised: 22 Jan 1997
Contributed-By: DJS Highlander, infras at aol.com

The tradition of pricing stocks in fractions with 16 as the denominator
takes its roots from the fact that Spanish traders some 400 years ago
quoted prices in fractions of Spanish Gold Doubloons. A Doubloon could
be cut into 2, 4, or even 16 pieces. Presumably, it was too difficult
to split those 1/16 wedges any further, or prices today might be quoted
in 32'nds! Using fractions as a means of quoting prices was popular for
a couple of hundred years thereafter, and as the NYSE is more than 200
years old, there's the link!

If you really want to get specific, the Spaniards counted on their
fingers (as did everyone else, for the most part!) and did not include
the thumb in the 'low end' process because it was used to keep track of
the quarters. Two thumbs = doubloon. Both hands = doubloon, in eight
pieces (pieces of eight!). You could manage all sorts of good slave
deals from this mathematical base (other deals, too, of course).

Well, the Spaniards formulated all this as a simplification of the
decimal method used by the rest of Europe which was derived from the old
Roman way of doing things - which was taken from the Greeks - which was
taken from the Persians - who got it from the Chaldeans. That takes us
back to about 5000 BC and an interesting coin called the Dinar - which
was parsed into tenths.

According to the Hammarabi Code, the Dinar was worth today's equivalent
of about $325 (ie., an ounce of gold - only it weighed slightly more).
Within their agricultural economy, it was a piece of metal (more easily
transportable) equal in value to a bushel of wheat, which, according to
the Code, weighed 1 Stone (the Sumerian Standard), which, by our
standards, weighed about 60 pounds.

To Sumerize (pun), an ounce of gold was equal to about 60 pounds of
wheat in value. This was established since it was obviously easier to
carry a bag of gold to the other side of the empire to exchange for a
large quantity of, say, wool, than it was to caravan several tons of
wheat for the same purpose. And so on.

The whole process probably dates back even farther, but the Code of
Hammarabi is basically the oldest known documentation of such things.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Warning - Wade Cook

Last-Revised: 23 Feb 1998
Contributed-By: G. S. Reedy

Wade Cook runs seminars, priced around $3,500, that explain his
strategies for investing, with emphasis on writing covered calls. Much
of the same information is available in his book, The Wall Street Money
Machine .

Don't be fooled by Wade Cook's book. I read it, did some studies of
covered calls. Most cheap covered calls are written on stocks that are
in the process of declining in price. According to postings in
Dejanews, some people admit to having lost a bundle following Wade
Cook's trading programs. When I read his book, some of it seemed too
good to be true. And, as the old axiom says, "If it seems too good to
be true, it probably is."

I had a conversation with a commodity trader several years ago. He told
me that he was continually amazed at people who had demonstrated
expertise in their respective fields, and were somewhat successful at
their work. Then, they would read a book about commodity trading and
think that they could start making a living at it. Basically, the same
principle applies to trading stock options. Go slow, crawl before you
walk, walk before you run. To use a baseball analogy, go for base hits
first. The triples and home runs will come with practice.

You might also want to check the article elsewhere in this FAQ entitled
"Advice - Paying for Advice."

For more information, check out these sources:
* An article by Dan Colarusso of TheStreet.com that appeared on 16
August 2000.

* An article by James Surowiecki of the Motley Fool that appeared on
Slate on 18 September 1997.

* An article by Randy Befumo of the Motley Fool that appeared on 5
October 1997.

* An article that appeared in the Washington Times on 30 December
1997.
* At one time Gary Wall maintained a collection of information about
Wade Cook on his web site.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Warning - Charles Givens

Last-Revised: 20 Jan 2003
Contributed-By: Jeff Mincy (mincy at rcn.com), Chris Hynes, Chris Lott (
contact me )

Charles J. Givens was a self-styled financial planner, investment
educator, and investment guru who once appeared in info-mercials on
late-night television to tell the world about the fortunes he had made
and lost, free seminars run by his associates, and the Charles J.
Givens Organization. He died in 1998, but one of his organizations,
International Administrative Services Inc. (IAS), lives on.

Givens' organization offers investment education and advice through
seminars and publications. He wrote several best-selling books:
* Wealth Without Risk (1988)
* Financial Self-Defense (1990)
* More Wealth Without Risk (1991)

As of this writing, a trial membership in his organization is offered
for about $50. The organization publishes a monthly newsletter.
Telephone advice is also offered to members. Their web site address is
given below.

Givens is regularly lauded by his fans for teaching people how to
navigate the world of personal finance and investments. However, his
critics point out that his advice is generally simplistic and sometimes
contradictory. All examples (below) are taken from Wealth Without Risk,
as cited in Reference (4).
Simplistic: number 210, don't buy bonds when interest rates are rising.
Contradictory: number 206, do not put your money in vacant land;
number 245, invest your IRA or Keogh money in vacant land.

Givens offers quite a bit of helpful advice but contrary to the titles
of his books, his ideas can be extremely risky. For example, some of
his suggestions about insurance, especially dropping uninsured motorist
coverage from one's automobile insurance, may leave people underinsured
and vulnerable in case of an accident unless they are very careful about
reading their policies and asking hard questions. On the other hand,
some people are arguably over-insured, which is why Givens makes these
recommendations. These people could certainly benefit from reading
their policies carefully and asking the insurance agent some hard
questions, but wholesale advice to drop coverage is risky.

He also makes aggressive interpretations of tax law, interpretations
which might get one in trouble with the IRS. Not that the IRS is
perfect, but not all people may be comfortable with Givens'
interpretations.

The Givens organization has lost several court cases. For example, in
December 1993, the Attorney General of Florida issued a complaint
against Charles J. Givens alleging that certain of his practices
violated Florida's Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. Among the
claims challenged by the Florida AG was that Givens misrepresented that
his programs provided purchasers with successful and legal financial
strategies that would enable them to make money. The case was resolved
in 1995 when Givens agreed to pay $377,000 to cover refunds and the cost
of the Florida investigation. Givens also agreed to stop making certain
claims about the value of his teachings and to make full refunds to
anyone who requests them within three days of receiving his materials.
In 1996, the Givens organization lost a class-action case in California
in which the Givens Organization was ordered to pay over $14 million to
the members of the class.

Prospective followers of Givens must, absolutely must, read about
successful lawsuits against Givens as well as his criminal convictions
and other disclosures about him and his organization. See below for
exact references.

In conclusion: his advice is simply not appropriate for everyone.

References:

1. Smart Money , August 1993.
2. The Wall Street Journal, ``Pitching Dreams,'' 08/05/91, Page A1.
3. The Wall Street Journal, ``Enterprise: Proliferating Get-Rich Shows
Scrutinized,'' 04/19/90, Page B1.
4. The Wall Street Journal, ``Double or Nothing,'' 02/15/90, Page A12.
5. Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Diego,
Case No. 667169: Cella Gutierrez, et al. vs. Charles J. Givens
Organization Inc., et al., Trial date 04/12/96.
6. The IAS Financial Education organization (successor to the Charles
J. Givens Organization).

7. KYC News, short for 'Know Your Customer', publishes investigative
information on financial crime in its newsletters and web site.
They make available a facts and findings document from the clerk of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Orlando, Florida about Givens and
others, dated April 2003.



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Warning - Dave Rhodes and Other Chain Letters

Last-Revised: 6 Sep 1994
Contributed-By: Mark Hall, George Wu, Steven Pearson, Chris Lott (
contact me )

Please do NOT post the "Dave Rhodes", "MAKE.MONEY.FAST", or any other
chain letter, pyramid scheme, or other scam to the misc.invest.* groups.

Pyramid schemes are fraud. It's simple mathematics. You can't
realistically base a business on an exponentially-growing cast of new
"employees." Sending money through the mails as part of a fraudulent
scheme is against US Postal regulations. Notice that it's not the
asking that is illegal, but rather the delivery of money through the US
mail that the USPS cares about. But fraud is illegal, no matter how the
money is delivered, and asking that delivery use the US Mail just makes
for a double whammy.

Note that when someone posts this nonsense with their name and home
address attached, it's fairly simple for a postal inspector to trace the
offender down.

Although the "Dave Rhodes" letter has been appearing almost weekly in
misc.invest as of this writing, and it's getting pretty old, it's mildly
interesting to see how this scam mutates as it passes through various
bulletin boards and newsgroups. Sometimes our friend Dave went broke in
1985, sometimes as recently as 1988. Sometimes he's now driving a
mercedes, sometimes a cadillac, etc., etc. The scam just keeps getting
updated to keep up with the times.

To close on a funny note, here's a quote from the "Ask Mr. Protocol"
column of the July 1994 (v. 5, n. 7) SunExpert magazine:

Rhodes (n) - unit of measure, the rate at which the same
annoying crud is recycled by newcomers to the net.




--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Warning - Ken Roberts

Last-Revised: 28 May 1999
Contributed-By: Conrad Bowers (cpbow at earthlink.net), J. Johnson

This article is a response to a message saying that the Ken Roberts
course is a good introduction to commodity trading (the message
originated on an AOL site but was quoted on the Motley Fool investment
site). According to one of the writers of that thread, Ken Roberts is
now advertising on radio with ads saying you can turn $5000 into lots of
money. Some of the comments below would apply to just about any
technique if you're starting with a small amount of money.

In my opinion, Roberts does not adequately warn of the risks about
trading commodities. Most of his first course is a pep talk about how
easy it is. In reality surveys have shown that some 90% of people stop
trading within about a year. Most stop because they have depleted more
of their capital than they can bear and keep on trading. Remember these
differences about commodities as compared to stocks:
1. Unlike the stock market, in commodities for every dollar won there
is a dollar lost in the markets. Most lose, a few are consistent
big winners. Remember you are competing against people that have
done this a long time, people that do it full-time, and
suppliers/users that use the commodity full-time. Unless you're
sure you going to beat these pros the first time, you better trade
with money you don't need.

While you dream of what the money you hope to generate will do for
you, don't lose sight of the initial odds against you. With time I
believe an individual can learn to trade successfully. But if you
don't survive the training period, you will have had a very
expensive education.


2. Highly leveraged; You can lose more than your entire investment if
you get in a position that's way too large for your account,
particularly if you get locked into it by 'limit moves'. These
happen occasionally in a number of commodities. (You can hedge
with options, though.) The more common problem is cumulative
losses. Someone who starts out with $5000 will have difficulty
placing stops that won't get hit by market 'noise' (short-term
fluctuations). If they place more reasonable stops, then it will
be a large percentage of their account. It's probably possible to
start with $5K, but you either have to be lucky enough to build the
account up before it gets wiped out, or you have to be disciplined
enough to trade very small positions and not the more lucrative
commodities. (Having seen my account dwindle 80%, I am trying to
rebuild it on this basis; some recovery with options, currently
pretty flat trading "small" commodities.)

The Ken Roberts course does teach how to calculate the dollar
differences a price move will profit/cost you. However, the is an
almost complete lack of discussion about the proper amount to risk. To
pitch a course to investors with only $5K with no discussion of risk
strategy is outrageous. His video repeatedly asks interviewees, would
you recommend this course for a struggling family/single parent, etc.
That is enough of a misrepresentation that I believe it should be
regulated.

I got interested in commodities through his course, TWMPMM I. I
actually didn't use his entry techniques so I won't fault those. I
fault him, the fax service I did use, and myself for my not
understanding risk control. I didn't risk a huge amount per trade
(never more than 10%, usually less) but I still overtraded enough that
my account bottomed out at less than 20% of the starting value. Of
course that's when the profitable trades came along but I couldn't take
them. Roberts' entry techniques (particularly one of the two) would
typically risk MORE than I did. If someone with a large account
followed his techniques with proper risk control in a diversified mix of
markets, it might work. There is no test of his entries so I don't know
if they are profitable or not. It's sending new people off into the
markets with small accounts and no risk management training that's
outrageous.

He does do a good job of stressing paper trading. However, three months
is good for introducing you to the daily process and stresses of
decision making. It is not a valid test of any strategy. Only by
testing a strategy over quite a long time of historical data, can you
tell if it works. He publishes no indication this is so. Often, people
hit a couple good trades in the paper trading stage, and they are sure
they're ready to make it. I think 6 months to 1 year of reading and
paper trading is necessary. Wish I had!! For the money you can get
several much better books, rather than one course that is literally more
than half hype.

The claim that the first course is complete is false. Want to know
about options? Buy the TWMPMM II course. Want to know about entering
already existing trends? Buy a bonus pack (or get it with a one year
renewal). In other words, if you're frustrated that you seem to be
losing your account just send in $95 or $195 more for the solution.
Want to learn how Ken really trades himself? Attend a $2000 seminar.
Not satisfied with a subscription? -sorry, prorated refund requests
refused (I tried).

Bottom line: If you don't know what you're doing you're gonna lose! If
you're looking for someone else to do the brain work, expect to lose!
Only you know how important your money is and how you want it to grow.
And, oh by the way, don't get greedy!

For other opinions, check out extensive discussions on the
misc.invest.futures news group; if the thread is not currently active
just type 'Ken' and 'Roberts' into a Dejanews search and you will get a
screenful.


--------------------Check for updates------------------

Subject: Warning - Selling Unregistered Securities

Last-Revised: 29 Mar 1995
Contributed-By: Michael R. Mitchell (mitchel4 at ix.netcom.com)

Under the U.S. Securities Laws, specifically The Securities Act of
1933, the mere offer to sell a security -- unless there is an effective
registration statement on file with the SEC for the offer -- via the
Internet can be a felony subjecting the offeror to a 5 year federal
prison term. See the Securities Act of 1933, Section 5(c) Of course,
sales and deliveries after sale of unregistered securities is unlawful
(Section 5(a)) as is failure to deliver a prospectus (Section 5(b)).

Listen to an example from my own experience as a securities lawyer in
Los Angeles. Many years ago a young man came into my office and asked
my advice about whether he could advertise in the Hollywood Reporter for
investors in a movie he wanted to make.

I explained to him that such a course would be fraught with peril for
him because it would violate the federal securities laws. He said,
"Everybody does it; there are a bunch of ads soliciting people to invest
in movies there every day." He said, "Well, I'm going to do it."

About a week later, he phoned me up and said he had got a letter from
the SEC requiring him to refund any money he had collected and requiring
him to visit the LA office of the SEC. It appears that the SEC reads
the Hollywood Reporter. It also reviews the Internet newsgroups.

Certain transactions are exempted from the prohibition (See Section 4)
and certain securities are exempted from the prohibition (See Section
3). How a security is defined is set forth in Section 2(1) -- and
includes, among other things, any note, stock, bond, investment
contract, put call, straddle, option, etc.

You can determine whether a registration statement is or was in effect
as to a security by accessing the free SEC Edgar search machine at this
URL:



--------------------Check for updates------------------

Compilation Copyright (c) 2005 by Christopher Lott.